ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
MR16DDT Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................37 F
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ..........................37
PRECAUTION .............................................. 19 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .......................38
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........38 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................19 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor .......39
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........39
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 ..................................39
SIONER" ................................................................. 19 H
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................40
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 19 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor .................................40
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Knock Sensor ..........................................................40
and CVT .................................................................. 20 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................41 I
General Precautions ............................................... 20 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................41
Cooling Fan .............................................................41
PREPARATION ........................................... 23 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid J
PREPARATION ..................................................23 Valve ........................................................................42
Special Service Tools .............................................. 23 Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 23 ture Sensor) .............................................................42
K
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) .............................43
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 25 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ....................................43
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................43
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................25 Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....43 L
Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................43
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 25 ASCD Steering Switch .............................................44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Information Display ..................................................44 M
Component Parts Location .................................... 25
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De- STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 45
scription ................................................................... 30 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................45
ECM ........................................................................ 31 N
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 32 SYSTEM ............................................................ 46
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 32
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................46
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 33 O
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram....46
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 33
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
High Pressure Fuel Pump ....................................... 33
tion ...........................................................................46
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................... 34
P
Low Pressure Fuel Pump ........................................ 35 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM ..............47
Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) ........................ 35 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM :
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera- System Diagram .....................................................48
ture Sensor 1) ......................................................... 35 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : Sys-
Turbocharger ........................................................... 36 tem Description ........................................................48
Turbocharger Boost Sensor (With Intake Air Tem-
perature Sensor 2) .................................................. 36 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL ...................................51

EC-1
 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Diagram AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
... 51 CD) : System Description ........................................ 64
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip-
tion .......................................................................... 51 SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 65
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram ....................... 65
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 53 SPEED LIMITER : System Description ................... 65
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
System Diagram .................................................... 54 NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 66
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys-
scription .................................................................. 54 tem Diagram ........................................................... 66
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys-
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 55 tem Description ....................................................... 67
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di-
agram ..................................................................... 55 CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 67
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 67
scription .................................................................. 55 OPERATION ...................................................... 69
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................... 56
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 69
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
Diagram .................................................................. 56 CD) : Switch Name and Function ............................ 69
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Description .............................................................. 56 SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 70
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function ....... 70
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ................... 57
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 72
Diagram .................................................................. 57 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 72
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 72
Description .............................................................. 57
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 73
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
GINE OIL PRESSURE .............................................. 58 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 73
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Diagram .............. 58 Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 73
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 59 Frame Data ............................................................. 73
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 74
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 59 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 77
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
Diagram .................................................................. 60 Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 78
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
Description .............................................................. 60 tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 79
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 79
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 61
CONSULT-III Function ............................................ 83
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ....... 61
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 61 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 90
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL ..................... 61
ECM ................................................................... 90
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System
Reference Value ..................................................... 90
Diagram .................................................................. 62
Fail Safe ............................................................... 104
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 106
Description .............................................................. 62
DTC Index ............................................................ 108
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 62 Test Value and Test Limit .................................. 111
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Diagram .................................................................. 63 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 118
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 118
Description .............................................................. 63
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 118
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 64
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 124
CD) : System Diagram ............................................ 64 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 124
Work Flow ............................................................. 124

EC-2
 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 127 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 161
Description ............................................................. 161 A
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 129 DTC Logic .............................................................. 161
Work Procedure .................................................... 129 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 162 EC
ECM .................................................................. 133 DTC Logic .............................................................. 162
Description ............................................................ 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
Work Procedure .................................................... 133 Component Inspection ........................................... 164 C
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- P0014 EVT CONTROL .................................... 165
TION LEARNING .............................................. 134 DTC Logic .............................................................. 165 D
Description ............................................................ 134 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166
Work Procedure .................................................... 134 Component Inspection ........................................... 167
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ........ 168 E
LEARNING ....................................................... 135 DTC Logic .............................................................. 168
Description ............................................................ 135 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
Work Procedure .................................................... 135 Component Inspection ........................................... 169 F
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 136 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 171
Description ............................................................ 136 DTC Logic .............................................................. 171
Work Procedure .................................................... 136 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 G
Component Inspection ........................................... 172
G SENSOR CALIBRATION ............................. 138
Description ............................................................ 138 P0045, P0047, P0048 TC BOOST CONTROL H
Work Procedure .................................................... 138 SOLENOID VALVE ......................................... 174
DTC Logic .............................................................. 174
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174
CLEAR .............................................................. 139 Component Inspection ........................................... 175 I
Description ............................................................ 139
Work Procedure .................................................... 139 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 176
DTC Logic .............................................................. 176 J
FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 140 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176
Work Procedure .................................................... 140 Component Inspection ........................................... 177
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 142 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 179 K
Description ............................................................ 142 DTC Logic .............................................................. 179
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 143 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
Work Procedure .................................................... 145 Component Inspection ........................................... 180 L
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 147 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYS-
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION TEM ................................................................. 182
M
DTC Logic .............................................................. 182
VALUE .............................................................. 147
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
Description ............................................................ 147
Component Inspection ........................................... 183
Component Function Check .................................. 147 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2 ........................ 185
DTC Logic .............................................................. 185
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
Component Inspection ........................................... 187
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 159
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 189
Description ............................................................ 159
DTC Logic .............................................................. 189 P
DTC Logic ............................................................. 159
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159
Component Inspection ........................................... 191
U0122 VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL
P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
MODULE .......................................................... 160
SENSOR .......................................................... 194
Description ............................................................ 160
DTC Logic .............................................................. 194
DTC Logic ............................................................. 160
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
EC-3
 Component Inspection ...........................................196 P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 247
DTC Logic ............................................................. 247
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
DTC Logic ..............................................................198 Component Inspection .......................................... 249
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................198
Component Inspection ...........................................199 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 251
DTC Logic ............................................................. 251
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 200 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
DTC Logic ..............................................................200 Component Inspection .......................................... 252
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................200
Component Inspection ...........................................201 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
TOR ................................................................... 253
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 202 DTC Logic ............................................................. 253
DTC Logic ..............................................................202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................202
Component Inspection ...........................................203 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 254
DTC Logic ............................................................. 254
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 205 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 254
DTC Logic ..............................................................205
Component Inspection .......................................... 256
Component Function Check ..................................206
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................206 P0234 TC SYSTEM .......................................... 257
DTC Logic ............................................................. 257
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 209 Component Function Check ................................. 257
DTC Logic ..............................................................209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................210
P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ................ 260
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 212 DTC Logic ............................................................. 260
DTC Logic ..............................................................212
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 260
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................213
Component Inspection .......................................... 262
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 215 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
DTC Logic ..............................................................215
FIRE .................................................................. 263
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................216
DTC Logic ............................................................. 263
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 220 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
DTC Logic ..............................................................220
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 269
Component Function Check ..................................221
DTC Logic ............................................................. 269
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 269
Component Inspection ...........................................223
Component Inspection .......................................... 270
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 226
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 271
DTC Logic ..............................................................226
DTC Logic ............................................................. 271
Component Function Check ..................................227
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................228
Component Inspection .......................................... 273
Component Inspection ...........................................231
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 274
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 233
DTC Logic ............................................................. 274
DTC Logic ..............................................................233
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
Component Function Check ..................................234
Component Inspection .......................................... 276
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................235
Component Inspection ...........................................236 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 278
DTC Logic ............................................................. 278
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
Component Function Check ................................. 279
TION ................................................................. 239 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280
DTC Logic ..............................................................239
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................240 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 283
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 283
TION ................................................................. 243 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283
DTC Logic ..............................................................243 Component Inspection .......................................... 284
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................244

EC-4
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 286 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR . 313
Description ............................................................ 286 DTC Logic .............................................................. 313 A
DTC Logic ............................................................. 286 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 313
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 286 Component Inspection ........................................... 315

P0501, P2159 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 288 P1197 OUT OF GAS ....................................... 317 EC
Description ............................................................ 288 Description ............................................................. 317
DTC Logic ............................................................. 288 DTC Logic .............................................................. 317
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318 C

P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 289 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 319
Description ............................................................ 289 Description ............................................................. 319 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 289 DTC Logic .............................................................. 319
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 289 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319

P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 291 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 320 E
Description ............................................................ 291 DTC Logic .............................................................. 320
DTC Logic ............................................................. 291 Component Function Check .................................. 320
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 F
P0520 EOP SENSOR ....................................... 293 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
DTC Logic ............................................................. 293 (FPCM) ............................................................ 323
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 293 DTC Logic .............................................................. 323 G
Component Inspection .......................................... 296 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323
Component Inspection (FPCM) ............................. 325
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ..................... 297 H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 297 P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 326
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298 DTC Logic .............................................................. 326
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 300 I
DTC Logic ............................................................. 300 P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 327
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300 DTC Logic .............................................................. 327
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 327 J
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 302
DTC Logic ............................................................. 302 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 328
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 302 DTC Logic .............................................................. 328
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 K
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 304 Component Inspection ........................................... 330
DTC Logic ............................................................. 304
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- L
SOR ................................................................. 331
P0611 ECM PROTECTION .............................. 305 DTC Logic .............................................................. 331
Description ............................................................ 305
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332
DTC Logic ............................................................. 305 M
Component Inspection ........................................... 333
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 334
P062B ECM ...................................................... 306 DTC Logic .............................................................. 334 N
Description ............................................................ 306
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335
DTC Logic ............................................................. 306
Component Inspection ........................................... 336
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 337 O
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 307 DTC Logic .............................................................. 337
DTC Logic ............................................................. 307
Component Function Check .................................. 337
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 309 Component Inspection ........................................... 339
Description ............................................................ 309 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic ............................................................. 309
SENSOR .......................................................... 341
Component Function Check .................................. 310
DTC Logic .............................................................. 341
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 310
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341
Component Inspection ........................................... 342

EC-5
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 343 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 374
DTC Logic ..............................................................343 DTC Logic ............................................................. 374
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................343 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374
Component Inspection ...........................................345 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 375

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 346 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
DTC Logic ..............................................................346 TOR RELAY ..................................................... 376
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................347 DTC Logic ............................................................. 376
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 376
Switch) ...................................................................349
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........350 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ........................................................ 378
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 352 DTC Logic ............................................................. 378
Description .............................................................352 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 378
DTC Logic ..............................................................352 Component Inspection .......................................... 380
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................352
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 381
P158A ECM ..................................................... 354 DTC Logic ............................................................. 381
DTC Logic ..............................................................354 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................354 Component Inspection .......................................... 382
P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR ................ 355 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FOR M/T MODELS ...................................................355
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 383
FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic ............................355 DTC Logic ............................................................. 383
FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ...........356 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383
FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection .........357 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 385
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS ...................................358 DTC Logic ............................................................. 385
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Description ...........358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 385
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic ............358 Component Inspection .......................................... 387
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Proce- P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 388
dure .......................................................................359
DTC Logic ............................................................. 388
P159B G SENSOR .......................................... 360 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 388
Component Inspection .......................................... 390
FOR M/T MODELS ...................................................360
FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic ............................360 P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 391
FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ...........361 DTC Logic ............................................................. 391
FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection .........363 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 391
Component Inspection .......................................... 392
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS ...................................364
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Description ...........364 P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 394
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic ............364 DTC Logic ............................................................. 394
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Proce- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 395
dure .......................................................................365 Component Inspection .......................................... 397

P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 366 P2162 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................. 398
Description .............................................................366 Description ............................................................ 398
DTC Logic ..............................................................366 DTC Logic ............................................................. 398
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 398

P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY ................. 369 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 400
Description .............................................................369 Component Function Check ................................. 400
DTC Logic ..............................................................369 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................370 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 403
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay) ......... 403
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM . 372
Description .............................................................372 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ....................... 405
DTC Logic ..............................................................372
M/T MODELS .......................................................... 405
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................372
M/T MODELS : Component Function Check ........ 405

EC-6
 M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 405 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 432
M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (Low Pres- Component Inspection ........................................... 433 A
sure Fuel Pump) .................................................... 406
M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (FPCM) .. 407 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................. 434
Component Function Check .................................. 434
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS ................................... 407 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 434 EC
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Component Func-
tion Check ............................................................. 407 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) . 435
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Proce- Component Function Check .................................. 435 C
dure ....................................................................... 407 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 435
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Component In-
spection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump) ..................... 409
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 436
Component Function Check .................................. 436 D
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 410 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 436
Component Function Check .................................. 410
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 410 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 437 E
Component Inspection .......................................... 413 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 437
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump
Symptom Table ..................................................... 437
Relay) .................................................................... 413 F
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 442
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 414 Description ............................................................. 442
Component Function Check .................................. 414
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 414 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 443 G
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ............................................................. 416 IDLE SPEED ................................................... 443
Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 417 Description ............................................................. 443 H
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 443
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 418
Description ............................................................ 418 IGNITION TIMING ........................................... 444
Component Function Check .................................. 418 Description ............................................................. 444 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 418 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 444

COOLING FAN ................................................. 420 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 445 J

Component Function Check .................................. 420 Inspection .............................................................. 445
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 420
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 422 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 446
Inspection .............................................................. 446 K
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 422

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 423 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 447
Component Function Check .................................. 423 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 423
ECM ................................................................. 447
Removal and Installation ....................................... 447
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............... 425
Component Function Check .................................. 425
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) ... 448 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 448
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Switch) .................................................................. 426 N
(SDS) .......................................................... 449
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 427
Component Function Check .................................. 427
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ............................................................... 449 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 427
Component Inspection .......................................... 429 Idle Speed ............................................................. 449
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 449
ASCD MAIN SWITCH ...................................... 430 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 449 P
Component Function Check .................................. 430 Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 449
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 430 HR16DE
Component Inspection .......................................... 431
PRECAUTION ............................................ 450
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH ..................... 432
Component Function Check .................................. 432 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 450

EC-7
 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Positive Crankcase Ventilation ............................. 469
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................450 SYSTEM ........................................................... 470
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..450
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 470
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram. 470
and CVT ................................................................451
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
General Precautions ..............................................451 tion ........................................................................ 471
PREPARATION .......................................... 454 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 471
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
PREPARATION ............................................... 454
System Diagram ................................................... 471
Special Service Tools ............................................454
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Commercial Service Tools .....................................454
tem Description ..................................................... 471
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 455 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................. 474
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 455 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
System Diagram ................................................... 474
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................455 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : scription ................................................................. 474
Component Parts Location ..................................455
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 475
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De-
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
scription .................................................................458
Diagram ................................................................ 476
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................459
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 .........................................459
Description ............................................................ 476
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ..............................459
ASCD Steering Switch ...........................................459 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 477
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera- AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
ture Sensor) ...........................................................460 CD) : System Diagram .......................................... 477
Camshaft Position Sensor .....................................460 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
Clutch Pedal Position Switch .................................461 CD) : System Description ...................................... 477
Cooling Fan ...........................................................461
Crankshaft Position Sensor ...................................461 SPEED LIMITER ..................................................... 477
ECM .......................................................................461 SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram ..................... 478
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ...........................462 SPEED LIMITER : System Description ................. 478
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................462
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 478
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ..................................462
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 478
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ............................462
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid COOLING FAN CONTROL ..................................... 479
Valve ......................................................................463 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ..... 479
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......463 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description . 479
Fuel Injector ...........................................................463
Fuel Pump .............................................................464 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 480
Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) ......................464 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ......................................464 Diagram ................................................................ 480
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ..........................464 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor .......................465 Description ............................................................ 481
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................465
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ...................... 481
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve .........466
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di-
Knock Sensor ........................................................466
agram .................................................................... 482
Malfunction Indicator .............................................466
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................466
scription ................................................................. 482
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ..................................467
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor .................................467 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................. 482
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pesal Position Switch..467 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Throttle Control Motor ............................................467 Diagram ................................................................ 483
Throttle Control Motor Relay .................................467 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Throttle Position Sensor ........................................468 Description ............................................................ 483
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .................... 469 STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL ................... 483

EC-8
 STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 537
Diagram ................................................................. 484 Work Flow .............................................................. 537 A
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 539
Description ............................................................ 484
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- EC
ECM ................................................................. 541
GINE OIL PRESSURE ............................................. 484 Description ............................................................. 541
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Work Procedure ..................................................... 541
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Diagram ............ 484 C
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ........ 485 TION LEARNING ............................................ 542
Description ............................................................. 542 D
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM ............... 485
Work Procedure ..................................................... 542
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Diagram .......................................................... 485 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys- LEARNING ...................................................... 543 E
tem Description ..................................................... 486 Description ............................................................. 543
Work Procedure ..................................................... 543
OPERATION ..................................................... 487
F
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) .. 487
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ..................... 544
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) Description ............................................................. 544
: Switch Name and Function ................................. 487 Work Procedure ..................................................... 544
G
SPEED LIMITER ...................................................... 488 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function ..... 488 CLEAR ............................................................ 546
Description ............................................................. 546 H
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 490 Work Procedure ..................................................... 546
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 490
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ...................................... 490 BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 547
Work Procedure ..................................................... 547 I
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 491
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK ............................. 551
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 491 Work Procedure ..................................................... 551 J
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 491 HOW TO SET SRT CODE .............................. 553
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Description ............................................................. 553
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 554 K
Frame Data ........................................................... 491
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 492 Work Procedure ..................................................... 556
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 495
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 558 L
Test (SRT) Code ................................................... 496 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
VALUE ............................................................. 558
tor (MI) ................................................................... 497 M
Description ............................................................. 558
On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 497
Component Function Check .................................. 558
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 501
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 559
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 508 N
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 566
ECM .................................................................. 508 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 566
Reference Value ................................................... 508 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 569 O
Fail Safe ............................................................... 519
Description ............................................................. 569
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 521
DTC Logic .............................................................. 569
DTC Index ............................................................ 522
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 569 P
Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 524
P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 570
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 531 DTC Logic .............................................................. 570
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 531 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 571
Component Inspection ........................................... 572
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 531
P0014 EVT CONTROL .................................... 574
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 537
DTC Logic .............................................................. 574
EC-9
 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................575 Component Function Check ................................. 617
Component Inspection ...........................................576 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 618
Component Inspection .......................................... 619
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 577
DTC Logic ..............................................................577 P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 621
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................577 DTC Logic ............................................................. 621
Component Inspection ...........................................578 Component Function Check ................................. 623
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 624
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ...................... 580 Component Inspection .......................................... 627
DTC Logic ..............................................................580
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................580 P0139 HO2S2 ................................................... 629
Component Inspection ...........................................581 DTC Logic ............................................................. 629
Component Function Check ................................. 631
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 583 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 631
DTC Logic ..............................................................583 Component Inspection .......................................... 633
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................583
Component Inspection ...........................................584 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION .................................................................. 635
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 585 DTC Logic ............................................................. 635
DTC Logic ..............................................................585 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 636
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................585
Component Inspection ...........................................586 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION .................................................................. 639
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 588 DTC Logic ............................................................. 639
DTC Logic ..............................................................588
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 640
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................588
Component Inspection ...........................................590 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 643
DTC Logic ............................................................. 643
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 593 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 643
DTC Logic ..............................................................593
Component Inspection .......................................... 644
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................593
Component Inspection ...........................................594 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 645
DTC Logic ............................................................. 645
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 595 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 645
DTC Logic ..............................................................595
Component Inspection .......................................... 646
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................595
Component Inspection ...........................................596 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
FIRE .................................................................. 648
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 597
DTC Logic ............................................................. 648
DTC Logic ..............................................................597
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 649
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................597
Component Inspection ...........................................598 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 654
DTC Logic ............................................................. 654
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 600
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 654
DTC Logic ..............................................................600
Component Inspection .......................................... 655
Component Function Check ..................................601
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................601 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 656
DTC Logic ............................................................. 656
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 604
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 656
DTC Logic ..............................................................604
Component Inspection .......................................... 658
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................604
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 660
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 607
DTC Logic ............................................................. 660
DTC Logic ..............................................................607
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 660
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................607
Component Inspection .......................................... 662
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 610
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 664
DTC Logic ..............................................................610
DTC Logic ............................................................. 664
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................611
Component Function Check ................................. 665
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 615 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 666
DTC Logic ..............................................................615

EC-10
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Logic .............................................................. 698
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 669 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 698 A
DTC Logic ............................................................. 669
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 669
P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 699
DTC Logic .............................................................. 699
Component Inspection .......................................... 670 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 699
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 672
Description ............................................................ 672
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 700
DTC Logic .............................................................. 700 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 672
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 701
Component Function Check .................................. 673
Component Inspection ........................................... 702
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 673
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- D
P0520 EOP SENSOR ....................................... 674
DTC Logic ............................................................. 674 SOR ................................................................. 703
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 674 DTC Logic .............................................................. 703
Component Inspection .......................................... 676 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704 E
Component Inspection ........................................... 705
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ..................... 678
DTC Logic ............................................................. 678 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 706
F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 679 DTC Logic .............................................................. 706
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 707
P0603 ECM ....................................................... 681 Component Inspection ........................................... 708
Description ............................................................ 681 G
DTC Logic ............................................................. 681 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 709
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 681 DTC Logic .............................................................. 709
Component Function Check .................................. 709 H
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 683 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 710
DTC Logic ............................................................. 683 Component Inspection ........................................... 711
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 683
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE I
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 685 SENSOR .......................................................... 712
DTC Logic ............................................................. 685 DTC Logic .............................................................. 712
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 685 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 712 J
Component Inspection ........................................... 713
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 686
DTC Logic ............................................................. 686 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 714
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 686 DTC Logic .............................................................. 714 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 688 Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING
Description ............................................................ 688 SWITCH) ............................................................... 716 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 688
Component Function Check .................................. 689 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 717
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 689 DTC Logic .............................................................. 717
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 718 M
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 691 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 721
Description ............................................................ 691 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 721
DTC Logic ............................................................. 691 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 691 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 723
Description ............................................................. 723
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 692 DTC Logic .............................................................. 723
DTC Logic ............................................................. 692 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 723
Component Function Check .................................. 692
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 693 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 725
Description ............................................................. 725 P
P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE DTC Logic .............................................................. 725
(FPCM) ............................................................. 695 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 726
DTC Logic ............................................................. 695
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 695 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY ................. 728
Component Inspection (FPCM) ............................. 697 Description ............................................................. 728
DTC Logic .............................................................. 728
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 698 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 728

EC-11
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM . 731 Component Function Check ................................. 765
Description .............................................................731 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 765
DTC Logic ..............................................................731 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 766
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................731
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 767
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ...................... 733 Component Function Check ................................. 767
Description .............................................................733 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 767
DTC Logic ..............................................................733
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................733 ASCD MAIN SWITCH ....................................... 768
Component Function Check ................................. 768
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 734 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 768
DTC Logic ..............................................................734 Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................734 SWITCH) ............................................................... 769
Component Inspection ...........................................735
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 771
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Component Function Check ................................. 771
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 737 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 771
DTC Logic ..............................................................737 Component Inspection .......................................... 772
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................737
COOLING FAN ................................................. 774
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Function Check ................................. 774
FUNCTION ....................................................... 740 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 774
DTC Logic ..............................................................740 Component Inspection .......................................... 775
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................740
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 776
Component Inspection ...........................................743
Description ............................................................ 776
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 744 Component Function Check ................................. 776
DTC Logic ..............................................................744 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 776
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................744
FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 778
Component Inspection ...........................................745
Component Function Check ................................. 778
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 778
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 746 Component Inspection .......................................... 779
DTC Logic ..............................................................746 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 780
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................746 Component Function Check ................................. 780
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 748 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 780
DTC Logic ..............................................................748 Component Inspection .......................................... 782
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................748 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 783
Component Inspection ...........................................749
Component Function Check ................................. 783
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 751 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 783
DTC Logic ..............................................................751 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................751 Transistor) ............................................................. 786
Component Inspection ...........................................753 Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 787

P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 755 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER).. 788

DTC Logic ..............................................................755 Component Function Check ................................. 788
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................755 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 788
Component Inspection ...........................................756 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ........................... 789
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 758 Component Function Check ................................. 789
DTC Logic ..............................................................758 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 789
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................758 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 790
Component Inspection ...........................................760
Component Function Check ................................. 790
P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 762 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 790
DTC Logic ..............................................................762 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH ..................... 792
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................762
Component Function Check ................................. 792
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 765 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 792

EC-12
 Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING ASCD Steering Switch ........................................... 817
SWITCH) ............................................................... 793 Barometric Pessure Sensor ................................... 817 A
Camshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 817
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 795 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ................................. 817
Cooling Fan ........................................................... 817 EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 795 Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................... 817
Symptom Table ..................................................... 795
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) ............................... 818
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 800 ECM ....................................................................... 818
EGR Cooler Bypass Control Solenoid Valve ......... 818 C
Description ............................................................ 800
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ........................... 818
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 801 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 819
Exhaust Fuel Injector ............................................. 819 D
IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 801 Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1 ........................... 819
Inspection .............................................................. 801 Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 2 ........................... 819
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 ..................... 819 E
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 802 Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 ..................... 819
Inspection .............................................................. 802 Fuel Cut OFF Valve ............................................... 820
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 803 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ..................................... 820
Fuel Temperature Sensor ...................................... 820 F
Inspection .............................................................. 803
Glow Relay ............................................................ 820
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 804 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 820
Inspection .............................................................. 804 Malfunction Indicator ............................................. 820 G
Mass Air Flow sensor ............................................ 820
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 805 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 821
Speed Limiter Main Switch .................................... 821 H
ECM .................................................................. 805 Thermoplunger Control Unit .................................. 821
Removal and Installation ....................................... 805 Turbocharger Boost Sensor .................................. 821
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) .... 806 SYSTEM .......................................................... 822 I
Removal and Installation ....................................... 806
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 822
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram.. 822 J
(SDS) .......................................................... 807 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion ......................................................................... 823
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 807 FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 823 K
Idle Speed ............................................................. 807 FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 807 Description ............................................................. 823
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 807 L
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL .................. 824
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 807 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : Vacuum
K9K Hose Drawing ........................................................ 825
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System M
PRECAUTION ............................................ 808 Description ............................................................. 825
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 808 EGR SYSTEM .......................................................... 825
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EGR SYSTEM : System Description ..................... 825 N
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 808 IDLE SPEED CONTROL ......................................... 826
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 808 IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Diagram ......... 826 O
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ..... 808 IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description ..... 826
General Precautions ............................................. 809
Cleanliness ............................................................ 811 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL ................................. 826
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Descrip- P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 813 tion ......................................................................... 826

COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 813 GLOW CONTROL .................................................... 827

Component Parts Location .................................... 813 GLOW CONTROL : System Description ............... 827
Component Description ......................................... 816 COOLING FAN CONTROL ...................................... 827
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................ 816 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ...... 827
ASCD Main Switch ................................................ 817 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description.. 827
EC-13
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) ..................828 Work Procedure (TEST 7: Fuel Injection Quantity
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) : System Check) ................................................................... 877
Description .............................................................828
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)..828 ECM .................................................................. 879
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Description ............................................................ 879
CD) : System Diagram ...........................................829 Work Procedure .................................................... 879
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Description ......................................829 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED
POSITION LEARNING ..................................... 881
SPEED LIMITER ......................................................829 Description ............................................................ 881
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram ......................830 Work Procedure .................................................... 881
SPEED LIMITER : System Description .................830
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
CAN COMMUNICATION ..........................................830
LEARNING ....................................................... 882
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .....830
Description ............................................................ 882
OPERATION .................................................... 832 Work Procedure .................................................... 882

AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ..832 SERVICE REGENERATION ............................ 883
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) Description ............................................................ 883
: Switch Name and Function ..................................832 Work Procedure .................................................... 883

SPEED LIMITER ......................................................833 DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) DATA

SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function .....833 CLEAR .............................................................. 884
Description ............................................................ 884
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 834 Work Procedure .................................................... 884
Diagnosis Description ............................................834
CONSULT-III Function ..........................................835 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 885
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 846 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 885
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 885
ECM ................................................................. 846
Reference Value ....................................................846 P0001 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 888
DTC Index .............................................................855 DTC Logic ............................................................. 888
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 888
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 858 Component Inspection .......................................... 889
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 858 P0002 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 890
Wiring Diagram ......................................................858 DTC Logic ............................................................. 890
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 890
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 863 Component Inspection .......................................... 891
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 863 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................. 892
Work Flow ..............................................................863 DTC Logic ............................................................. 892
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................865 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 892
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 867 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID
Description .............................................................867 VALVE .............................................................. 893
Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel
DTC Logic ............................................................. 893
Supply System Check) ..........................................867
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 893
Work Procedure (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer
Component Inspection .......................................... 894
Pump Check) .........................................................868
Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply P0087 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 895
Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check] .................868 DTC Logic ............................................................. 895
Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 895
Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check] ..............869
Work Procedure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure P0089 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 897
Regulation Check) .................................................871 DTC Logic ............................................................. 897
Work Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 897
Check) ...................................................................876
P0090 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 899
DTC Logic ............................................................. 899

EC-14
 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 899 DTC Logic .............................................................. 923
Component Inspection .......................................... 900 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 923 A
P0100 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 901 P0225 APP SENSOR ...................................... 925
DTC Logic ............................................................. 901 DTC Logic .............................................................. 925
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 901 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 925 EC
Component Inspection .......................................... 902 Component Inspection ........................................... 926

P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 903 P0226 APP SENSOR ...................................... 928 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 903 DTC Logic .............................................................. 928
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 903 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 928
Component Inspection .......................................... 904 Component Inspection ........................................... 929
D
P0110 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 905 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJEC-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 905 TOR ................................................................. 931
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 905 DTC Logic .............................................................. 931 E
Component Inspection .......................................... 906
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 932
P0115 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 907 DTC Logic .............................................................. 932
DTC Logic ............................................................. 907 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 932
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 907 Component Inspection ........................................... 933
Component Inspection .......................................... 908
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 934 G
P0120 TP SENSOR .......................................... 909 DTC Logic .............................................................. 934
DTC Logic ............................................................. 909 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 934
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 909 Component Inspection ........................................... 935 H
Component Inspection .......................................... 910
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 910 P0380 GLOW RELAY ..................................... 936
DTC Logic .............................................................. 936
P012A TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 911 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 936 I
DTC Logic ............................................................. 911
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 911 P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 938
Component Inspection .......................................... 912 DTC Logic .............................................................. 938
J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 938
P012B TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 913 Component Inspection ........................................... 939
DTC Logic ............................................................. 913
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 913 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 940 K
Component Inspection .......................................... 914 DTC Logic .............................................................. 940
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 940
P0180 FPT SENSOR ........................................ 915 Component Inspection ........................................... 941 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 915
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 915 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Component Inspection .......................................... 916 CONTROL POSITION SENSOR ..................... 942
DTC Logic .............................................................. 942 M
P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 917 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 942
DTC Logic ............................................................. 917
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 917 P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR N
Component Inspection .......................................... 918 1 ....................................................................... 944
DTC Logic .............................................................. 944
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .................................. 919 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 944
DTC Logic ............................................................. 919 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 919 P0471 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Inspection .......................................... 920 1 ....................................................................... 946
DTC Logic .............................................................. 946 P
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 946
TOR .................................................................. 921
DTC Logic ............................................................. 921 P047A EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 921 2 ....................................................................... 948
Component Inspection .......................................... 922 DTC Logic .............................................................. 948
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 948
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 923

EC-15
P047B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR DTC Logic ............................................................. 971
2 ....................................................................... 950 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 971
DTC Logic ..............................................................950
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................950
P062B ECM ...................................................... 972
DTC Logic ............................................................. 972
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ...... 952 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 972
DTC Logic ..............................................................952
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................952
P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection ...........................................952 ACTUATOR FUNCTION .................................. 973
DTC Logic ............................................................. 973
P0488 EGR SYSTEM ...................................... 954 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 973
DTC Logic ..............................................................954 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 973
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................954
Component Inspection ...........................................954 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 974
DTC Logic ............................................................. 974
P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 956 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 974
DTC Logic ..............................................................956
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................956 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 975
Component Inspection ...........................................957 DTC Logic ............................................................. 975
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 975
P0525 ASCD SYSTEM .................................... 958
DTC Logic ..............................................................958 P0657 ECM RELAY .......................................... 976
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................958 DTC Logic ............................................................. 976
Component Inspection ...........................................959 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 976

P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 978
. 960 DTC Logic ............................................................. 978
DTC Logic ..............................................................960 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................960 P0833 CPP SWITCH ........................................ 980
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1 ................................... 962 DTC Logic ............................................................. 980
DTC Logic ..............................................................962 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 980
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................962 Component Inspection .......................................... 981

P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 963 P1205 EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR ................ 982
DTC Logic ..............................................................963 DTC Logic ............................................................. 982
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................963 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 982
Component Inspection .......................................... 983
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 965
DTC Logic ..............................................................965
P1525 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................965 ASCD AND SPEED LIMITER ........................... 984
DTC Logic ............................................................. 984
P0574 VSS ....................................................... 966
DTC Logic ..............................................................966 P1544 EGT SENSOR 2 .................................... 985
DTC Logic ............................................................. 985
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 967 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 985
DTC Logic ..............................................................967
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................967 P1545 EGT SENSOR 2 .................................... 986
DTC Logic ............................................................. 986
P0606 ECM ...................................................... 968
DTC Logic ..............................................................968 P160C ECM ...................................................... 987
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................968 DTC Logic ............................................................. 987
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 987
P060A ECM ..................................................... 969
DTC Logic ..............................................................969 P1632 FUEL CUT OFF VALVE ........................ 988
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................969 DTC Logic ............................................................. 988
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 988
P060B ECM ..................................................... 970 Component Inspection .......................................... 989
DTC Logic ..............................................................970
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................970 P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 990
DTC Logic ............................................................. 990
P061A ECM ..................................................... 971 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 990

EC-16
P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 991 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1009
DTC Logic ............................................................. 991 Component Inspection .........................................1010 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 991
ASCD STEERING SWITCH ...........................1011
P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 992 Component Function Check ................................1011
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1011 EC
DTC Logic ............................................................. 992
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 992 Component Inspection .........................................1012

P1650 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 993 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................1014 C

DTC Logic ............................................................. 993 Description ...........................................................1014
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 993 Component Function Check ................................1014
Component Inspection .......................................... 994 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1014
D
P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER .......... 995 COOLING FAN ...............................................1015
DTC Logic ............................................................. 995 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1015
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 995 Component Inspection .........................................1015 E
Component Inspection .......................................... 995
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................1017
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1 .................................... 996 Component Function Check ................................1017
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1017 F
DTC Logic ............................................................. 996
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 996
INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) 1018
P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Function Check ................................1018 G
FUNCTION ....................................................... 997 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1018
DTC Logic ............................................................. 997
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 997
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ........................1019
Component Function Check ................................1019 H
Component Inspection .......................................... 998
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1019
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 998

P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH ...................1020 I

Component Function Check ................................1020
FUNCTION ....................................................... 999
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1020
DTC Logic ............................................................. 999
Component Inspection .........................................1021
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 999 J
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 999 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................1023
P2120 APP SENSOR .....................................1000 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1023
DTC Logic ...........................................................1000 K
Symptom Table ...................................................1023
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1000
Component Inspection ........................................1001 NOT COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM ....1024
Description ...........................................................1024 L
P2226 BARO SENSOR ..................................1002 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1024
DTC Logic ...........................................................1002
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1002 ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS M
WITH DIFFICULTY .........................................1025
P2263 TC SYSTEM ........................................1003 Description ...........................................................1025
DTC Logic ...........................................................1003
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1025
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1003 N
STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE1027
P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CON- Description ...........................................................1027
TROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................1006 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1027 O
DTC Logic ...........................................................1006
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1006 IMPOSSIBLE TO SHUT OFF ENGINE ..........1029
Component Inspection ........................................1007 Description ...........................................................1029
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1029 P
PC415 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .............1008
Description ..........................................................1008 ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH .................1030
DTC Logic ...........................................................1008 Description ...........................................................1030
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1008 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1030
ASCD MAIN SWITCH ....................................1009 ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTA-
Component Function Check ................................1009 BLE .................................................................1031

EC-17
 Description ...........................................................1031 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1049
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1031
ENGINE KNOCK ............................................1051
ENGINE STALLING ........................................1033 Description ...........................................................1051
Description ...........................................................1033 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1051
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1033
ENGINE OVERHEATING ...............................1053
NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, IN- Description ...........................................................1053
CREASE IN ENGINE SPEED .........................1035 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1053
Description ...........................................................1035
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1035 ENGINE SMOKES WHEN STARTED ............1054
Description ...........................................................1054
ENGINE BUCKING .........................................1038 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1054
Description ...........................................................1038
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1038 ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE .....................1055
Description ...........................................................1055
ERRATIC ACCELERATION ...........................1040 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1055
Description ...........................................................1040
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1040 ENGINE SMOKES WHEN REVVED ..............1057
Description ...........................................................1057
NO ENGINE BRAKING ..................................1042 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1057
Description ...........................................................1042
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1042 ENGINE EMITS WHITE SMOKE (ESPECIAL-
LY WHEN STARTING) ...................................1058
LOSS OF POWER ..........................................1043 Description ...........................................................1058
Description ...........................................................1043 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1058
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1043
EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY1059
TOO MUCH POWER ......................................1046 Description ...........................................................1059
Description ...........................................................1046 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1059
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1046
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
OVERSPEED AT IDLE SPEED OR ON RE- (SDS) ........................................................1061
LEASING BRAKE ...........................................1048
Description ...........................................................1048 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1048 (SDS) ..............................................................1061
Idle Speed ............................................................1061
EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION ........................1049
Description ...........................................................1049

EC-18
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR16DDT ]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006548505

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING: G
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this I
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by J
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser- K
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
L
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly M
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. N
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006548517

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover O
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

EC-19
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR16DDT ]
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000006417057

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006417058

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

• Do not disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values

EC-20
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR16DDT ]
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. A

2. ECM
A. Loosen EC

PBIB2947E

D
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break). E
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- F
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away G
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. H
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-90, "Reference Value". I
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious J
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS). K
MEF040D

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC L

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Function M
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J
O

EC-21
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR16DDT ]
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.

SEF348N

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

EC-22
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR16DDT ]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006417059
EC

Tool number
Description C
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench D

E
S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 2

Heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in) F
wrench

S-NT636
H
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter

J
PBIB3043E

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000006417060

K

Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
L
lease room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Par
No. 16441 6N210)
M

PBIC0198E
N
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
O

P
S-NT705

EC-23
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR16DDT ]
Tool name Description
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-24
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006440377

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C

JPBIA4698ZZ
K
1. Boost control actuator 2. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 3. A/F sensor 1
valve
4. Recirculation valve 5. EVAP canister purge volume control 6. Inter cooler L
solenoid valve
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. Cooling fan motor 9. Cooling fan control module
Refer to HAC-12, "Component Parts
Location".
M
10. Electric throttle control actuator 11. Relay box 12. Atmospheric pressure sensor
(with built in throttle position sensor • Cooling fan relay
and throttle control motor) • Fuel injector relay N
• Fuel pump relay
13. ECM 14. IPDM E/R 15. Battery current sensor
Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts (with battery temperature sensor)
Location". O
16. Mass air flow sensor 17. Turbocharger boost sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor 1) (with intake air temperature sensor 2)
P
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

EC-25
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

JPBIA4608ZZ

1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Ignition coil 3. A/F sensor 1

sensor (with power transistor)
4. PCV valve 5. Exhaust valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve valve
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. High pressure fuel pump 9. Fuel injector
10. Engine oil temperature sensor 11. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 12. Engine oil pressure sensor
13. Knock sensor 14 Fuel rail pressure sensor 15. Engine coolant temperature sensor
A. Cylinder block left side B. Engine rear end

EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
2WD

EC-26
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

EC

I
JPBIA4609ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

J
4WD

EC-27
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

JPBIA4610ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

BODY COMPARTMENT
2WD

EC-28
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

EC

JPBIA4699ZZ
K

1. ASCD steering switch 2. Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and 3. Brake pedal position switch
fuel pump assembly L
4. Stop lamp switch 5. Clutch pedal position switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
7. G sensor 8. EVAP canister 9. Fuel pump control module (FPCM)
A. Under of right side second seat B. Periphery of pedals C. Under of driver's seat M
D. Under of left side fuel tank E. Behind the luggage side lower finisher
LH
: Vehicle front N
4WD

EC-29
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

JPBIA4611ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and 3. Stop lamp switch
fuel pump assembly
4. Brake pedal position switch 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. EVAP canister
A. Under of right side second seat B. Periphery of pedals C. Over the rear final drive assembly
: Vehicle front

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006416776

Component Reference
ECM EC-31, "ECM"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-32, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Electric throttle control actuator
Throttle control motor EC-32, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Throttle position sensor
Ignition coil with power transistor EC-33, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
Fuel injector EC-33, "Fuel Injector"
High pressure fuel pump EC-33, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-34, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
Low pressure fuel pump EC-35, "Low Pressure Fuel Pump"
Fuel pump control module (FPCM) EC-35, "Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM)"
Mass air flow sensor EC-35, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
Intake air temperature sensor 1 sor 1)"

EC-30
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Component Reference
A
Turbocharger
Boost control actuator EC-36, "Turbocharger"
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC
Turbocharger boost sensor EC-36, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature
Intake air temperature sensor 2 Sensor 2)"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-37, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor" C

Crankshaft position sensor EC-37, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Camshaft position sensor EC-38, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
D
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-38, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor EC-39, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-39, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve" E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-39, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-40, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
F
Atmospheric pressure sensor EC-40, "Atmospheric Pressure Sensor"
Knock sensor EC-40, "Knock Sensor"
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-41, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor" G
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-41, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
Cooling fan EC-41, "Cooling Fan"
H
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-42, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
Battery current sensor EC-42, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
Battery temperature sensor sor)"
I
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) EC-43, "Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL)"
Oil pressure warning lamp EC-43, "Oil Pressure Warning Lamp"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-43, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
J

Stop lamp switch

EC-43, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch"
Brake pedal position switch
K
Clutch pedal position switch EC-43, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
ASCD steering switch EC-44, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Information display EC-44, "Information Display" L

ECM INFOID:0000000006416902

M
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

P
JPBIA4618ZZ

EC-31
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006416987

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.

JPBIA4615ZZ

Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors

are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006416834

OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.

JSBIA0270GB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.

EC-32
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. A
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, EC
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve C
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

D
PBIB0145E

Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000006417270

E
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high F
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

H
JPBIA4613ZZ

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006417265

I
For the fuel injector, a high pressure fuel injector is used and this
enables a high-pressure fuel injection at a high voltage within a short
time. The ECM is equipped with an injector driver unit and actuates J
the fuel injector at a high voltage (approximately 65 V at the maxi-
mum).
K

JSBIA0287ZZ

High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006417267 M

The high pressure fuel pump is activated by the exhaust camshaft.

ECM controls the high pressure fuel pump control solenoid valve built into the high pressure fuel pump and
adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the suction timing of the low pressure fuel. N

EC-33
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Operating Description

JSBIA0285GB

Operating Chart

JSBIA0286GB

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006417269

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail and
measures fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor transmits voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The
ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by operating high pres-
sure fuel pump. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sen-
sor as a feedback signal.

JSBIA0291ZZ

EC-34
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Low Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006417274

A
The low pressure fuel pump is integrated with a fuel pressure regula-
tor and a fuel filter. This pump is build into the fuel tank.
EC

D
JPBIA4614ZZ

Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006417268

E
The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging vol-
ume of the fuel pump by transmitting the FPCM control signals (Low/
Mid/High) depending on driving conditions. F

H
NNBIB0006ZZ

Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000006416822
I

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It J
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater K
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The L
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J
M
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
The intake air temperature sensor 1 is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air tempera-
ture and transmits a signal to the ECM. N
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
O
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature P

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200

80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

SEF012P

EC-35
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Turbocharger INFOID:0000000006426476

Turbocharger boost is controlled by adjusting the pressure to the dia-

phragm of the boost control actuator.

JPBIA4612ZZ

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is ON/OFF duty controlled by ECM.
And it adjusts the pressure in the diaphragm of the boost control
actuator. The longer the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is
ON, the higher the boost is increased.

A. From boost pipe

B. To boost control actuator
C. To Air cleaner

JPBIA4616ZZ

Turbocharger Boost Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2) INFOID:0000000006440380

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

The turbocharger boost sensor detects the pressure of the outlet
side of the intercooler. When increasing the pressure, the output
voltage of the sensor to the ECM increases.

JPBIA4620ZZ

JMBIA1453GB

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

EC-36
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
The intake air temperature sensor 2 is built-into turbocharger boost sensor. The sensor detects intake air tem-
perature and transmits a signal to the ECM. A
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature C

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200

80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 D
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

E
SEF012P

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006416830

F
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant G
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
H

I
SEF594K

<Reference data> J

Engine coolant temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) K
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
L
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P
M

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000006416883

N
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. O
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to P
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JPBIA4617ZZ
the engine revolution.

EC-37
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0714GB

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000006416887

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JPBIA4621ZZ
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0714GB

Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006417283

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

EC-38
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006417263

A
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of
the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam- EC
shaft.
This sensor uses a Hall IC.
Based on the position of the exhaust camshaft, ECM controls
exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve to optimize the shut/open C
timing of exhaust valve for the driving condition.

D
JPBIA4622ZZ

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006417264

E
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil F
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle. G
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position. H
PBIB1842E

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006417257

I

DESCRIPTION
The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode J
layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. K
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar- L
bon density in rich.

JPBIA4038GB
M

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the N
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 760°C (1,400°F).

JSBIA0527GB

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.

EC-39
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006417266

DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

Atmospheric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006417433

The atmospheric pressure sensor is placed at ECM bracket. It

detects atmospheric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the
ECM.
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.

JPBIA4619ZZ

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006417272

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

JSBIA0284ZZ

EC-40
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006417261

A
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
EC

D
JSBIA0292ZZ

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006417262

E
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera- F
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
G

H
SEF594K

<Reference data> I

Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) J
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
K
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 L
SEF012P

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006578463

M

COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE

Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF N
pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor.
The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
COOLING FAN MOTOR O
Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolu-
tion speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
P

EC-41
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006416894

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

JSBIA0651ZZ

Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006418056

OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage
variable control, refer toCHG-9, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE
VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description (Gasoline
JPBIA3262ZZ
Engine Models)".
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>

Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P

sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

EC-42
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000006417275

A
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination
meter.
MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the EC
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, MIL should turn OFF. If the MIL remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction. C
For details, refer to EC-79, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
D
SAT652J

Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000006748137

E
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.
It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of
the engine oil pressure system. F
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from
ECM via CAN communication.
G

H
PBIA8559J

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006417279

I
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. J

PBIB2657E M

Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006440378

Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket. N
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).

Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch O

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
P
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006417440

When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch pedal position switch turns OFF and the clutch pedal position
switch signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM judges the clutch pedal conditions via the signal (ON or OFF).

EC-43
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006440379

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Information Display INFOID:0000000006417271

The operation mode of the ASCD and speed limiter are indicated on the information display in the combination
meter.
ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN communication according to ASCD and
speed limiter operation.

EC-44
 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000006417039

EC

G
PBIB0492E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

EC-45
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006416773

JPBIA4702GB

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006416774

ECM controls the engine by various functions.

EC-46
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Function Reference A
EC-48, "DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injection control
scription"
Fuel pressure control EC-51, "FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description" EC
Electric ignition control EC-54, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
Intake valve timing control EC-55, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
C
EC-56, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Exhaust valve timing control
tion"
EC-57, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Descrip-
Turbocharger boost control D
tion"
EC-59, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
Engine protection control (Low engine oil pressure)
OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
E
EC-60, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
Cooling fan control EC-61, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
F
EC-62, "STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Descrip-
Starter motor drive control
tion"
EC-63, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission G
tion"
EC-64, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Automatic speed control device)
tem Description"
H
Speed limiter EC-65, "SPEED LIMITER : System Description"
EC-67, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Nissan dynamic control
scription"
I
CAN communication EC-67, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"

DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM

J

EC-47
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006417210

JPBIA4703GB

DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006417211

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-48
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

ECM func- A
Sensor Input signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*4
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Camshaft position EC
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor 1 Intake air temperature
C
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
E
Battery Battery voltage*4 Fuel injection
& mixture ra- Fuel injector
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
tio control
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas F
Transmission range switch*2
Gear position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*3 G
*3 Inclination angle
G sensor
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost
H
CAN commu-
TCM*2 nication
G sensor signal

CAN commu- • Wheel speed signal

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I
nication • EPS/TCS operation command
CAN commu-
BCM A/C ON signal
nication
J
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
K
*2: CVT models
*3: M/T models
*4: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The adoption of the direct fuel injection method enables more accurate adjustment of fuel injection quantity by
injecting atomized high-pressure fuel directly into the cylinder. This method allows high-powered engine, low M
fuel consumption, and emissions-reduction.
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined N
by input signals (for engine speed, intake air, fuel rail pressure and boost) from the crankshaft position sensor,
camshaft position sensor, mass air flow sensor, fuel rail pressure sensor and the turbocharger boost sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION O
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
P
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (CVT models)
• High-load, high-speed operation

EC-49
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
Stratified-charge Combustion
Stratified-charge combustion is a combustion method which enables extremely lean combustion by injecting
fuel in the latter half of a compression process, collecting combustible air-fuel around the spark plug, and form-
ing fuel-free airspace around the mixture.
Right after a start with the engine cold, the catalyst warm-up is accelerated by stratified-charge combustion.
Homogeneous Combustion
Homogeneous combustion is a combustion method that fuel is injected during intake process so that combus-
tion occurs in the entire combustion chamber, as is common with conventional methods.
As for a start except for starts with the engine cold, homogeneous combustion occurs.
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2793E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-39, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-

EC-50
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean. A
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
Sequential Direct Injection Gasoline System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord- C
ing to the ignition order.

JPBIA4704GB
F

STRATIFIED-CHARGE START CONTROL

The use of the stratified-charge combustion method enables emissions-reduction when starting the engine
G
with engine coolant temperature between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C (104°F).
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is shut-off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speed or oper- H
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speed.
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL
I
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006417212

N
JPBIA4705GB

O
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006417213

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

P

EC-51
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Camshaft position
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
Fuel injection
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the engine speed signal and battery voltage.

CVT models
System Description

JPBIA4706GB

Low fuel pressure control

• The low fuel pressure pump is controlled by ECM. The pumped fuel passes through the fuel filter and is sent
to the high pressure fuel pump.
• Low fuel pressure is adjusted by the fuel pressure regulator.
High fuel pressure control
The high pressure fuel pump raises the pressure of the fuel sent from the low pressure fuel pump. Actuated by
the camshaft, the high pressure fuel pump activates the high pressure fuel pump solenoid based on a signal
received from ECM, and adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the timing of closing the inlet check
valve to control fuel rail pressure.
M/T models

EC-52
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
System Description
A

EC

JPBIA4707GB F
Low fuel pressure control
• The low fuel pressure pump is controlled by the fuel pump control module (FPCM) and pumps fuel according
to a driving condition. The pumped fuel passes through the fuel filter and is sent to the high pressure fuel G
pump. FPCM controls the low pressure fuel pump, according to a signal from ECM as shown in the table
below.
H
Conditions Amount of fuel flow Supplied voltage
After a laps of 1 second after ignition ON OFF 0V
• For 1 second after ignition ON (engine coolant temperature is 5°C I
(41°F) or less, or 40°C (104°F) or more) Low Approximately 8.5 V
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• For 1 second after ignition ON (engine coolant temperature is 5°C
J
(41°F) or more, or 40°C (104°F) or less)
Battery voltage
• Engine cranking High
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F)
• Engine is running under high load and high speed conditions K
Except the above Mid Approximately 10 V
• Low fuel pressure is adjusted by the fuel pressure regulator.
L
High fuel pressure control
The high pressure fuel pump raises the pressure of the fuel sent from the low pressure fuel pump. Actuated by
the camshaft, the high pressure fuel pump activates the high pressure fuel pump solenoid based on a signal
received from ECM, and adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the timing of closing the inlet check M
valve to control fuel rail pressure.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
N

EC-53
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006416781

JPBIA4708GB

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006416782

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Ignition tim- Ignition coil (with power tran-
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost
ing control sistor)
Transmission range switch*1
Gear position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*2
Battery Battery voltage*
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
*1: CVT models
*2: M/T models
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.

EC-54
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. A
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
EC
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration C
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. D
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006485685
E

JPBIA4760GB
J
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006485686

K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

L
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Intake valve tim- Intake valve timing con- M
ing control trol solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed
nication N

EC-55
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

JPBIA4709GB

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake-
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant-
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006485682

JPBIA4761GB

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006485683

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
Exhaust valve Exhaust valve timing control
Exhaust valve timing control position timing control solenoid valve
Exhaust valve timing signal
sensor
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication

EC-56
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A

EC

JPBIA4710GB F
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
G
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL H

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006417255

JPBIA4711GB N

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006417256

O
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-57
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor 1 Intake air temperature
Turbocharger boost control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Turbocharger boost solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position control ↓
Boost control actuator
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost
Intake air temperature sensor 2 Intake air temperature
Atmospheric pressure sensor Atmospheric pressure

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Depending on driving conditions, the ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the turbocharger boost control
solenoid valve and controls the boost by adjusting the pressure to the diaphragm of the boost control actuator.
When driving conditions demand an increase in boost, the ECM prolongs the ON time of the turbocharger
boost control solenoid valve and moves the boost control valve towards the closing direction by reducing the
pressure in the diaphragm of the boost control actuator. The emission gas to the turbine wheel is then
increased. When driving conditions demand a decrease in boost, the ECM shortens the ON time of the turbo-
charger boost control solenoid valve and moves the boost control valve towards the opening position by
increasing the pressure in the diaphragm of the boost control actuator. The emission bypassing to the turbine
wheel is then increased. Thus, by performing the most optimal boost control, the ECM improves engine output
and response.
NOTE:
The boost varies depending on the vehicle and driving conditions.
BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR LINE DRAWING

JPBIA4717ZZ

1. Turbocharger 2. Boost control actuator 3. Turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve
4. Recirculation valve 5. Turbocharger boost sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor 2)
: Vehicle front

ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Dia-

EC-58
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
gram INFOID:0000000006548542

EC

JSBIA0704GB

D
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000006548543
E

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

F
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Engine oil pressure sensor Engine pressure Engine protection control
Combination meter
Crankshaft position sensor • Oil pressure warning lamp
Engine speed • Oil pressure warning lamp G
(POS) signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres- H
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres- I
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.

Decrease in engine oil Combination meter J

Engine speed
pressure Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON*
Detection K
1,000 rpm or more ON
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL L

EC-59
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006416785

JSBIA0320GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006416786

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage* IPDM E/R
↓
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
cut control
CAN commu- ↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal
nication Compressor
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
CAN commu-
BCM A/C ON signal
nication
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-60
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
A
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006416794

EC

JPBIA4759GB
I

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006575260

J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

K
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R L
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Cooling fan Cooling fan control mod-
Battery Battery voltage* control ule
↓ M
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal Cooling fan motor
nication
CAN commu-
BCM A/C ON signal N
nication
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION O
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, A/C ON signal
and refrigerant pressure.
Cooling fan control signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM by CAN communication line. Then, IPDM E/R sends P
ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal,
cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan speed
is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL

EC-61
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006546741

JPBIA4762GB

STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006546742

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Piston position

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

• BCM*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Starter motor • IPDM E/R
drive control (Starter relay & start-
Transmission range switch Gear position
er control relay)
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal position
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
*: With Intelligent Key system

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
When rapid deceleration occurs during engine runs or idle speed decreases due to heavy load conditions,
ECM detects a decrease in idle speed and restarts the engine to secure reliability in handleability by transmit-
ting a cranking request signal to IPDM E/R for activating the starter motor under the following conditions:
• Selector lever: P or any position other than N
• Idle switch: ON (Accelerator pedal not depressed)
• Brake switch: ON (Brake pedal depressed)
Models with no Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, mod-
els with the Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communica-
tion.
IPDM E/R detects an operating state of the starter motor relay and the starter motor control relay and trans-
mits a feed back signal to ECM via CAN Communication.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EC-62
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006548619

EC

JSBIA0322GB F

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006548620

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
I
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas J
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position K
Battery Battery voltage*
CAN commu- L
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

EC-63
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006416789

JPBIA4713GB

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000006416790

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-64
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Brake pedal position switch
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
EC
Clutch pedal position switch*1 Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation

Transmission range switch*2 ASCD vehicle speed Electric throttle control C

Gear position control actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*1
CAN commu-
Combination meter
nication
Vehicle speed signal D

CAN commu-
TCM*2 nication
Output shaft revolution signal
E
*1: M/T models
*2: CVT models

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM F

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ G
h (25 MPH) and 194 km/h (120 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. H
Refer to EC-69, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function" for ASCD
operating instructions.
NOTE: I
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER
J
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006417216

O
JPBIA4712GB

P
SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000006417217

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-65
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
Speed limiter vehicle
ASCD steering switch ASCD/ICC steering switch operation speed control • Electric throttle control actuator
Clutch pedal position switch • Speed limiter operation • Combination meter
Clutch pedal position signal (CAN communi- (Information display)
(M/T models)
cation)
CAN commu-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM

• Speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate vehicle speed.
• Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter.
• If any malfunction occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates the speed limiter control.
Refer to EC-70, "SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function" for speed limiter operating instructions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
NOTE:
Since the speed limiter is controlled by the electric throttle control actuator, vehicle speed may exceed a set
speed during downhill driving.
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006472915

CVT models

JPBIA4714GB

EC-66
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
M/T models
A

EC

E
JPBIA4763GB

NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006472916

F
CVT models
System Description G
TCM transmits a drive mode select signal to ECM via CAN communication, according to a NORMAL mode
signal, SPORT mode signal, or ECO mode signal received from the multi display unit via CAN communication.
ECM controls torque and throttle opening angle characteristics appropriate for each mode, based on a H
received drive mode select signal.
NOTE:
• Because of the multi display unit operation, the display may indicate that the mode is switching. However,
the mode may not actually switch due to CAN communication error. I
• When a CAN communication error occurs between ECM and TCM, the mode switches to NORMAL mode.
M/T models
J
System Description
ECM controls torque and throttle opening angle characteristics appropriate for each mode, based on a NOR-
MAL mode signal, SPORT mode signal, or ECO mode signal received from the multi display unit via CAN
K
communication.
NOTE:
• Because of the multi display unit operation, the display may indicate that the mode is switching. However,
the mode may not actually switch due to CAN communication error. L
• When a CAN communication error occurs between ECM and the multi display unit, the mode switches to
NORMAL mode.
Control By Mode M

Mode Control
NORMAL mode Offers a better balance of fuel economy and traveling performance. N
Allows throttle opening angle change and torque control for obtaining reality and acceleration perfor-
SPORT mode
mance appropriate to a winding run.
ECO mode Allows throttle opening angle change and torque control for assisting better fuel efficiency.
O

CAN COMMUNICATION
P
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006417218

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-67
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

EC-68
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
OPERATION
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006417208 EC

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C

JPBIA4715ZZ F

1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch

4. RES / + switch 5. SET / − switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN Switch
G
7. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)
H
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
I
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 194 km/h (120 MPH)
J
SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. L
• Sets desired cruise speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system. M
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 194 km/h (120 N
MPH), press SET/− switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RES/+ switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is O
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
P
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P or R position (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
EC-69
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/− switch or RES/+ switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/− switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is
released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RES/+ switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed, vehi-
cle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following
conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 194 km/h (120 MPH)
SPEED LIMITER
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006417209

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.

JPBIA4716ZZ

1. Speed limiter indicator 2. SET indicator 3. Set speed indicator

4. CANCEL switch 5. RES / + switch 6. SET / − switch
7. Speed limiter MAIN Switch 8. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)

SET SPEED RANGE

Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

30 km/h (20 MPH) 210 km/h (130 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

EC-70
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Item Function A
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases the set speed incrementally. EC
• Sets desired speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system. C

SET OPERATION
• Press speed limiter MAIN switch. (LIMIT indicated on the information display)
D
• By pressing the SET/− switch, the vehicle speed can be set within the range between 30 km/h and 210 km/h
(in the metric system mode) or 20 MPH and 130 MPH (in the yard/pound system mode). (SET and set speed
is indicated on the information display)
• When pressing the RES/+ switch, the set speed can be increased. E
• When pressing the SET/− switch, the set speed can be decreased.
CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter control is canceled. F
- Speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- CANCEL switch is pressed. G
• When accelerator pedal is fully depressed (Kickdown), speed limiter control is temporarily released. And
driver can be driven above set speed (Set speed indicator is blinked).
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the speed limiter operation and
informs the driver by blinking speed limiter indicator and SET indicator. H
- Malfunction for some self-diagnosis regarding ASCD system.
RESUME OPERATION
I
After the speed limiter is released by other method than the MAIN switch, the RES/+ switch allows to set the
vehicle speed again to the one that is previously set before releasing the speed limiter.
J

EC-71
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006578279

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006578280

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-50, "Descrip-
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

EC-72
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006578326 EC

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected G
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
H
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-108, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006578327

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC J

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. K
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
L
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the M
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored N
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame O
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-124, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair. P
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

EC-73
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006710575

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-74
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

EC

L
JMBIA1417GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-77, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

EC-75
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-77, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

JMBIA1418GB

EC-76
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E

Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-77, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
F
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-77, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006710576
G

DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions. H
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. I
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
J
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
K
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. L
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. N
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. O
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B. P

DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

EC-77
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006578330

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

E C -7 8
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Example
Self-diagnosis result A
Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
EC
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG) C
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
D
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
E
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate F
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above G
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons: H
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis I
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
J
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000006578331
K
When emission-related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission
control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to L
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running). M
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-
436, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. N
NOTE:
SAT652J
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and
inspect/repair accordingly because an emission-related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission O
control systems components and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006578334

P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.

EC-79
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnostic test mode Function
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-136, "Work Procedure".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
clear

BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-436, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-78, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates.

EC-80
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-78, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
Test (SRT) Code". A
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles. EC
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
C
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is D
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE: E
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function. F
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. G
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the H
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. I
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE: J
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.

M
PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. N
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
O

EC-81
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-82
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode. A
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. EC

CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006416807

C
FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

D
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data E
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts F
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. G
ECU part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
H
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data I
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
J
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
K
Work item Condition Usage
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume
range is memorized in ECM. L
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Crank a few times after engine stalls. When releasing fuel pressure from
fuel line
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim- M
ing
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self- N
the original coefficient. learning value
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve
closed position O
G SENSOR CALIBRATION • Park the vehicle on a flat road. Calibrates G sensor.
• Adjust pressure in all tires to the specified value.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. P
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “Self-diag results”.

EC-83
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-108, "DTC Index"), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-157, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data

Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code the is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
EC-108, "DTC Index".)
[PXXXX]
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDI-
These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

EC-84
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
×: Applicable
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed from the sig- speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm nal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and • If the signal is interrupted while the EC
camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- value is indicated. C
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection D
When engine is running specification
B/FUEL SCHDL msec pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain E
value is indicated.
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for F
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
When the engine coolant temperature
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
G
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
sensor) is displayed. ant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
The A/F signal computed from the input signal of H
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is
HO2S2 (B1) V
displayed. I
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
- RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
When the engine is stopped, a certain
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small. J
value is indicated.
- LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis- K
played.
BATTERY VOLT V The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
L
ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by M
The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by N
After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF the ECM according to the signals of engine speed
played regardless of the starter signal.
and battery voltage.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM
O
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF according to the accelerator pedal position sensor
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF P
switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal sent from EPS control
unit) is indicated.

EC-85
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
- ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
- OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light-
ing switch are OFF.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ac- When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
cording to the input signals. value is indicated.
These items are displayed but are not applicable to
COMBUSTION —
this model.
“Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current airflow divided by peak airflow.
Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass airflow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle.
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is in-
dicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition de-
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF
termined by ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to the
input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
• The control condition of the power generation
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF
- ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
- OFF: Power generation
Indicates the engine speed computed from the in-
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
put speed sensor signal.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.

EC-86
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Display the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning
- YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT formed yet.
- CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already EC
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km/h or mph Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
The engine oil temperature (determined by the sig- C
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F nal voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value D
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
The intake air temperature (determined by the sig- E
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F nal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph The preset vehicle speed is displayed. F
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD MAIN
MAIN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch G
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RES/+ switch
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
signal. H
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/− switch
SET SW ON/OFF
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from brake pedal po- I
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
sition switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal. J
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
- NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT K
- CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. L
- NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT set speed.
- CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low, and ASCD operation is cut off. M
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT O/D accord- For M/T models, always “OFF” is dis-
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF
ing to the input signal from the TCM. played.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT O/D cancel For M/T models, always “OFF” is dis-
N
AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF
request signal. played.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp de-
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF O
termined by the ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter-
SET LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The val- P
FUN DUTY %
ue is calculated by ECM based on input signals.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALT DUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sensor signal.
The signal voltage of battery current sensor is dis-
BAT CUR SEN mV
played.

EC-87
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference between
A/F ADJ-B1 —
the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-
fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
position (PNP) signal.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
Indicates the fuel rail pressure computed by ECM
FUEL PRES SEN MPa
according to the input signals.
The turbocharger boost sensor signal voltage is dis-
TURBO BST SEN V
played.
Indicates the fuel injection timing computed by ECM
FUEL INJ TIM deg
according to the input signals.
ECM-calculated injection pulse width of the fuel in-
FUEL INJ B1 msec
jector on the Bank 1 side.
The signal voltage from the battery temperature
BAT TEMP SEN V
sensor is displayed.

A/F SEN1 • Indicates DTC P0133 self-diagnosis condition.

INCMP/CM-
- INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
DIAG2(B1)* PLT
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)* PLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
H/P FUEL PUMP Displays ECM-calculated fuel discharge position of
deg
DEG the high pressure fuel pump.
FUEL PRES SEN V mV The signal voltage of FRP sensor is displayed.
EOP SENSOR mV The signal voltage of EOP sensor is displayed.
• A certain constant value is displayed
while mode other than speed limiter
control being activated.
• When the speed limiter is released by
SL TRG VHCL SPD km/h or mph The preset speed limiter vehicle speed is displays. other method than the main switch,
the vehicle speed indicated during the
standby mode is the one that is previ-
ously set before releasing the speed
limiter.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter SET
SL SET LAMP ON/OFF indicator determined by the ECM according to the
input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter LIMIT
SL LIMIT LAMP ON/OFF indicator determined by the ECM according to the
input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from speed limiter
SL MAIN SW ON/OFF
MAIN switch signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of kickdown deter-
KICKDOWN POS ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

EC-88
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR16DDT ]

Test item Condition Judgement Check item (Remedy) A

• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
EC
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector C
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm. D
• Change the EVAP canister Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
purge volume control solenoid to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
valve opening percent using
CONSULT-III. E
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” F
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
G
If trouble symptom disappears, see
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III. H
• Harness and connectors
FAN DUTY CON- • Ignition switch: ON • Cooling fan motor
• Change duty ratio using CON- Cooling fan speed changes. • Cooling fan relay
TROL* SULT-III. • Cooling fan control module I
• IPDM E/R
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR DUTY • Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • Alternator J
SULT-III. • IPDM E/R
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine. • Harness and connectors K
• A/C switch OFF • Compression
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or dies.
(M/T) • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Spark plug L
one at a time using CONSULT- • Ignition coil
III.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. M
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
N
For details, refer to EC-78, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. O
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P

A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-215
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-205
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-226
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-220
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-233

EC-89
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006417044

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 4.7 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1* (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON

EC-90
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF EC
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW C
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10° - 20° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
IGN TIMING Neutral (M/T) E
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
These items are displayed
COMBUSTION — but are not applicable to this F
model.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 35%
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), G
CAL/LD VALUE Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35%
• No load
H
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g/s
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
MASS AIRFLOW Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s I
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0% J
PURG VOL C/V Neutral (M/T) slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm 20% - 90%

• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA K

• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
INT/V TIM(B1) Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
L
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
EXH/V TIM B1 Neutral (M/T) M
Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 30°CA
is rising
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% N
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
INT/V SOL(B1) Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60%
• No load O
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates) P
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
Except above OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

EC-91
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
nated. miles)
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR(B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE Ignition switch: ON
ture
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RES/+ switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RES/+ switch: Released OFF
SET/− switch: Pressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/− switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON
(Brake pedal posi- Ignition switch: ON
tion switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL Ignition switch: ON OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89 MPH)
FAN DUTY Engine: Running 0 - 100%
ALT DUTY Engine: Idle 0 - 80%

EC-92
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Engine speed: Idle
*2
• Battery: Fully charged
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF EC
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/ C
ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON T)
Selector lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: Idle D
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 2.74 MPa
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), E
FUEL PRES SEN Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 3.0 MPa
• No load
F
• The accelerator pedal is depressed to
• Engine speed: Idle a half stroke position or more.
• Selector lever: D (CVT), Neutral • The readings of boost in the multi-func-
3.07 - 3.15 V
(M/T) tion meter are the same as the ambient G
• Fuel: Premium gasoline pressure or more.
• Engine speed: More than 3,000 rpm
TURBO BST SEN
• The accelerator pedal is depressed to H
• Engine speed: Idle a half stroke position or more.
• Selector lever: D (CVT), Neutral • The readings of boost in the multi-func-
2.91 - 2.99 V
(M/T) tion meter are the same as the ambient
• Fuel: Regular gasoline pressure or more. I
• Engine speed: More than 3,000 rpm
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 16 deg
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
J
FUEL INJ TIM Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. −170 deg
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.4 msec K
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
FUEL INJ B1 Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1.0 msec
• No load
L

• Engine: After warming up

• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Neutral (M/T) Idle M
around the battery.
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
A/F SEN1 NOTE: N
DIAG2(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
The item is indicated, but not used.
O
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 211.0 deg
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
H/P FUEL PUMP
Neutral (M/T)
DEG 2,000 rpm Approx. 206.0 deg
• Air conditioner switch: OFF P
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 980 - 1,200 mV
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
FUEL PRES SEN V Neutral (M/T) Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 1,100 - 2,900 mV
quickly
• No load

EC-93
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1450 mV
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
EOP SENSOR Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 2850 mV
• No load
The preset vehicle speed is
SL TRG VHCL SPD Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter operating
displayed

• Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter: Not operating OFF

SL SET LAMP
• Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON Speed limiter: Operating ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed at
SL LIMIT LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
the 1st time → at the 2nd time
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed ON
SL MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Released OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released OFF
KICKDOWN POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed ON
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSBIA0505ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Connect a break-out box (EG17550000) and harness adapter (EG17550400) between the ECM and ECM
harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1 ECM ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel injector)
2 ECM ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel injector)

EC-94
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 • Idle speed C
Fuel injector No. 1, 4 (HI)
(G) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
D
1 Output JPBIA4718ZZ

(B) BATTERY VOLTAGE

E
(11 - 14 V)

4 [Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2, 3 (HI) F
(Y) • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JPBIA4719ZZ
G
5 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1 (LO)
(R) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
6 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 (LO) The pulse cycle changes depending I
(BR)
on rpm at idle

1 JPBIA4720ZZ
J
Output
7 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 3 (LO)
(W) (11 - 14 V)

K
[Engine is running]
8 • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 4 (LO)
(R)
L

JPBIA4721ZZ

Sensor ground M
9 (Mass air flow sensor, in-
— — — —
(W) take air temperature
sensor1)
N
Sensor ground
10
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — —
(LG)
ture sensor)
Sensor ground O
11
— (Engine oil temperature — — —
(P)
sensor)
Sensor ground P
12
— (Refrigerant pressure — — —
(BR)
sensor)

EC-95
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2 V
13 9
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G) (W)
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4 V (Check for linear
• Warm-up condition voltage rise in response to en-
• Engine is revving from idle to about gine being increased to about
4,000 rpm 4,000 rpm.)
0 - 4.8 V
14 10 Engine coolant tempera-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(L) (LG) ture sensor
coolant temperature.
0 - 4.8 V
17 9 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(Y) (W) sensor 1
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.8 V
• Idle speed
18 44
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(GR) (SB)
• Warm-up condition
0.8 - 2.5 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000
rpm quickly
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
19 12 Refrigerant pressure sen-
Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan mo- 1.0 - 4.0 V
(P) (BR) sor
tor switch: ON (Compressor oper-
ates)
21 127
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(W) (B/Y)
0 - 4.8 V
22 11 Engine oil temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (P) sensor
oil temperature.
Sensor power supply
23 12
(Refrigerant pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (BR)
sensor)
1.8 V
25 127 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 Input Output voltage varies with air fuel
(B) (B/Y) • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
ratio.
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
29 33
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (R)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
33 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
35 Sensor ground
— — — —
(—) (Knock sensor)
36 35 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (—) • Idle speed

EC-96
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
38 EC
— Shield — — —
(B)
Sensor power supply
39 44
(Fuel rail pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V C
(R) (SB)
sor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.9 V D
41 44 Turbocharger boost sen- • Idle speed
Input
(W) (SB) sor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.0 V
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm E
1.8 - 4.8 V
42 44 Atmospheric pressure
Input [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with atmo-
(BG) (SB) sensor
spheric pressure. F
1.3 V

G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
H
JPBIA3359ZZ
43 44 Engine oil pressure sen-
Input
(G) (SB) sor
2.7 V I

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
J
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3360ZZ
K
Sensor ground
(Fuel rail pressure sensor,
44 turbocharger boost sen-
(SB)
—
sor, atmospheric pres-
— — — L
sure sensor, engine oil
pressure sensor)
[Engine is running] M
49 Fuel injector driver power BATTERY VOLTAGE
— Input • Warm-up condition
(G) supply 1 (11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
50 ECM ground N
— — — —
(B) (High pressure fuel pump)

3.2 V
O
[Ignition switch: ON]
51 127 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(GR) (B/Y) (Open) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed P

JMBIA0324GB

EC-97
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

1.8 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

52 127 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(BR) (B/Y) (Close) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

JMBIA0326GB

[Engine is running]
53 Fuel injector driver power BATTERY VOLTAGE
— Input • Warm-up condition
(BR) supply 2 (11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
54 High pressure fuel pump BATTERY VOLTAGE
— Input • Warm-up condition
(R) driver power supply (11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

JPBIA4722ZZ
55 50 High pressure fuel pump Output
(BR) (B) (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JPBIA4723ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

JPBIA4724ZZ
56 127 High pressure fuel pump Output
(Y) (B/Y) (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JPBIA4725ZZ

Sensor power supply

58
— [Crankshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G)
sor (POS)]

EC-98
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Sensor ground EC
59 [Camshaft position sen-
— — — —
(L) sor (PHASE), exhaust
camshaft position sensor]
C
Sensor ground
60
— [Crankshaft position sen- — — —
(W)
sor (POS)]
D
62 Sensor power supply
— — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(B) (Throttle position sensor)

1.0 - 2.0
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: F
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

63 59 Camshaft position sensor JPBIA4726ZZ

G
Input
(BR) (L) (PHASE)
1.0 - 2.0

H
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

I
JPBIA4727ZZ

4.0 V
[Engine is running]
J
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: K
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

64 60 Crankshaft position sen- JPBIA4728ZZ

Input L
(R) (W) sor (POS)
4.0 V

[Engine is running] M
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

N
JPBIA4729ZZ

[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

66 127 • Selector lever: P or N (11 - 14 V) O
Starter relay control Output
(SB) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Selector lever: Except above

EC-99
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

1.0 - 2.0
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

67 59 Exhaust camshaft posi- JPBIA4730ZZ

Input
(LG) (L) tion sensor
1.0 - 2.0

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JPBIA4731ZZ

Sensor power supply

68 (Battery current sensor,
— — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y) battery temperature sen-
sor, G sensor)
Sensor power supply
72
— [Camshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(GR)
sor (PHASE)]
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
73 127 Turbocharger boost con- • Idle speed
Output
(BR) (B/Y) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 8.0 V
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground
74
— (Throttle position sensor — — —
(R)
1, 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
75 74 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(G) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
76 74 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(W) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
77 127 Throttle control motor re- [Ignition switch: OFF]
Output (11 - 14 V)
(Y) (B/Y) lay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
79 87 Battery temperature sen-
Input • Battery temperature: 25°C (°F) 3.3 V
(BG) (BR) sor
• Idle speed

EC-100
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC
80 87
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* 2.6 - 3.5 V
(G) (BR)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition 0V
• Idle speed

7 - 10 V D
81 127 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(W) (B/Y) solenoid valve
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to E
2,000rpm Quickly

JMBIA0038GB F
82 0 - 0.3 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(R)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition G
• Idle speed
86 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(LG)
on rpm at idle H
127 JPBIA4733ZZ
Output
90 (B/Y)
Ignition signal No. 3 0.2 - 0.5 V
(P) I

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
94 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
J
Ignition signal No. 4
(SB)

JPBIA4734ZZ
K
[Engine is running]
83 87
G sensor Input • Warm-up condition 2.5 V
(G) (BR)
• Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
85 127 Exhaust valve timing con- • Idle speed
Output M
(G) (B/Y) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 6.5 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground N
87 (Battery current sensor,
— — — —
(BR) battery temperature sen-
sor, G sensor)
O
[Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V
88 44 Intake air temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (SB) sensor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
P

EC-101
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[When cranking engine] 0 - 0.5 V

0 - 4.0 V

91 127 Fuel pump control module

Output [Engine is running]
(BR) (B/Y) (FPCM)
• Warm-up condition

JPBIA3344ZZ

[Ignition switch: OFF] 3.6 V

[Ignition switch: ON] 0V
92 127
Cranking request signal Output
(R) (B/Y) [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting

EVAP canister purge vol-

95 127
ume control solenoid Output JMBIA0327GB
(L) (B/Y)
valve
10 V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.)

JMBIA0328GB

[When cranking engine] 0V

96 127 Fuel pump control module [Engine is running]
Input
(R) (B/Y) (FPCM) check • Warm-up condition 9V
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
98 127 ASCD MAIN switch: OFF
ASCD MAIN switch Input
(BR) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
ASCD MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
99 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(P) (CAN-L) Output
100 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (CAN-H) Output
Sensor power supply
101
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V)
tion sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
102 105 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(R) (GR) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-102
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
103 127 (11 - 14 V)
PNP signal Input (M/T)
(BR) (B/Y)
[Ignition switch: ON] C
0V
• Selector lever: Except above
104 127 Input/ [Ignition switch: ON]
Data link connector 10.5 V
(R) (B/Y) Output • CONSULT-III or GST: Disconnected D
Sensor ground
105
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(GR)
tion sensor 1)
E
106 127 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Y) (B/Y) (Backup) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Speed limiter MAIN switch: OFF
0V F
107 127 Speed limiter MAIN
Input
(L) (B/Y) switch [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
108 127 Clutch pedal position • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Input
(GR) (B/Y) switch [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed (11 - 14 V) H
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 127
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON] I
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
110 111 [Ignition switch: ON]
ASCD steering switch Input 1V K
(P) (B) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
3V
• RES/+ switch: Pressed
L
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/− switch: Pressed
111 Sensor ground
— — — — M
(B) (ASCD steering switch)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition N
112 127 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BR) (B/Y) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V) O
ing ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
115 127 • Brake pedal: Fully released
(SB) (B/Y)
Stop lamp switch Input P
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
116 127 Brake pedal position • Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Input
(G) (B/Y) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

EC-103
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
117 127 • For 1 second after turning ignition
Fuel pump relay Output 0 - 1.0 V
(Y) (B/Y) switch ON
[Engine is running]
Sensor power supply
118
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O)
tion sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
119 120 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(W) (Y) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor ground
120
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(Y)
tion sensor 2)
121 127 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B/Y) (11 - 14 V)
122 127 Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(GR) (B/Y) power supply (11 - 14 V)
123
— ECM ground — — —
(B/Y)
124
— ECM ground — — —
(B/Y)

2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
125 127
A/F sensor 1 heater Input • Idle speed
(L) (B/Y)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)

JPBIA4732ZZ

[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
126 33 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(W) (R) heater
load
JMBIA0325GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
127
— ECM ground — — —
(B/Y)

Fail Safe INFOID:0000000006548501

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

EC-104
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

Detected Engine operating condition A

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
EC
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-436, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check" C
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
D
DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
E
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0014 Exhaust valve timing con- The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and the
F
trol magnet retarder control does not function.
P0045 Turbocharger boost control Sets the duty ratio of the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve to 0%, and decreases
P0048 solenoid valve the boost to the lower limit.
G
P0047 The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and restricts the torque.
P0087 FRP control system Engine torque is limited.
P0090
H
P0088 Engine speed is limited.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103 I
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided J
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
K
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) L
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
M
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition. N
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0190 FRP sensor • Engine speed is limited.
• High pressure fuel pump is activated at maximum discharge pressure. O
P0197 Engine oil temperature Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198 sensor
P0201 Injector • Engine torque is limited. P
P0202 • Fuel injection shut-off of malfunction cylinder.
P0203 • Mixture ratio feedback control does not function.
P0204 • Idle engine speed is increased.
P0234 Turbocharger system The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and restricts the torque.
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor Sets the duty ratio of the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve to 0%, and decreases
P0238 the boost to the lower limit.
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.

EC-105
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0524 Engine oil pressure • The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the
valve control does not function.
• Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0607 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P062B Type1
• Engine torque is limited.
• Idle engine speed is increased.
• Fuel injector power supply shut-off.
• High fuel pressure limitation.
Type2
• Engine torque is limited.
• Fuel injection shut-off of malfunction cylinder.
• Mixture ratio feedback control does not function.
• Idle engine speed is increased.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P1197 Out of gas Engine torque is limited.
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006548502

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

EC-106
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U0101 U0122 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0097 P0098 Intake air temperature sensor 2
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
• P0107 P0108 Atmospheric pressure sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor 1
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor C
• P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) D
• P0500 P0501 P2159 P2162 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor
• P0603 P0605 P0607 P0611 P062B ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply E
• P0705 Transmission range switch
• P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1197 Out of gas*
F
• P1220 Fuel pump control module (FPCM)
• P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
• P1556 P1557 Batter temperature sensor
• P158A ECM G
• P159A P159B P159C P159D G sensor
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P1650 P1651 P1652 Starter motor relay
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor H
2 • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0045 P0047 P0048 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve I
• P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 J
• P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
• P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0603 ECM
• P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, so- K
lenoid valves and switches
• P1078 Exhaust valve timing position sensor
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1805 Brake switch L
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
M
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
• P0087 P0088 P0090 FRP control system
• P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function N
• P0201 - P0204 Injector
• P0300 - P0304 Misfire
• P0420 Three way catalyst function
• P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
O
• P0524 Engine oil pressure
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1564 ASCD steering switch P
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
NOTE:
*: If “P1197” is displayed with other DTC in priority 1, perform trouble diagnosis for “P1197” first.

EC-107
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006548503

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
U0101 0101 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × EC-159
U0122 0122 VDC MDL — 2 × EC-160
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-161
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Flashing —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-162
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-165
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-168
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-168
P0037 0037 HO2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-171
P0038 0038 HO2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-171
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/V — 2 — EC-174
P0047 0047 TC/SC BOOST CONT A — 1 × EC-174
P0048 0048 TC/SC BOOST CONT A — 1 — EC-174
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-176
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-179
P0087 0087 LOW FUEL PRES — 2 × EC-182
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRES — 2 × EC-182
P0090 0090 FUEL PUMP — 2 × EC-182
P0097 0097 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 — 2 × EC-185
P0098 0098 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 — 2 × EC-185
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-189
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-189
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-194
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-194
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-198
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-198
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-200
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-200
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-202
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-202
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-205
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-209
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-212
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-215
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-220
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-226
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-233
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-239
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-243

EC-108
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P0190 0190 FUEL PRES SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-247 EC
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-251
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-251
P0201 0201 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL1 — 2 × EC-253 C
P0202 0202 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL2 — 2 × EC-253
P0203 0203 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL3 — 2 × EC-253
D
P0204 0204 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL4 — 2 × EC-253
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-254
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-254 E
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM-B1 — 1 × EC-257
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-260
F
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-260
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-263
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-263 G
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-263
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-263
H
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-263
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-269
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-269 I
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-271
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-274
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-278 J
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-283
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A *5 — 2 × EC-286 K
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A — 2 × EC-288
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-289
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-291
L

P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-293

P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-297
M
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*6 — 2 × EC-300
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-302
1 (CVT) × (CVT)
N
P0607 0607 ECM — EC-304
2 (M/T) — (M/T)
P0611 0611 FIC MODULE — 2 — EC-305
O
P062B 062B ECM — 2 × EC-306
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-307
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × TM-200 P
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A — 1 × TM-202
P0715 0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × TM-207
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR *5 — 2 × TM-209
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-215
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-217

EC-109
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-219
P0746 0746 PC SOLENOID A — 1 × TM-221
P0776 0776 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × TM-223
P0778 0778 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × TM-225
P0840 0840 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A — 2 × TM-230
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-309
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-313
P1197 1197 FUEL RUN OUT — 2 — EC-317
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-319
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-320
P1220 1220 FPCM — 1 — EC-323
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-326
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-327
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-328
P1551 1551 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-331
P1552 1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-331
P1553 1553 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-334
P1554 1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-337
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-341
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-341
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — EC-343
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — EC-346
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — EC-352
P158A 158A G SENSOR — 1 — EC-354
EC-355 (M/T)
P159A 159A G SENSOR — 2 —
EC-358 (CVT)
EC-360 (M/T)
P159B 159B G SENSOR — 2 ×
EC-364 (CVT)
EC-355 (M/T)
P159C 159C G SENSOR — 2 ×
EC-358 (CVT)
EC-355 (M/T)
P159D 159D G SENSOR — 2 ×
EC-358 (CVT)
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-192
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-193
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-194
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — SEC-195
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-198
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY 2 — 2 × EC-366
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × EC-369
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × EC-372
P1740 1740 SLCT SOLENOID — 2 × TM-247
P1777 1777 STEP MOTOR — 1 × TM-250
P1778 1778 STEP MOTOR — 2 × TM-252
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-374

EC-110
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-376 EC
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-378
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-376
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-381 C
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-383
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-385
D
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-385
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-388
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-388 E
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-391
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-394
F
P2159 2159 VEHICLE SPEED SEN B — 2 × EC-288
P2162 2162 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A-B — 2 × EC-398
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. G
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. H
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006417225

I

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.

The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while J
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
K
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
L

EC-111
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
01H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 1) P0133 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0133 88H 04H
Lean)
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
HO2S P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

02H P0137 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage

EC-112
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 E
05H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 2) P0153 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0153 88H 04H
Lean)
F
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
HO2S P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test H
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

06H P0157 08H 0CH
(Bank 2) cycle I
P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
J
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

07H P0164 08H 0CH K
(Bank2) cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
L
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value M
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2423 83H 0CH
age

CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst N

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value O
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2424 83H 0CH
age
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P

EC-113
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 80H 96H
rate (short term)
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 81H 96H
rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 83H 9DH
VVT drive failure diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 83H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
EVAP P0456 80H 05H
EVAP control system leak inch)
SYSTEM 3CH
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
P0456 81H FDH
system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input:P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input:P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage

EC-114
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Secondary Air Injection System Incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect Flow Detected
C
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System Insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System Pump D
P2445 82H 01H
Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System High
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
Airflow
ARY AIR E
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing Valve Stuck Open
F
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2444 86H 01H
Stuck On
G
Fuel injection system function P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
81H
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function H
82H
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped

EC-115
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0306 8EH 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0307 8FH 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0308 90H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders

EC-116
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR16DDT ]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0301 0CH 24H
cles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No. 2 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- E
P0302 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
A4H No. 3 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0303 0CH 24H
cles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No. 4 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0304 0CH 24H
cles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
I
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No. 5 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0305 0CH 24H J
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No. 6 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0306 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No. 7 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- M
P0307 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0308 0CH 24H
cles
O

EC-117
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006417045

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".

JCBWA1712GB

EC-118
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

EC

JCBWA1713GB

EC-119
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

JCBWA1714GB

EC-120
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

EC

JCBWA1715GB

EC-121
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

JCBWA1716GB

EC-122
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR16DDT ]

EC

JCBWA1717GB

EC-123
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006416756

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JMBIA0078GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-124
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-127, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
EC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out using CONSULT-III or GST.) D
- Erase DTC.
With CONSULT-III :“How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-83, "CONSULT-III Function".
Without CONSULT-III : “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-79, "On Board Diagnosis Function". E
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-437, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
F
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
G
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). H
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-442, "Description" and EC-
104, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. I
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5. J
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-442, "Description" and EC- K
104, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. L

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble N
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. O
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR- P
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to EC-108, "DTC Index".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
EC-125
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
Perform EC-129, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CON-
SULT-III in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-147, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-437, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-90, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to the following.
With CONSULT-III :“How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-83, "CONSULT-III Function".
Without CONSULT-III :“How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-79, "On Board Diagnosis Func-
tion".

>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III :Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st

EC-126
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
Trip DTC” in EC-83, "CONSULT-III Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle
under the specific DRIVING PATTERN in EC-142, "Description". A
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III :Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnec-
essary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “How to Erase Self-diag-
nostic Results” in EC-79, "On Board Diagnosis Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed,
EC
drive vehicle under the specific DRIVING PATTERN inEC-142, "Description".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006416757

C
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- D
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint. E
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and F
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

EC-127
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-128
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416758

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P

EC-129
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-443, "Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-134, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-135, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-136, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-443, "Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-274, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-271, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-50,
"ECM : Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

EC-130
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-444, "Special Repair Requirement" A
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Ignition Timing".

1 : Timing indicator
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> GO TO 11. C

PBIB3263E

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-134, "Work Procedure".
E

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-135, "Work Procedure".

G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-136, "Work Procedure". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-443, "Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
L
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. M
For procedure, refer to EC-444, "Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Ignition Timing".
N
1 : Timing indicator
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END. O
NO >> GO TO 16.

PBIB3263E P
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

EC-131
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]

17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-274, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-271, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-50,
"ECM : Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.

EC-132
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006416759

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416760

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Refer to SEC-50, "ECM : Work Procedure".

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure". E

>> GO TO 3.
F
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
G
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Refer toEC-136, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 5. I
5.PERFORM G SENSOR CALIBRATION
Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure" (M/T models) or TM-377, "Procedure" (CVT models).
J

>> END
K

EC-133
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006416765

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416766

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-134
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006416767

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416768

1.START D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

I
>> END

EC-135
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006416769

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416770

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever : P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime running light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to
light only small lamps.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indi-
cates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-136
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON. A
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
EC

SEC897C
E

>> GO TO 4
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING F
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to EC-449, "Idle Speed" and EC-449, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following

• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
I
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer toEC-147, "Description". L
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle. M

>> INSPECTION END

N

EC-137
 G SENSOR CALIBRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
G SENSOR CALIBRATION
Description INFOID:0000000006649061

ECM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. Therefore,
it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the following work is performed.
• Removal/installation or replacement of G sensor
• Replacement of ECM
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006649062

1.PREPARATION BEFORE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Adjust air pressure of all tires to the specified pressure. WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
2. Select “Work Support” mode in “ENGINE.
3. Select “G SENSOR CALIBRATION”.
4. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
Never swing the vehicle during “G sensor calibration”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed?
YES >> END
NO >> Perform steps 1 and 2 again.

EC-138
 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006416771

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- EC
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006416772

C
1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G

>> END
H

EC-139
 FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
FUEL PRESSURE
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006417061

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because J10 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter [SST: KV10118400] D, then connect fuel pressure
gauge A.
• : To quick connector
• : To fuel tube (engine side)
• C: Clamp
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NIS-
SAN fuel hose without quick connector).
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moder-
ately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with dam- PBIB2982E
age or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

EC-140
 FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. A
• No.2 spool (5)
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
EC
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube. C
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710
or 16439 40U00).
PBIB2983E
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. D
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb) E

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
F
• A: Fuel pressure gauge
• B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel G
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
H
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. PBIB2984E
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. I
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

J
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following. K
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging L
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
M

EC-141
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Description INFOID:0000000006417226

OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item*1 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT-III indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
EGR/VVT SYSTEM Intake value timing control function P0011
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

EC-142
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]

EC

L
JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006417227 M

CAUTION:
N

EC-143
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.

JSBIA0470GB

NOTE:
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/
h(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.

EC-144
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est. A
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. C
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006417228
D

1.CHECK DTC
E
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT-III G
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-79, "On Board Diagnosis Function". H
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set? I
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. J
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III. K
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-142, "Description".
3. Check DTC. L
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 9. M
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-142, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-143, "SRT Set Driv- N
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
O
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1 P
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;

EC-145
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR16DDT ]
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V

>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).

>> GO TO 8.

PBIB2244E

8.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-79, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

EC-146
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006546921
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the C
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546922

1.START
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied J
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE L
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
1. Perform EC-129, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END O
NO >> Proceed to EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-147
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546923

OVERALL SEQUENCE

PBIB2318E

EC-148
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

EC

PBIB3213E

DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-147, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.

EC-149
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
EC-150
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within A
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
C
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check the following.
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-414, "Component Function Check".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-400, "Component Function Check".) F
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-17, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” H
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value. I
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12. J
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-205, "DTC Logic". K
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-209, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-212, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0133, refer to EC-215, "DTC Logic". L
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13. M
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC. N

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” O
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value. P
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC-151
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-437, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.

EC-152
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
EC
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-189, "DTC
Logic". Then GO TO 29.
C
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the D
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24. E
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
F
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-133, "Work Procedure".

G
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. H
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element I
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the K
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” M
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap P
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

EC-153
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-437, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-437, "Symptom Table".

EC-154
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546924

1.CHECK FUSE EC
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

C

#43 20 A
IPDM E/R
#62 15 A D
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. H
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

+ I
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
1
F25
2
123 Ground Existed K
E18 124
127
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM O
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P
E18 121 127 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-155
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch
E18 121 127 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
ist for a few seconds
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 121 E14 35 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V

E18 112 127 Turn ignition switch OFF

and wait at least 10 sec- Battery voltage
onds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 112 E14 41 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

EC-156
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation". A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
C
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal D
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E18 109 127
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
F
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
E18 109 E15 62 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
L
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector M
Terminal
E18 106 127 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
P
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-157
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 106 E14 42 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-158
 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006546925

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546926
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
F
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
CAN communication line between
U0101 (Lost communication with communication signal of OBD (emission-related
TCM and ECM
TCM) diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
I
YES >> Proceed to EC-159, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546927 J

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
K

EC-159
 U0122 VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
U0122 VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE
Description INFOID:0000000006635006

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635007

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication line between ECM
VDC MDL CAN communication signal of OBD (emis- and ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
U0122 (Lost communication with vehi- sion related diagnosis) with ABS actuator trol unit)
cle dynamics control module) and electric unit (control unit) for 2 seconds or (CAN communication line is open or
more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635008

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

EC-160
 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006546931

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546932
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN Harness or connectors
CAN COMM CIRCUIT F
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission (CAN communication line is open or
(CAN communication line)
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546933

J
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
K

EC-161
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546934

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC-307, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0011 (Intake valve timing control
and phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
performance)
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
P or N position (CVT)
Selector lever
Neutral position (M/T)
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

EC-162
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST D
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546935
F
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. G
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? H
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I

J
PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

K
Check the intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View". N
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View". P
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.

EC-163
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation".

PBIA9557J

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-68, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to LU-8, "Inspection", “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546936

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2107ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-164
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0014 EVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006599048

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0078, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0078. Refer to
EC-179, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P0014 is displayed with P1078, first perform trouble diagnosis for P1078. Refer to EC-313,
"DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content) E
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
F
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 • Exhaust valve control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of target and
P0014 (Exhaust valve timing • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
phase-control angle degree.
control performance) portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation G
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for ex-
haust valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle. K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I L

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
N
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
O
Selector lever D position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. P
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
EC-165
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 2,950 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599049

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check the exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)
Check the following.

EC-166
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation".
C

JMBIA0059ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-68, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598857 H

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
J
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
+ − Resistance
Terminal K
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω L
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
N
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure. O
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve P
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-167
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546938

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1)
circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or
P0031 (Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
1 heater control circuit low)
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
(Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is short-
P0032
1 heater control circuit (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM ed.)
high) through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546939

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F70 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-168
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 3 E18 125 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-169, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4. F
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: G
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread H
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546940

J
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following.

+ − L
A/F sensor 1 Resistance
Terminal
M
4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω N
1 (Continuity should not exist)
4
2
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-169
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-170
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546942

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater cir-
P0037 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 D
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM cuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater cir- E
P0038 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM cuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546943

1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground. P

+
HO2S2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F69 2 Ground Battery voltage

EC-171
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 3 E18 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546944

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.

+ −
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Resistance
Terminal
2 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1
1 3
4 ∞Ω
1 (Continuity should not exist)

4 2
3
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-172
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
EC
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner C
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
D
>> INSPECTION END

EC-173
 P0045, P0047, P0048 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0045, P0047, P0048 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006599307

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TC BOOST SOL/V ECM detected the turbocharger
P0045 (Turbocharger boost control boost control solenoid valve circuit
solenoid valve circuit open) is open.
TC/SC BOOST CONT A
ECM detected the turbocharger • Harness or connectors
(Turbocharger boost control
P0047 boost control solenoid valve circuit (Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
solenoid valve circuit low in-
is short to ground. cuit is open or shorted.)
put)
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
TC/SC BOOST CONT A
ECM detected the turbocharger
(Turbocharger boost control
P0048 boost control solenoid valve circuit
solenoid valve circuit high
is short to power.
input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599308

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+
Turbocharger boost control sole-
− Voltage
noid valve
Connector Terminal
F54 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-174
 P0045, P0047, P0048 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R A
harness connector.

+ − EC
Turbocharger boost control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F54 2 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
G
+ −
Turbocharger boost control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 F26 73 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006599309

M
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector. N
3. Disconnect hoses connected to turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control sole-
noid valve as per the following conditions.
O
Air passage con- Air passage con-
Condition tinuity between tinuity between
(A) and (B) (A) and (C) P
12 V direct current supply between
Existed Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? NNBIB0044ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".

EC-175
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546946

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. ((Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent))
• Harness or connectors
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0075 (Intake valve timing con- through intake valve timing control solenoid
circuit is open or shorted.)
trol solenoid valve circuit) valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546947

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+
IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F41 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.

EC-176
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ + A
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F41 1 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

+ +
F
IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F41 2 F26 81 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I
Check the intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546948
K
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

M
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
+ − Resistance
Terminal N
1 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground O
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-177
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2107ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-178
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598855

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid
P0078 (Exhaust valve timing control sole- through exhaust valve timing control valve circuit is open or shorted.) D
noid valve circuit) solenoid valve. • Exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G

>> GO TO2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598856

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+ M
EVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
F100 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.

EC-179
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ +
EVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F100 2 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ +
EVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F100 1 F26 85 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006599052

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-180
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the A
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control C
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END D

NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-181
 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598858

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0087 or P0090 is displayed with DTC P1197, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1197.
• DTC P0087 or P0090 may be displayed when running out of gas.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Fuel rail pressure does not reach 1.3
MPa (13 bar, 13.3 kg/cm2, 188.5 psi)
at engine cold start [water tempera-
ture 5°C (41°F) –40C° (104°F)].
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 3.5 MPa
(35 bar, 35.7 kg/cm2, 507.5 psi) or
less for 1 second or more during en-
LOW FUEL PRES gine idle condition after cold start [wa-
P0087
(High fuel pressure too low) ter temperature 5°C (41°F) –40C°
(104°F)].
• The following condition continues for
5 seconds or more after engine start
(regardless of water temperature):
Target fuel pressure − Actual fuel
pressure ≥ 2.7 MPa (27 bar, 27.5 kg/
cm2, 392 psi)
• Fuel rail pressure remains at more
than 16.5 MPa (165 bar, 168.3 kg/ • Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
cm2, 2392.5 psi) for 1 second or more • Fuel system
during engine idle condition after cold
start [water temperature 5°C (41°F) –
HIGH FUEL PRES 40C° (104°F)].
P0088
(High fuel pressure too high) • The following condition continues for
5 seconds or more after engine start
(regardless of water temperature):
Actual fuel pressure − Target fuel
pressure ≥ 2.7 MPa (27 bar, 27.5 kg/
cm2, 392 psi)
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.5
MPa (15 bar, 15.3 kg/ cm2, 217.5 psi)
or less for 3 seconds or more during
FUEL PUMP
engine rev.
P0090 (High pressure fuel pump per-
• Fuel rail pressure remains at
formance)
18.5MPa (185 bar, 188.7 kg/cm2,
2682.5 psi) or more for 0.3 seconds
or more during engine rev.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
EC-182
 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I A

1. Check that the fuel tank is 1/8 full of fuel.
2. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature and keep the engine speed at idle for 10 sec-
onds.
EC
NOTE:
Warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
3. Check 1st trip DTC. C
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. D
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Cool the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 60°C (140°F) or less. E
2. Start the engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
F
YES >> Proceed to EC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598859 G

1.PERFORM THE HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP COMPONENT INSPECTION

Perform the high pressure fuel pump component inspection. Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the fuel pump. FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-10, "4WD : Exploded View" I
(4WD).
2.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE J
1. Start the engine.
2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, and fuel piping have no fuel leakage.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check that the fuel system has no breakage, bend, and crush. Refer to FL-5, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or Replace the error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598860 L

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump terminals as follows.
N
High pressure fuel pump
+ − Condition Resistance
O
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 20 – 30 (68 - 86) 9 - 11 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
2. Start the engine.

EC-183
 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Check “FUEL PRES SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.

Voltage
Data monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
Engine speed: idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V
Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly 1,100 – 2,900 mV

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor signal voltage.

+
Value
Fuel rail pressure sensor −
Condition (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine speed: idle 0.98 – 1.2 V
F5 2 Ground Engine speed: Revving engine
1.1 – 2.9 V
from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".

EC-184
 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635009

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECM detects the following status continuous- • Harness or connectors
IAT SENSOR 2 B1
ly for 5 seconds or more: (Intake air temperature sensor 2 cir-
P0097 (Intake air temperature sensor 2
A voltage signal transmitted from the intake cuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low input) D
air temperature sensor 2 is 0.305 V or less. (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
is open or shorted.)
E
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.) F
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position G
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
ECM detects the following status continuous- (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
IAT SENSOR 2 B1
ly for 5 seconds or more: circuit is open or shorted.)
P0098 (Intake air temperature sensor 2
circuit high input)
A voltage signal transmitted from the intake (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is H
air temperature sensor 2 is 4.84 V or more. open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 2
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Atmosphere pressure sensor I
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor J
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 K
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

L
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. P
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-185
 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635010

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector terminals.

Turbocharger boost sensor

Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F75 1 3 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 4 F26 88 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
Check intake air temperature sensor 2. Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2). Refer to EM-28,
"Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-186
 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F75 3 F25 44 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
D
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity E
Connector Terminal
1
F25
2 F
123 Ground Existed
E18 124
G
127
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors and each sensor harness connectors
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
K
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmosphere pressure sensor F76 1 L
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68 M
G sensor B32 3
F26
Camshaft position sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1 N
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: CVT models
O
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635011

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-187
 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between turbocharger boost sensor terminals as follows.

Turbocharger boost sensor

+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminals
1 4 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.80 – 2.20
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2). Refer to EM-28,
"Exploded View".

EC-188
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546955

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage from the mass air
P0102 (Mass air flow sensor circuit shorted.)
flow sensor is sent to ECM. D
low input) • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively high voltage from the mass air (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or E
P0103 (Mass air flow sensor circuit
flow sensor is sent to ECM. shorted.)
high input)
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3. I

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102

1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II N
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546956
P

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
EC-189
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.

+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 5 E14 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 4 F25 9 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-190
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F4 3 F25 13 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D

Check the mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546957 F

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
I
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper- J
0.7 - 1.1 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.3 - 1.7 V
temperature.) K
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM N
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
O
Ignition switch ON (Engine
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.7 - 1.1 V P
operating temperature.)
F25 13 9
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.3 - 1.7 V
normal operating temperature.)
0.7 - 1.1 V to Ap-
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-191
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.7 - 1.1 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.3 - 1.7 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.7 - 1.1 V
operating temperature.)
F25 13 9
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.3 - 1.7 V
normal operating temperature.)
0.7 - 1.1 V to Ap-
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-192
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. A

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.7 - 1.1 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1 C
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.3 - 1.7 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
D
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. E
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
F
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector G
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
H
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.7 - 1.1 V
operating temperature.)
F25 13 9
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7 V I

0.7 - 1.1 V to Ap-

Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 2.4 V*
J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

EC-193
 P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598921

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P0107 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit atmospheric pressure sensor is sent (Atmospheric pressure sensor cir-
low input) to ECM. cuit is open or shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit
is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control posi-
tion sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 circuit is open or shorted.)
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit
P0108 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit atmospheric pressure sensor is sent is open or shorted.)
high input) to ECM. (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit
is open or shorted.)
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control posi-
tion sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
2
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598922

1.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-194
 P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check the voltage between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+ EC
Voltage
Atmospheric pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C
F76 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
F
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
G
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1 H
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68 I
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1
J
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models K
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
N
nector.

+ −
O
Atmospheric pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F76 3 F25 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-195
 P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

4.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Atmospheric pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F25 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598923

1.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
F25 42 44
NOTE:
Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
3. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.

Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)

0 0
200 -24
400 -47
600 -70
800 -92
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218
4. Check the atmospheric pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.

EC-196
 P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

Atmospheric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V) A

800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
EC
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6 C
1050 4.2 – 4.8
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
E

EC-197
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546959

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively low voltage from the intake air
P0112 (Intake air temperature • Harness or connectors
temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit low input) (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1 open or shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the intake air • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 (Intake air temperature
temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546960

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F4 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-198
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F4 2 F25 17 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

+ −
F
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 1 F25 9 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR I
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-199, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-26, "Exploded
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546961
K

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.
M
Mass air flow sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
N
Terminals
1 2 Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-26, "Exploded
View". P

EC-199
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546967

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
P0117 (Engine coolant tempera-
coolant temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ture sensor circuit low input)
(Engine coolant temperature sensor cir-
ECT SEN/CIRC cuit is open or shorted.)
(Engine coolant tempera- An excessively high voltage from the engine • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
ture sensor circuit high in- coolant temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
put)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546968

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx. )
Connector Terminal
F28 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-200
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F28 1 F25 14 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

+ −
F
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F28 2 F25 10 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR I
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-201, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546969
K
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as
shown in the figure. M

Engine coolant temperature sensor

N
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminals
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 kΩ O
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".

EC-201
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546971

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-307, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit low input) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle position sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546972

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-202
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
EC
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 1 F26 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
G

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
H
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F26 74 Existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J

4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- K
nector.

+ − L
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
F29 3 F26 76 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546973

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

EC-203
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
75
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F26 74
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
76
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-204
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546987

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other • Harness or connectors
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) D
than approx. 2.2 V. (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0130 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
shorted.)
circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A I

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
J
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
K
YES >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
L
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. M
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT-III. O
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
P
ENG SPEED 1,150 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
D position (CVT)
Selector lever
5th position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
EC-205
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-206, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546988

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
8. Stop the vehicle.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546989

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
EC-206
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F70 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 4 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
1 21
F70 F25 Existed
2 25
L
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
M
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal N
1
F70 Ground Not existed
2
O

+
ECM − Continuity P
Connector Terminal
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-207
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-208
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546991

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) D
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0131 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
circuit low voltage]
• A/F sensor 1
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
H

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION I
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. J
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. K
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. L
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm O

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
P
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST

EC-209
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601127

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F70 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 4 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 21
F70 F25 Existed
2 25
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

EC-210
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
1
F70 Ground Not existed
2
C
+
ECM − Continuity
D
Connector Terminal
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25 E
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
I
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. J
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). K

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-211
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546994

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
P0132 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. ed.)
circuit high voltage]
• A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

EC-212
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601130
EC
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
D
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
E
Connector Terminal
F70 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. H
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
I
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 4 E14 36 Existed J
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. M

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 21
F70 F25 Existed O
2 25
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. P

+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F70 Ground Not existed
2

EC-213
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-214
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598863

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com- C
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
D
• Harness or connectors
(A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 E
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM • A/F sensor 1 heater
P0133 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the • Fuel pressure
circuit slow response] specified time. • Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks F
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III L
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load. M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode. N
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 3 O
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. P
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
EC-215
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle as per the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598864

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

EC-216
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
A

EC

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected? D

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected? F
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE G
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-635, "DTC Logic" or EC-639,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5. I
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
K
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
L
Connector Terminal
F70 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
O
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ -
P
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 4 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

EC-217
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ -
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 21
F70 F25 Existed
2 25
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.

+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F70 Ground Not existed
2

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the air fuel ratio (a/f) sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 12.
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check the mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check the PCV valve. Refer to EC-804, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-53, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-218
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
EC
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread C
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END D

EC-219
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0137 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006546997

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.

SEF259VA

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
HO2S2 (B1) or shorted)
The maximum voltage from the heated oxygen
P0137 (Heated oxygen sensor • Heated oxygen sensor 2
sensor 2 is not reached to the specified voltage.
2 circuit low voltage) • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.

EC-220
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III. A
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
EC
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
C
NG >> Proceed to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
E
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
F
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-221, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546998

I
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
K
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
L
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.68 V M
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
O
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM P
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-221
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
at least once during this procedure.
(M/T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546999

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-239, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 1 F25 33 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 4 F25 29 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

EC-222
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
F69 4 Ground Not existed

+ C
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
F25 29 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-223, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 H
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard I
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
J
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547000

1.INSPECTION START L
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III, and select “HO2S2 P
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III.

EC-223
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

EC-224
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM A
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
The voltage should be below 0.18 V
(M/T)
at least once during this procedure. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. D

6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". E
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner F
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
G
>> INSPECTION END

EC-225
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0138 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547002

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB2376E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
circuit high voltage) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.

EC-226
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A A

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
C
YES >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
D

NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. F
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). G
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III. H
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. I
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). K
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

L
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006601195

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I P

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

EC-227
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
at least once during this procedure.
(M/T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547004

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-226, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-228
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F69 1 F25 33 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 4 F25 29 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and H
ground.

+ I
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
F69 4 Ground Not existed

+ K
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
L
F25 29 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-231, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

EC-229
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

>> INSPECTION END

7.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-226, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 1 F25 33 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 4 F25 29 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F69 4 Ground Not existed

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F25 29 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-231, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-230
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 11. A
11.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
EC
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner C
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547005
E
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
F
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. G
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. H
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. I
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III, and select “HO2S2
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. J

PBIB3458E
M
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I O

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

EC-231
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
The voltage should be below 0.18 V
(M/T)
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-232
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0139 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547007

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut. D

E
SEF302U

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
• Harness or connectors
HO2S2 (B1) The switching time between rich and lean of a (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0139 (Heated oxygen sensor heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more • Heated oxygen sensor 2
H
2 circuit slow response) than the specified time computed by ECM. • Fuel system
• Intake air system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III O
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. P
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
EC-233
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-234, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006601196

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

EC-234
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM A
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III D
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

E
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal F
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
at least once during this procedure.
(M/T)
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547009

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE I

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-239, "DTC Logic" or EC-243,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 1 F25 33 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P

3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-235
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 4 F25 29 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F69 4 Ground Not existed

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F25 29 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-236, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547010

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.

EC-236
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III, and select “HO2S2 A
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
EC

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. F

3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I

Without CONSULT-III G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

I
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal J
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V
K
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition. M

ECM
N
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V O
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33
minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.

EC-237
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F25 29 33 D position (CVT), 4th gear position
The voltage should be below 0.18 V
(M/T)
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-238
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547014

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) F
• Intake air leaks
• A/F sensor 1
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Fuel injector G
• Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 (Fuel injection system too • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
• Incorrect fuel pressure
lean) large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor H
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I L
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
N
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. O
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
P
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.

EC-239
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547015

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 21
F70 F25 Existed
2 25

EC-240
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. A

+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Connector Terminal
1
F70 Ground Not existed C
2

+ D
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25
6. Also check harness for short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-
10, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K

6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III L
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. For specification, refer to EC-449, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". M
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
3. For specification, refer to EC-449, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". N
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or O
grounds. Refer to EC-189, "DTC Logic".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR P
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.

EC-241
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-400, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
47, "Removal and Installation".
PBIA9666J

EC-242
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547016

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) F
• A/F sensor 1
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0172 (Fuel injection system too • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks G
rich) large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine. L
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. M
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. N
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. O
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. P
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-243
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601314

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 21
F70 F25 Existed
2 25
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

EC-244
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
1
F70 Ground Not existed
2
C
+
ECM − Continuity
D
Connector Terminal
21
F25 Ground Not existed
25 E
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE G
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. H
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL- J
10, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. L
3. For specification, refer to EC-449, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
3. For specification, refer to EC-449, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-189, "DTC Logic".
O
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.

EC-245
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-400, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
47, "Removal and Installation".
PBIA9666J

EC-246
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598865

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or short- D
ed.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or
E
shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is F
open or shorted.)
FUEL PRES SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is open
(Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0190 sensor remains at more than 4.84 V / or shorted.)
circuit low input and high in-
put)
less than 0.2 V for 5 seconds or more. (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open or G
shorted.)
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor H
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor I
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor J
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. N
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine ON and wait at least 60 seconds. O
2. Check DTC or 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC or 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598866

1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (FRP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FRP sensor connector.

EC-247
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector terminals.

FRP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F5 1 3 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector and the ground.

+
Voltage
FRP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F5 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FRP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-248
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F5 3 F25 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT D

Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
E
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 F
F25
2
Ground Existed
123
G
E18 124
127
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FRP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

+ −
K
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F5 2 F25 18 Existed L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FRP SENSOR N
Check the FRP sensor. Refer to EC-249, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598867
P
1.CHECK FRP SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.

EC-249
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
5. Check that the “FUEL PRES SEN V” indication.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Engine speed: Idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
1,100 – 2,900 mV
quickly

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check FRP sensor signal voltage.

ECM
Value
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.98 – 1.2 V
• Idle speed
F25 18 44
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 – 2.9 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace FRP sensor. Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".

EC-250
 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598868

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
P0197 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input)
(EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the engine
P0198 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598869

K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N

F48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-251
 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 1 F25 22 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 2 F25 11 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-252, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598870

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Engine oil temperature

sensor
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)] JMBIA0080ZZ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-252
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598871

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
INJECTOR CIRC-CYL1 ECM detects No. 1 injector circuit
P0201
(No.1 fuel injector circuit) is open or shorted.
INJECTOR CIRC-CYL2 ECM detects No. 2 injector circuit D
P0202 • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
(No. 2 fuel injector circuit) is open or shorted.
• Fuel injector
INJECTOR CIRC-CYL3 ECM detects No. 3 injector circuit • ECM
P0203
(No. 3 fuel injector circuit) is open or shorted. E
INJECTOR CIRC-CYL4 ECM detects No. 4 injector circuit
P0204
(No. 4 fuel injector circuit) is open or shorted.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, conform that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 30 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598872

1.PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INJECTOR M

Perform trouble diagnosis for injector. Refer to EC-400, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O

EC-253
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547027

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643 ,first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-274, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit low input) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle position sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547028

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC-254
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
EC
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 1 F26 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
G

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
H
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F26 74 Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT K
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
L
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 2 F26 75 Existed
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-255
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547029

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
75
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F26 74
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
76
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-256
 P0234 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0234 TC SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598873

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0234 is displayed with DTC P0237 or P0238, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0237 or
P0238. Refer to EC-260, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• Turbocharger boost sensor
TC SYSTEM-B1 • Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
Turbocharger boost is higher
P0234 (Turbocharger overboost con- • Exhaust manifold and turbocharger assembly
than the target value.
dition) • Disconnection, looseness or improper connec- E
tion of boost control actuator hose

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-257, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: G
Use component function check to check the overall function of the turbocharger system circuit. During this
check, DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006598874 I

1.CHECK BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR HOSE

Check disconnection, looseness or improper connection of hose between turbocharger boost control solenoid J
valve and boost control actuator.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect of hose between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and compressor wheel. M
4. Install pressure pump to turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
5. Check that the rod of the boost control actuator activates when
supplying pressure and battery voltage to the turbocharger
boost control solenoid valve as per the following conditions. N

P
JSBIA0851ZZ

EC-257
 P0234 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Operation
Condition
Supply pressure [60 kPa (600 mbar, 450 mmHg, 17.72 inHg)] with bat-
Boost control actuator rod operates
tery voltage to terminals 1 and 2
Supply pressure [60 kPa (600 mbar, 450 mmHg, 17.72 inHg)] without
Boost control actuator rod not operates
battery voltage to terminals 1 and 2
CAUTION:
Do not supply pressure over 70 kPa (700 mbar, 525 mmHg, 20.67 inHg)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598875

1.CHECK BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR HOSE

Check disconnection, looseness or improper connection of hose between turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve and boost control actuator.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+
Turbocharger boost control sole-
− Voltage
noid valve
Connector Terminal
F54 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

+ −
Turbocharger boost control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 2 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-258
 P0234 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC
+ −
Turbocharger boost control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 F26 73 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". G
6.CHECK BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check the boost control actuator. Refer to EM-37, "Inspection". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace exhaust manifold and turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". I
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
K

EC-259
 P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598877

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively low voltage from • Harness or connectors
P0237 (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit the turbocharger boost sensor is (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
low input) sent to ECM. open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
is open or shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively high voltage from (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
P0238 (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit the turbocharger boost sensor is circuit is open or shorted.)
high input ) sent to ECM. (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598878

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-260
 P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F75 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
E
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1 G
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68 H
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1 I
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
J
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
K
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. M

+ −
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 3 F25 44 Existed
O
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-261
 P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 2 F25 41 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598879

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connector.
3. Install pressure pump (A) to turbocharger boost sensor (1).
CAUTION:
When insert a pressure pump hose to the sensor, be careful
to the damage of the sensor housing.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.

JMBIA0871ZZ

NOTE:
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10 - 30°C (50 - 86°F)].

ECM
Condition [Pressure (Relative to at- Voltage
+ −
Connector mospheric pressure)] (Approx.)
Terminal
0 kPa
2.03 V
(0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg)
F25 41 44
40 kPa
2.67 V
(400 mbar, 300 mmHg, 11.81 inHg)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".

EC-262
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548489

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

Trouble diagnosis name I

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
(Multiple cylinder misfire detected) J
• Insufficient compression
CYL 1 MISFIRE • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(No.1 cylinder misfire detected) • Fuel Injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
CYL 2 MISFIRE K
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Intake air leak
(No. 2 cylinder misfire detected)
• Ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
CYL 3 MISFIRE • Lack of fuel
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires.
(No. 3 cylinder misfire detected) • Signal plate
L
• A/F sensor 1
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect PCV hose connection
(No. 4 cylinder misfire detected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O

>> GO TO 2.
P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-263
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle as per the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.

Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548490

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.

EC-264
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR A

1. Start engine and let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
EC
Clicking noise should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D

PBIB3332E

5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I E

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro- G
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. I
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. J
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. K

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION: L
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

M
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- N
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. O
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?

EC-265
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-24, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.

SEF156I

8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type. Refer to EM-23, "Removal
and Installation".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-17, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-
10, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD).
NO >> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items.
For procedure, refer to EC-129, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-129, "Work Procedure".

EC-266
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
C
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 1 F25 21 Existed D
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

E
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal F
F70 1 Ground Not existed

+ G
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal H
F25 21 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER J

Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-169, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-38, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR L

With CONSULT-III
Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
M
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : at idling
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
N
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
O
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : at idling
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
Is the measurement value within the specification? P
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-189, "DTC Logic".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-437, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-267
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-72, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-268
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0327, P0328 KS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547034

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detected condition Possible cause C
tent)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the knock sen-
P0327 (Knock sensor circuit low • Harness or connectors
sor is sent to ECM. D
input) (Knock sensor circuit is open or short-
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 ed.)
An excessively high voltage from the knock • Knock sensor
P0328 (Knock sensor circuit high
sensor is sent to ECM.
input) E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-269, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547035

L
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. M
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

N
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
F12 2 F25 35 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-269
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F25 36 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-270, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547036

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-270
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547038

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-307, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking. • Harness or connectors
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir- E
P0335 [Crankshaft position sensor position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM cuit is open or shorted.]
(POS) circuit] while the engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal • Signal plate
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- F
ning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
J

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547039

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY N

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground. O

+
Voltage P
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F107 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-271
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F107 3 F26 58 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F107 2 F26 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F107 1 F26 64 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-272
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Look into the mounting hole (A) of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal A
plate (1).

EC

JPBIA4623ZZ

D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View". E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547040

F
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. G
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
103, "Exploded View". I

PBIA9209J
K
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II
Check the resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per the following.
L
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
M
Terminal (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω N
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-273
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547042

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open
or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 cir-
cuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for open or shorted.)
the first few seconds during engine cranking. (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM open or shorted.)
P0340 [Camshaft position sen-
during engine running. (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
sor (PHASE) circuit]
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal open or shorted.)
pattern during engine running. • Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-274
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I A

1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547043

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM D

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system (Refer to EC-124, "Work Flow".).
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

+ H
Voltage
CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F109 1 Ground 5V I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
L
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1 M
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
N
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3 O
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1
P
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

EC-275
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F109 2 F26 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F109 3 F26 63 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-79, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation".

JSBIA0599ZZ

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547044

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.

EC-276
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). EC

PBIA9876J D
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II
Check the resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the following.
E

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] F
Terminals (Polarity)
2
1 G
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-79, "Removal and Installation".
I

EC-277
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548483

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF484YB

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Intake air leaks
properly.
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency • Fuel injector
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
below threshold) • Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT-III.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.

EC-278
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? A
CMPLT >> GO TO 5.
INCMP >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II EC

1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
C
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F). E
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 2. F
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC. G
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END H
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-279, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: I
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006548484

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK L

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood. N
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM O
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
P
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F25 29 33 than 5 seconds.
constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-279
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548485

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-129, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Ignition Timing"
For specification, refer to EC-449, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-129, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-400, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
EC-280
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. A
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
EC
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
C
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil D
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more. E
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. G

7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
I
Spark should be generated.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG K
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-24, "Inspec-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-24, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-53, "Exploded M
View". Then GO TO 9

N
SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III O

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion. P
Spark should be generated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-23, "Removal
and Installation".

EC-281
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the trouble fixed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-33, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), EM-34,
"4WD : Exploded View" (4WD).

EC-282
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548486

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
PURG VOLUME CONT/V (EVAP canister purge volume control
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
(EVAP canister purge volume solenoid valve circuit is open or short-
P0444 ECM through the EVAP canister purge vol- D
control solenoid valve circuit ed.)
ume control solenoid valve.
open) • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548487

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and M
ground.

+ N
EVAP canister purge volume
− Voltage
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
O

F106 2 Ground Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-283
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F106 2 E14 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F106 1 F26 95 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-284, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006548488

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-284
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG A
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the follow-
ing conditions.
EC

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
C
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIA9668J D

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following
conditions. F

Air passage continuity

Condition G
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
H
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-285
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000006547103

ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547104

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
304, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connector
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol-
(CAN communication line is open or
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
shorted.)
more: The difference between a vehicle
• Combination meter
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC speed calculated by a output speed sensor
P0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(Vehicle speed sensor) transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN com-
unit)
munication and the vehicle speed indicated
• Wheel sensor
on the combination meter exceeds 15km/h
• TCM
(10 MPH).
• Output speed sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547106

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-366, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

EC-286
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) A
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. EC
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
C
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer toMWI-36, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
Check output speed sensor. Refer toTM-413, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts. F
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts. H

EC-287
 P0501, P2159 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0501, P2159 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000006635012

ECM receives a rear wheel sensor signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
cation to switch combustion for the direct injection gasoline system. For the direct injection gasoline system,
refer toEC-48, "DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635013

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0501 or P2159 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects a rear LH wheel sensor mal-
(The CAN communication line is open
VEHICLE SPEED SEN A function signal transmitted from the ABS ac-
or shorted)
P0501 (Vehicle speed sensor A range/ tuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
• Rear LH wheel sensor
performance) communication at least for 5 seconds in a
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
row.
unit)
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects a rear RH wheel sensor mal-
(The CAN communication line is open
Vehicle speed sensor B function signal transmitted from the ABS ac-
or shorted)
P2159 (Vehicle speed sensor B range/ tuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
• Rear RH wheel sensor
performance) communication at least for 5 seconds in a
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
row.
unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 9 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635014

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT-III
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to DTC indicated.

EC-288
 P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006547107

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547108

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
tent)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
speed by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak H
RPM lower than expected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, performEC-136, "Work Procedure", before con- K
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. L
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547109

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
EC-289
 P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".

EC-290
 P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006547110

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547111

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle speed control system • Intake air leak
speed by 200 rpm or more.
RPM higher than expected) • PCV system
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-136, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). L

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. N
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547112
P

1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-291
 P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".

EC-292
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0520 EOP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598891

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(EOP sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is D
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
E
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position F
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH Signal voltage from the EOP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0520 [Engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor remains at more than 4.9 V / less than (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit G
circuit] 0.26 V for 5 seconds or more. is open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Engine oil level abnormality H
• EOP sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor I
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor J
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. N
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598892

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check engine oil level and pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".

EC-293
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
1. Disconnect EOP sensor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals.

EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F43 3 1 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector and the ground.

+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F43 3 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-294
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

5.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 1 F25 44 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. F

+
ECM − Continuity
G

Connector Terminal
1 H
F25
2
123 Ground Existed
E18 124 I
127
Is inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 2 F25 43 Existed
N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK EOP SENSOR
P
Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-295
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598893

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.

EOP sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-296
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598894

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0520, P0075, or P0081, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0520,
P0075, or P0081 first. Refer to EC-176, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• Engine oil pressure or level too low
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
Engine oil pressure is low because • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve E
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 there is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up por-
(Engine oil pressure too low)
and phase-control angle. tion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake F
valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
J

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II K
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to LU-8, "Inspection".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. N

ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) O
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving P
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

EC-297
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598895

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to MWI-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded
View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation".

JSBIA0599ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC-298
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT A

Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-82, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". EC
NO >> Clean lubrication line.

EC-299
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598896

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM back up RAM system does not [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or
P0603
(ECM power supply circuit) function properly. shorted.]
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-300, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598897

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E18 106 127 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
EC-300
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. A
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure.
Refer to EC-300, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? EC
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
C

EC-301
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547114

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.

ECM B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.

P0605 ECM
(Engine control module) C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
D) ECM temperature sensor is malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547115

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-302, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?

EC-302
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END A

EC

EC-303
 P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0607 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547117

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 ECM
(CAN communication bus) of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547118

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-304
 P0611 ECM PROTECTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0611 ECM PROTECTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006598898

This DTC is detected when the ECM protective function is activated due to an extreme temperature increase EC
in ECM, resulting from severe conditions such as heavy load driving.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598899

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
FIC MODULE
P0611 ECM overheat protection control is activated. ECM overheated
(ECM protection) E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
This DTC is displayed as protection function history. If no malfunction is detected after the diagnosis, the cus-
tomer must be informed of the activation of the protection function.
G
>> Proceed to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598900 H

1.INSPECTION START
1. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-302, "DTC Logic". I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC P0605 detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> Explain the customer about the activation of the protection function.

EC-305
 P062B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P062B ECM
Description INFOID:0000000006598901

This DTC is detected when the ECM-integrated injector driver unit has a malfunction. For injector driver unit,
refer to EC-31, "ECM".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598902

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
ECM (Injector circuit is open or
P062B (Internal control module fuel injector Injector driver unit is malfunctioning. shorted)
control performance) • Battery power supply
• ECM (injector driver unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at idle for 30 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-306, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598903

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Check fuel injector. Refer toEC-400, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-306, "DTC Logic".
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the DTC P062B displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-447, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-306
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547119

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or D
shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
SENSOR POWER/
CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit is E
P0643 open or shorted.)
(Sensor power supply for sensor is excessively low or high.
(Throttle position sensor circuit is open or
circuit short)
shorted.)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor F
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
• Throttle position sensor
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. J

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547120

1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY N

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
O
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.) P
Connector Terminal
F25 23
58
F26 Ground 5V
62
E18 101
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-307
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F25 23 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
58 CKP sensor F107 3
F26
62 TP sensor F29 1

E101*1
E18 101 APP sensor 4
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refer to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Crankshaft position sensor
Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
• Throttle position sensor
Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection".
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

EC-308
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000006548426

For CVT models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N. EC
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) range switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547122 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors E
• For CVT models, the signal of transmis- [The transmission range switch circuit is
sion range switch is not changed in the open or shorted.(CVT models)]
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT process of engine starting and driving. [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P0850 (Park/neutral position • For M/T models, the signal of the park/ circuit is open or shorted.(M/T models)] F
switch) neutral position (PNP) switch is not • Transmission range switch (CVT mod-
changed in the process of engine starting els)
and driving. • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
G
models)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

H
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION M
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N
N
POSI SW” signal as per the following conditions.

Selector lever position Known-good signal

O
N or P position (CVT)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-309
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1,400 - 6,375 rpm (CVT)

ENG SPEED
1,675 - 6,375 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.6 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-310, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the transmission range switch circuit (CVT models) or
the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit (M/T models). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547123

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
P or N (CVT)
0V
E18 103 127 Selector lever Neutral (M/T)
Except above Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547124

1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
CVT >> GO TO 2.
M/T >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

EC-310
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ A
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F27 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector. E

+ −
Transmission range switch IPDM E/R Continuity
F

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

F27 1 E15 58 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J

+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F27 2 E18 103 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-201, "Component Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace transmission range switch. Refer to TM-278, "Removal and Installation". O
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground.

EC-311
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+
PNP switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F49 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
PNP switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F49 3 E18 103 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Check the PNP switch. Refer to TM-73, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspec-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-77, "Removal and Installation".

EC-312
 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598904

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open
or shorted) D
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively high or low
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1078 (Exhaust valve timing con- voltage from the sensor is
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the
trol position sensor circuit) sent to ECM.
camshaft
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor G
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor H
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor I
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
K
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L

>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-313, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598905

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-313
 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+
Voltage
EVT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F110 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F110 2 F26 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-314
 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F110 3 F26 67 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR D

Check the EVT control position sensor. Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-79, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXT) F
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent
Incident". H
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation". I

JSBIA0600ZZ
J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598906

1.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-I K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVT control position sensor harness connector.
3. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. L
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-67,
"Exploded View".
N

O
JMBIA0065ZZ

2.EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-II P

Check resistance EVT control position sensor terminals as shown below.

EC-315
 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

EVT control position sensor

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-316
 P1197 OUT OF GAS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1197 OUT OF GAS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006599037

This diagnosis result is detected when the fuel level of the fuel tank is extremely low and the engine does not EC
run normally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006599038

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.5 MPa (15
bar, 15.3 kg/cm2, 217.5 psi) or less for 3 E
seconds or more with the fuel level too • Out of gas
low. • Harness or connectors (Low pressure fuel
• Fuel rail pressure remains 2.7 MPa (27 pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Low pressure fuel pump F
bar, 27.5 kg/cm2, 392 psi) lower than a tar- • Fuel pressure regulator
FUEL RUN OUT get fuel pressure for 5 seconds or more • Low pressure fuel system
P1197 with the fuel level too low.
(Out of gas) • Harness or connectors (High pressure fuel
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 0.23 MPa pump circuit is shorted.) G
(2.3 bar, 2.346 kg/cm2, 33.35 psi) or less • High pressure fuel pump
for 5 seconds or more with the fuel level • High pressure fuel system
too low. • Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE: H
• Disconnection of the fuel hose
Allow engine coolant temperature to reach
70°C (158°F) or more once.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
Start the engine.
Does the engine start? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
NOTE: O
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
2. Keep the engine speed at 3,500 rpm for 5 seconds and let it idle at least 60 seconds.
3. Check the 1st trip DTC. P
NOTE:
If the fuel tank has sufficient fuel, this diagnosis result may not be detected.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-317
 P1197 OUT OF GAS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599039

1.REFUEL THE VEHICLE

1. Refuel 10 liter (10 US qt, 8 imp qt).
CAUTION:
Never refuel more than 10 liter.
2. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Erase the DTC.
8. Start the engine and let it idle at least 60 seconds.
9. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-317, "DTC Logic".
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-405, "M/T MODELS : Component Function Check" (M/T models), EC-407, "EXCEPT FOR M/T
MODELS : Component Function Check" (Except for M/T models).
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-410, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check the fuel hose for disconnection and looseness.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-318
 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006547126

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547127

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-161, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-304, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
• Harness or connectors
TCS/CIRC ECM can not receive the information from
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
P1212 (TCS communication “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
line) unit)” continuously. H
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547128

O
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-145, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". P
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-304, "DTC Logic".

EC-319
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547129

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-304, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- • IPDM E/R
heat). • Cooling fan control module
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Cooling fan motor
ENG OVER TEMP
(Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 [Engine over tempera-
• Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
ture (Overheat)]
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
• Water control valve
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Draining". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to CO-12, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-320, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547130

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-320
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
YES >> Proceed to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. G
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis H
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547131
J

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

K
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis
Description". M
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Proceed to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
O
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
P
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR : Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-22, "Inspection".)

EC-321
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-17, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK WATER CONTROL VALVE
Check water control valve. Refer to CO-27, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace water control valve. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-201, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
8.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-322
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006599303

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
FPCM During engine cranking, the signal voltage (FPCM circuit is open or shorted)
P1220
(Fuel pump control module) of the FPCM to the ECM is too low. (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted)
• FPCM D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 12 - 15 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that the engine coolant temperature is −10°C G
(14°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
I
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599304 K

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground. M

+
FPCM − Voltage N
Connector Terminal
B61 10 Ground Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
2.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-323
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
FPCM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B61 10 E15 54 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
FPCM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B61 5 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FPCM ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 91
B61 F26 Existed
9 96
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness
connector.

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 2
B61 B40 Existed
7 4
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FPCM
Check the FPCM. Refer to EC-325, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".
EC-324
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident .Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-448, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006599000
EC
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Check the voltage between FPCM terminals as per the following conditions. C

FPCM
Voltage
+ − Condition D
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
10 V E
switch ON
B61 7 6 More than 1 second after turning
0V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed 10 V F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-448, "Removal and Installation".

EC-325
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547133

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 [Closed throttle position
low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547134

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".

EC-326
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547137

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position D
successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
J
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-327, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635005

L
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". M
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View". N
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
O

EC-327
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547144

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current
open or shorted.)
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit sensor remains within the specified
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
range/performance) range while engine is running.
open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-328
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547145

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. G

ECM Sensor
H
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3 I
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
J
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1 K
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2 L
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − P
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-329
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F26 80 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-330, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547146

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

JPBIA3286ZZ

ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F26 80 87 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-330
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547148

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BAT CURRENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the sen-
P1551 (Battery current sensor circuit (Battery current sensor circuit is open
sor is sent to ECM.
low input) or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is D
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
E
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 F
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is G
open or shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
An excessively high voltage from the sen- open or shorted.)
P1552 (Battery current sensor circuit
high input)
sor is sent to ECM. • Battery current sensor H
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit I
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor J
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor K
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON O

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-332, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-331
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006634539

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-332
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F26 80 Existed
D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-330, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View". G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547150

H
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. I
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. J
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
K

JPBIA3286ZZ

ECM
Voltage
+ - N
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F26 80 87 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-333
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547152

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the
open or shorted.)
P1553 (Battery current sensor perfor- sensor to ECM is higher than the amount
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
mance) of the maximum power generation.
open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-334
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006634540

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. G

ECM Sensor
H
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3 I
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
J
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1 K
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2 L
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − P
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-335
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F26 80 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-330, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547154

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

JPBIA3286ZZ

ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F26 80 87 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-336
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547156

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is D
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
E
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 F
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is G
open or shorted.)
P1554 (Battery current sensor perfor- sensor is lower than the specified value
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
mance) while the battery voltage is high enough.
open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor H
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit I
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor J
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor K
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-337, "Component Function Check". M
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547157

1.PRECONDITIONING P
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.

>> GO TO 2.

EC-337
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F26 80 87 Above 2.3 V at least once
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635004

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2

EC-338
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. EC
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

D
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
G
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F26 80 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts K
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-330, "Component Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547159

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable. O

EC-339
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

JPBIA3286ZZ

ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F26 80 87 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-340
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006598907

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 sec- • Harness or connectors
cuit low input) onds or more. [Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
perature sensor) circuit is shorted.] D
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature • Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 sec- perature sensor)
cuit high input) onds or more.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598908

K
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
F52 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-341
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 2 F26 79 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-342, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598909

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor.
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

Battery current sensor

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 3 Continuity with the resistance value 100 Ω or more
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-342
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547161

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-302, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the (ASCD steering switch circuit is open
ASCD SW
P1564 ASCD steering switch is out of the specified or shorted.) E
(ASCD steering switch)
range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • ECM
is stuck ON.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RES/+ switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Press SET/− switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547162

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

N
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III. O
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

P
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
RES/+ switch
SW Released OFF

EC-343
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/− switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
SET/- switch: Pressed 2V
E18 110 111
RES/+ switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M33 32 E18 111 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch.

+ −
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M33 25 E18 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-345, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-344
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View". A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547163

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I EC

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions. C

Combination switch
(Spiral cable) D
Condition Continuity
+ −
Connector
Terminals
E
Speed limiter Pressed Existed
36
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed F
37
switch Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH H
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions. I

Combination switch
(Spiral cable) J
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω K
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
L
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".

EC-345
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547165

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-302, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the brake pedal position switch (Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.)
ASCD BRAKE SW are sent to the ECM at the same time. • Stop lamp switch
P1572 (ASCD brake • Brake pedal position switch
switch) Brake pedal position switch signal is not • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
B) sent to ECM for extremely long time while • Incorrect brake pedal position switch installa-
the vehicle is driving. tion
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.

EC-346
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B A

1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
C
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
D
Depress the brake pedal for more
than five seconds so as not to come
Driving location
off from the above-mentioned vehi-
cle speed. E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
F
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599040
G

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions. I

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed OFF J
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

L
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal M
Slightly depressed 0V
E18 116 127 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions. P

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
EC-347
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E18 115 127 Brake pedal
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal

E112*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E112*1
2 E18 116 Existed
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88,
"Exploded View" (RHD).

EC-348
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
EC

+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage C
Connector Terminal

E102*1
E118*2 1 Ground Battery voltage D
M205*3
*1: CVT models
E
*2: LHD with M/T models
*3: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E102*1
E118*2 2 E18 115 Existed J
M205*3
*1: CVT models
*2: LHD with M/T models K
*3: RHD with M/T models
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH M
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
O
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000006547167

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

EC-349
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-
77, "Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88,
"Exploded View" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006547169

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-77, "Inspec-
tion and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

EC-350
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

Stop lamp switch A

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
EC
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88, "Exploded View" D
(RHD).

EC-351
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000006547170

The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-64, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547171

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-161, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-286, "DTC Logic"
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-302, "DTC Logic"
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-304, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors
ASCD VHL SPD SEN (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
speed signals is out of the specified range.
sensor) • TCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547172

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-159, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".

EC-352
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2. A
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
EC
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END C
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

EC-353
 P158A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P158A ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635030

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause*
(Trouble diagnosis content)
G SENSOR
ECM detects a state that calibration of the G
P158A (G sensor calibration is incom- G sensor calibration is incomplete
sensor is incomplete.
plete)
*: Since this DTC is detected when G sensor calibration is incomplete, there is not replacement parts.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-354, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635031

1.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR

Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-354
 P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
A
FOR M/T MODELS
FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635015
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis C
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When ECM detects the following status: • Harness or connectors
P159A
G SENSOR A voltage signal transmitted from the G sen- (G sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
(G sensor circuit) sor is less than 0.5 V or more than 5.02 V (Intake air temperature sensor 2 cir-
continuously for 5 seconds or more. cuit is open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
When ECM detects the following status: E
open or shorted.)
G SENSOR A voltage signal transmitted from the G sen-
P159C (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
(G sensor circuit low input) sor is less than 0.5 V continuously for 5 sec-
is open or shorted.)
onds or more.
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.) F
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
G
open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 H
circuit is open or shorted.)
When ECM detects the following status: (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
G SENSOR A voltage signal transmitted from the G sen- open or shorted.)
P159D
(G sensor circuit high input) sor is more than 4.5 V continuously for 5 sec- • G sensor I
onds or more. • Intake air temperature sensor 2
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Atmosphere pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor J
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
K
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Engine oil pressure sensor
L
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure M
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-356, "FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-355
 P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635016

1.CHECK G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect G sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between G sensor harness connector terminals.

G sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
B32 3 2 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between G sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
G sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B32 1 F26 83 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK G SENSOR
Check G sensor. Refer to EC-357, "FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> 1. Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
2. Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
4.CHECK G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check the voltage between G sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Voltage
G sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B32 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK G SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between G sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-356
 P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
G sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
B32 3 F26 87 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
D
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity E
Connector Terminal
1
F25
2 F
123 Ground Existed
E18 124
G
127
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors and each sensor harness connectors
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
K
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmosphere pressure sensor F76 1 L
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68 M
G sensor B32 3
F26
Camshaft position sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1 N
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: CVT models
O
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635017

1.CHECK G SENSOR
With CONSULT-III

EC-357
 P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Place the G sensor on a flat table.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “G SENSOR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III to check indications according to the follow-
ing conditions:

: Direction of gravitational force

Monitor item Condition Value (V)

Parallel with the table (0G) (B) 2.18 – 2.82
Vertical to the table (−1G) (A) 0.85 – 1.49*
G SENSOR ↓ ↓ SCIA8343J

Parallel with the table (0G) (B) 2.18 – 2.82*

↓ ↓
Vertical to the table (1G) (C) 3.51 – 4.15*
*: Check that voltage rises as the G sensor measurement condition changes in the order of (A), (B), and (C).
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Place the G sensor on a flat table.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminal
and ground.

: Direction of gravitational force

+
ECM − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
Parallel with the table
2.18 – 2.82 SCIA8343J
(0G) (B)
Vertical to the table (−1G)
(A)
0.85 – 1.49*
F26 83 Ground ↓
↓
Parallel with the table
2.18 – 2.82*
(0G) (B)
↓
↓
3.51 – 4.15*
Vertical to the table (1G)
(C)
*: Check that voltage rises as the G sensor measurement condition changes in the order of (A), (B), and (C).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Description INFOID:0000000006635018

ECM receives a G sensor signal from TCM via CAN communication to switch combustion for the direct injec-
tion gasoline system. For the direct injection gasoline system, refer toEC-48, "DIRECT INJECTION GASO-
LINE SYSTEM : System Description".
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635019

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EC-358
 P159A, P159C, P159D G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NOTE:
• If DTC P159A, P159C or P159D is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC A
UXXXX. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
• If DTC P159A, P159C or P159D is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Logic".
EC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When ECM detects the following status: C
G sensor signal transmitted from TCM via
G SENSOR
P159A CAN communication is less than −1.5 G
(G sensor circuit)
(0.5V) or more than 1.5 G (4.5V) continuously D
for 5 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
When ECM detects the following status:
shorted)
G SENSOR G sensor signal transmitted from TCM via
P159C (G sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
(G sensor circuit low input) CAN communication is less than −1.5 G
• G sensor
(0.5V) continuously for 5 seconds or more.
• TCM
When ECM detects the following status:
P159D
G SENSOR G sensor signal transmitted from TCM via F
(G sensor circuit high input) CAN communication is more than 1.5 G
(4.5V) continuously for 5 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure H
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-359, "EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635020 M

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

N
With CONSULT-III
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-159, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to DTC indicated.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE OF G SENSOR P
Perform Diagnosis Procedure of G sensor. Refer to TM-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-359
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P159B G SENSOR
FOR M/T MODELS
FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635021

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Intake air temperature sensor 2 cir-
cuit is open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
is open or shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
Every time when the vehicle is stopped, ECM
(Exhaust valve timing control position
G SENSOR detects the following status 13 times in a row:
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P159B (G sensor circuit range/perfor- A voltage signal transmitted from the G sen-
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
mance) sor is less than 2.275V or more than 2.725 V
circuit is open or shorted.)
continuously for 5 seconds or more.
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• G sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor 2
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Atmosphere pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Engine oil pressure sensor
• G sensor fitting condition

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds at 35 km/h (22 MPH) or more.
3. Stop the vehicle and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
• Depress the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a full stop.
• Never depress the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is stopped.

EC-360
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 thirteen times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. A
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-361, "FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END EC
FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635022

1.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR C

Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
E
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-360, "FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic".
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
F
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK G SENSOR FITTING CONDITION
Check G sensor fitting condition. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> 1. Adjust parts fitting condition. H
2. Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
4.CHECK G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect G sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between G sensor harness connector terminals. J

G sensor
Voltage K
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
B32 3 2 5V L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 7. M
5.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between G sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

O
G sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B32 1 F26 83 Existed P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK G SENSOR
EC-361
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Check G sensor. Refer to EC-363, "FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> 1. Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
2. Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
7.CHECK G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check the voltage between G sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Voltage
G sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B32 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK G SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between G sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

G sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B32 2 F26 87 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F25
2
123 Ground Existed
E18 124
127
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors and each sensor harness connectors
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

EC-362
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM Sensor A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EC
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmosphere pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1 C
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26 D
Camshaft position sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1 E
E18 118 APP sensor 2 *2
5
M203
*1: CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G

FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635023

H
1.CHECK G SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View". I
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Place the G sensor on a flat table.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
5. Select “G SENSOR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III to check indications according to the follow-
ing conditions:
K
: Direction of gravitational force

L
Monitor item Condition Value (V)
Parallel with the table (0G) (B) 2.18 – 2.82
Vertical to the table (−1G) (A) 0.85 – 1.49* M
G SENSOR ↓ ↓ SCIA8343J

Parallel with the table (0G) (B) 2.18 – 2.82*

↓ ↓
Vertical to the table (1G) (C) 3.51 – 4.15* N
*: Check that voltage rises as the G sensor measurement condition changes in the order of (A), (B), and (C).
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View". O
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Place the G sensor on a flat table.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. P

EC-363
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminal
and ground.

: Direction of gravitational force

+
ECM − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
Parallel with the table
2.18 – 2.82 SCIA8343J
(0G) (B)
Vertical to the table (−1G)
(A)
0.85 – 1.49*
F26 83 Ground ↓
↓
Parallel with the table
2.18 – 2.82*
(0G) (B)
↓
↓
3.51 – 4.15*
Vertical to the table (1G)
(C)
*: Check that voltage rises as the G sensor measurement condition changes in the order of (A), (B), and (C).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Description INFOID:0000000006635024

ECM receives a G sensor signal from TCM via CAN communication to switch combustion for the direct injec-
tion gasoline system. For the direct injection gasoline system, refer to EC-48, "DIRECT INJECTION GASO-
LINE SYSTEM : System Description".
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635025

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P159B is displayed with DTC UXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. Refer to EC-
108, "DTC Index".
• If DTC P159B is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
304, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
Every time when the vehicle is stopped, ECM
(CAN communication line is open or
detects the following status 13 times in a row:
G SENSOR shorted)
G sensor signal transmitted from TCM via
P159B (G sensor circuit range/perfor- (G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
CAN communication is less than −0.3 G
mance) • G sensor
(2.275V) or more than 3.0 G (2.725 V) contin-
• G sensor fitting condition
uously for 5 seconds or more.
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
EC-364
 P159B G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

>> GO TO 2. A
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. EC
2. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 35 km/h (22 MPH) or more.
3. Stop the vehicle and let it idle at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
• Depress the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a full stop. C
• Never depress the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is stopped.
4. Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 thirteen times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. D
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-365, "EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END E
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635026

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM F

With CONSULT-III
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-159, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to DTC indicated. H
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-364, "EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic".
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK G SENSOR FITTING CONDITION L
Check G sensor fitting condition.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> 1. Adjust parts fitting condition.
2. Perform calibration of G sensor. Refer to TM-182, "Procedure".
5.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE OF G SENSOR N
Perform Diagnosis procedure of G sensor. Refer to TM-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-365
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
Description INFOID:0000000006548525

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548526

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-161,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-304,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness and connectors
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ECM harness connector is shorted to ground.)
A Starter relay is stuck ON.
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and
BCM harness connector is shorted to ground.)
• IPDM E/R
• Harness and connectors
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and
STR MTR RELAY 2
P1650 ECM harness is open or shorted to power.)
(Starter relay circuit)
Starter relay power supply circuit is (Between IPDM E/R harness connector and
B
excessively high voltage. BCM harness is open or shorted to power.)
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and bat-
tery is open.)
• IPDM E/R
• Harness and connectors
Starter relay circuit is excessively
C (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
low voltage
• IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-366
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
C
With CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
1. Start the engine. D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Lift up drive wheels.
7. Turn ignition switch ON.
8. Select “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. F
9. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
10. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
11. Select 1 - 4 cylinders in “POWER BALANCE” and cut the fuel of all cylinders. G
12. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
CAUTION: H
Always drive at a safe speed.
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Lift up drive wheels. J
7. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
8. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
9. Remove vacuum hoses from intake manifold.
10. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548527

M
1.CHECK STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the starter motor relay power supply circuit. Refer to PCS-33, "Diagnosis Procedure" (With Intelligent
Key system) or PCS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure" (Without Intelligent Key system). N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
2.CHECK STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With Intelligent Key system P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

EC-367
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
IPDM E/R BCM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E13 30 M70 97 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Without Intelligent Key system
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E13 30 F26 66 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-368
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
A
Description INFOID:0000000006548528

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no EC
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position. C
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to D
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548529

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-161, F
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-304,
"DTC Logic".
G
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic". H

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
I
• Harness or connectors
(Between ECM harness connector and
A correlated error is detected for 2 sec- IPDM E/R harness connector is short-
onds or more between a control signal ed to power.) J
STR MTR RELAY
P1651 transmitted from ECM and a feedback sig- (Between ECM harness connector and
(Starter control relay circuit)
nal transmitted from IPDM E/R via CAN BCM harness connector is shorted to
communication line. power.)
K
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 30 seconds.
P
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-369
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548530

1.INSPECTION START
Check the starter motor operation.
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R
Check DTC with IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-14, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With Intelligent Key system: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without Intelligent Key system: GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH BCM
Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-36, "BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
4.CHECK CRANKING REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 92 E13 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CRANKING REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and BCM harness connector.

+ −
ECM BCM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 92 M69 64 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CRANKING REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-370
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F26 92 E13 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
F

EC-371
 P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
Description INFOID:0000000006548531

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548532

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-161,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-304,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STR MTR SYS COMM
ECM detects malfunction in starter motor
P1652 (Starter motor communica- IPDM E/R
drive circuit of the IPDM E/R.
tion line)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548533

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-372, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC.
Is the P1652 displayed again?

EC-372
 P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END A
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NG >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
C

EC-373
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547177

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
A stop lamp switch signal is not sent to • Harness or connectors
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805 ECM for extremely long time while the ve- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(Brake switch)
hicle is driving. • Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547178

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal

E102*1
E118*2 1 Ground Battery voltage
M205*3
*1: CVT models
*2: LHD with M/T models
*3: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E102*1
E118*2 2 E18 115 Existed
*3
M205

EC-374
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
*1: CVT models
*2: LHD with M/T models A
*3: RHD with M/T models
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH C
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
E
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006547179

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions. G

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity H
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
I
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II K
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-77, "Inspec-
tion and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions. L

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
M
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
N
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88, "Exploded View"
(RHD). P

EC-375
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547181

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100 (Throttle control motor
throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
relay circuit open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103 (Throttle control motor
stuck ON. shorted)
relay circuit short)
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547182

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+ −
ECM Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 77 E18 127 Battery voltage

EC-376
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
C
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 77 E15 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F

3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions. G

ECM
Voltage H
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
E18 122 127 I
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. L

+ −
M
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 122 E15 55 Existed N
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-377
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547184

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer
to EC-376, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer
to EC-383, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
operate properly.
performance) • Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-378, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547185

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
E18 122 127
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-378
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. A
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ − EC
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E18 122 E15 55 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

F
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
F26 77 E15 60 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
I
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. J
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
K

+ −
Electric throttle control actu- L
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
51 Not existed M
5
52 Existed
F29 F26
51 Existed
6 N
52 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY P
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".

EC-379
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547186

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Electric throttle control actuator

Resistance
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-380
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547189

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT-B1
ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) D
P2118 (Throttle control motor
ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
circuit short)
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. I
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-381, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547190

K
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. L
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. M

+ −
Electric throttle control actu- N
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
51 Not existed O
5
52 Existed
F29 F26
51 Existed
6 P
52 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-381
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547191

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Electric throttle control actuator

Resistance
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-382
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547194

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A
properly due to the return spring malfunction. D
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
B
actuator) not in specified range.
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open. E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. K
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. N
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547195 P

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-383
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".

EC-384
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547198

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-307, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2122 (Accelerator pedal position • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 is sent to ECM. E
sensor 1 circuit low input) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP (APP sensor 1)
P2123 (Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
sensor 1 circuit high input) F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547199

M
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
O
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal P
E101*1
4 Ground 5V
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-385
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
*1
E101
4 E18 101 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
2 E18 105 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
3 E18 102 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection".
EC-386
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547200
EC
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
D
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector E
Terminal
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
102 105
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V F
E18 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
119 120
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View". H

EC-387
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547203

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
APP SEN 2/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2127 (Accelerator pedal position (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit low input) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
APP SEN 2/CIRC (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the APP
P2128 (Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal position sensor
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit high input) (APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-388, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547204

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

E101*1
5 Ground 5V
M203*2

EC-388
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

D
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1 E
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
F
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26 G
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1
H
E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
I
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
1 E18 120 Existed
M203*2 N
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-389
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
6 E18 119 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006547205

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
102 105
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
119 120
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-390
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547208

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-307, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
TP SENSOR-B1 • Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 E
circuit range/perfor- • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
mance) (TP sensor 1 or 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547209
L

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
N

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator − O
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground 5V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
EC-391
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 1 F26 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F26 74 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 75
F29 F26 Existed
3 76
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635034

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

EC-392
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON. A
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
EC
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal C
Fully released More than 0.36V
75
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F26 74 D
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
76
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
F

EC-393
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006547213

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-307, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open
APP SENSOR
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal posi-
P2138 compared with the signals from APP sensor (Exhaust valve timing control position
tion sensor circuit range/
1 and APP sensor 2. sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
performance)
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 or 2)
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-394
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547214

A
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal

E101*1
4 Ground 5V
M203*2 E
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
H
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
I
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1 J
*2
4 E18 101 Existed
M203
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY M
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

+ N
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
O
E101*1
5 Ground 5V
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models P
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-395
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
FRP sensor F5 1
EOP sensor F43 3
F25 39
Atmospheric pressure sensor F76 1
Turbocharger boost sensor F75 1
Battery current sensor F52 1
68
G sensor B32 3
F26
CMP sensor F109 1
72
EVT control position sensor F110 1

E101*1
E18 118 APP sensor 2 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1 1 120
E18 Existed
M203*2 2 105
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101 *1 3 102
E18 Existed
M203*2 6 119
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-396
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts A
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635033

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM F
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
G
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
102 105
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V H
119 120
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".

EC-397
 P2162 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
P2162 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000006635027

ECM receives a rear wheel sensor signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
cation to switch combustion for the direct injection gasoline system. For the direct injection gasoline system,
refer to EC-48, "DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635028

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2162 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. Refer to
EC-108, "DTC Index".
• If DTC P2162 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
304, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects a rear LH wheel sensor signal
(The CAN communication line is open
or a rear RH wheel sensor signal transmitted
VEHICLE SPEED SEN A/B or shorted)
from the ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
P2162 (Vehicle speed sensor A/B cor- • Rear LH wheel sensor
trol unit) via CAN communication at least for
relation) • Rear RH wheel sensor
5 seconds in a row when the vehicle is in
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
stopped condition.
unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 9 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 15 seconds.
NOTE:
Never depress the accelerator pedal during idle running.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635029

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT-III
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform diagnosis procedure corresponding to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK REAR WHEEL SENSOR-I
EC-398
 P2162 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop the vehicle. A
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Use CONSULT-III to select “RR RH SENSOR” and “RR RH SENSOR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ABS” EC
4. Check indications of “RR RH SENSOR” and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Never cause the vehicle to vibrate.
Is 0 km/h (0 MPH) indicated for both “RR RH SENSOR” and “RR RH SENSOR”? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis of the rear wheel sensor if 0 km/h (0 MPH) is not displayed. Refer to
BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
3.CHECK REAR WHEEL SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III E
1. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (13 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Check indications of “RR RH SENSOR” and “RR RH SENSOR”. F
Is the difference between the indicated values of “RR RH SENSOR” and “RR RH SENSOR” within ± 1 km/h (1
MPH)?
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis of the rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure"

EC-399
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547236

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547237

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F65 1
2 F66 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F67 1
4 F68 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-400
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
1 F65 1 3
2 F66 1
F25 4 Existed
3 F67 1 C
4 F68 1 3
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+ G
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
H
49
F26 Ground Battery voltage
53
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident"
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector. K
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector relay harness connector.

+ − L
ECM Fuel injector relay Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
49 5
F26 E57 Existed
53 7
5. Also check harness for short to ground. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts O
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY (CONTACT SIDE)
Check the voltage between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground. P

+
Fuel injector relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
3
E57 Ground Battery voltage
6

EC-401
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel injector relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E57 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.

+ −
IPDM E/R Fuel injector relay Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E14 35 E57 1 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel injector relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E57 2 Ground Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-402
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
1 F65 2 5
2 F66 2 6
F25 Existed
3 F67 2 7 C
4 F68 2 8
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY
Check the fuel injector relay. Refer to EC-403, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident"
NO >> Replace fuel injector relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".
11.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR G

Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-403, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident"
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-47, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000006547238
I

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the following.
K
Fuel injector
+ − Resistance
L
Terminals
1 2 1.44 - 1.73 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.EM-47, "Exploded View"
N
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay) INFOID:0000000006635940

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".
P

EC-403
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Check the continuity between fuel heater relay terminals as per
the following conditions.

+ −
Fuel injector relay Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Existed
3 5 minals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0077E
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Existed
6 7 minals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".

EC-404
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
A
M/T MODELS
M/T MODELS : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006598997
EC
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers. C
NOTE:
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-405, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
E
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006642407

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
H
FPCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
B61 10 Ground Battery voltage I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. J

2.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
L
+ −
FPCM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
B61 10 E15 54 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
3.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground. P

+
FPCM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B61 5 Ground Existed

EC-405
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FPCM ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 91
B61 F26 Existed
9 96
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness
connector.

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 2
B61 B40 Existed
7 4
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Check the low pressure fuel pump. Refer to EC-406, "M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (Low Pressure
Fuel Pump)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident .Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-10, "4WD :
Exploded View" (4WD).
7.CHECK FPCM
Check the FPCM. Refer to EC-407, "M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (FPCM)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident .Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-448, "Removal and Installation".
M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000006598999

1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-406
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit.
3. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals as follows.
EC

Fuel level sensor unit

+ − Condition Resistance C
Terminals
2 4 Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-10, "4WD :
Exploded View" (4WD). E

M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006635037

F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Check the voltage between FPCM terminals as per the following conditions.
G
FPCM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
H
Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
10 V
switch ON
I
B61 7 6 More than 1 second after turning
0V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed 10 V
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-448, "Removal and Installation". K
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006642504
L
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
NOTE:
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-405, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
O
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006642591

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

EC-407
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E18 117 127 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 117 E13 31 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK LOW FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel level sensor unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1
B46 4 Ground second after ignition switch is turn
ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK LOW FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B46 4 E15 54 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

EC-408
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and ground.
EC

+
Fuel level sensor unit - Continuity C
Connector Terminal
B46 2 Ground Existed
D
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK LOW FUEL PUMP
Check the low fuel pump. Refer to EC-409, "EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (Low Pres- F
sure Fuel Pump)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". G
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-10, "4WD :
Exploded View" (4WD).
H
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump)
INFOID:0000000006642506

1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
Is inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit. L
3. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals as follows.

Fuel level sensor unit M

+ − Condition Resistance
Terminals
2 4 Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 0.2 - 5.0 Ω N

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
O
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or FL-10, "4WD :
Exploded View" (4WD).

EC-409
 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006598991

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Engine speed: Idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine
1,100 – 2,900 mV
from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

JPBIA4722ZZ
F26 55 50
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA4723ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006598992

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F26 54 Ground Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?

EC-410
 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump relay harness con-
nector. C

+ −
High pressure fuel pump re- D
ECM Continuity
lay
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
F26 54 E58 3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (CONTACT SIDE) G
Check the voltage between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.

H
+
High pressure fuel pump relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal I
E58 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (EXCITATION COIL SIDE) K
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.
L

+
High pressure fuel pump relay − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
E58 2 Ground Battery voltage
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5
O
5.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector. P
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. check the continuity between ipdm e/r harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connec-
tor.

EC-411
 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
High pressure fuel pump re-
IPDM E/R Continuity
lay
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E14 35 E58 2 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.

+
High pressure fuel pump relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E58 1 Ground Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check the high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump
Relay)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connector.

+ −
ECM High pressure fuel pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
F26 F53 Existed
56 2
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Check the high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".

EC-412
 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION CONDITION A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the high pressure fuel pump is installed with no backlash and looseness.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK CAMSHAFT C
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View".
2. Check camshaft. Refer to EM-82, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal? D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace camshaft. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View".
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006598993

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP SOLENOID F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump connector terminals as per the following. G

High pressure fuel pump

+ − Condition Resistance H
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F) 9 – 11 Ω
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
J
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000006635941

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".
3. Check the continuity between high pressure fuel pump relay ter- L
minals as per the following conditions.

+ − M
High pressure fuel
Conditions Continuity
pump relay
Terminal N
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Existed
3 5 minals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed SEF090M O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".

EC-413
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547244

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.

ECM
+ − Voltage signal
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
82
86
90
F26 E18 127

94
JPBIA4733ZZ

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547245

1.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.

+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
EC-414
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E15 61 F13 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the continuity between Condenser harness connector and ground.
E

+
Condenser − Continuity F
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CONDENSER
Check the condenser. refer to EC-417, "Component Inspection (Condenser)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace condenser. J
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
L
+
Ignition coil − Voltage
M
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F33 3
2 F34 3 N
Ground Battery voltage
3 F35 3
4 F36 3
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

EC-415
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+
Ignition coil − Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F33 2
2 F34 2
Ground Existed
3 F35 2
4 F36 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.

+ −
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F33 1 82
2 F34 1 86
F26 Existed
3 F35 1 90
4 F36 1 94
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check the ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with
Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-53, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006547246

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.

Ignition coil with power transistor

+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-416
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-53, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II A

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: C
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
4. Start engine.
D
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. Refer
to EM-53, "Exploded View". E
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to .0EM-53, "Exploded View"
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. F
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark G
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
H
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 cm (19.7 in) away I
from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful not to JMBIA0066GB

get an electrical shock while checking, because the elec-

trical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
J
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-53, "Exploded View". L

Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000006547247

1.CHECK CONDENSER M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. N
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.

Condenser
O
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace Condenser.

EC-417
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000006547232

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via
the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547233

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-418, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON at 2nd posi-
ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch tion
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-418, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

HEATER FAN ON ON
Heater fan control switch
SW OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-418, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547234

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-418, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.

EC-418
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM A

Check the rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END EC

3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check the headlamp system. Refer to EXL-43, "Work Flow".
C

>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM D
Check the heater fan control system. refer to HA-72, "Work Flow".

E
>> INSPECTION END

EC-419
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547229

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547230

1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan control nodule harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.

+
Cooling fan control module − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E203 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and cooling fan relay harness
connector.

+ −
Cooling fan control module Cooling fan relay Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E203 3 E204 3 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-420
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ − A
Cooling fan relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E204 1 E17 67 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY D

Check cooling fan relay. Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.
G
+
Cooling fan control module − Continuity
H
Connector Terminal
E203 1 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
L
+ −
Cooling fan control module IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
E203 2 E17 72 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector. P
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module terminals and ground.

EC-421
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+
Cooling fan control module − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E301 4
Ground Battery voltage
E302 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

NO >> Replace cooling motor. Refer to CO-20, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000006647296

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan control module harness connector terminals with battery voltage as per the following,
and check operation.

Cooling fan control module

Terminal Operation
Motor Connector
(+) (−)
1 E301 4 5
Cooling fan operates.
2 E302 6 7
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-20, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000006647297

1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove cooling fan relay.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.

Cooling fan relay

+ − Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
MBIB0057E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. Refer to PG-7, "Standardized Relay".

EC-422
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547259

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION EC

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C

ECM
+ − Voltage D
Connector
Terminal
F25 19 12 1.0 - 4.0V
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547260

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G

1. Turn ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+ I
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
J
E49 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. M

+ −
N
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 3 F25 23 Existed O
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-423
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 1 F25 12 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F25 19 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-96, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-424
 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006599041

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E18 116 127 Brake pedal H
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599042

J
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
L
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M

E112*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
M202*2
N
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-425
 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E112*1
2 E18 116 Existed
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
*2: RHD with M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88,
"Exploded View" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000006635035

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-
77, "Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-88,
"Exploded View" (RHD).
EC-426
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006635930

1.CHECK FOR CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
C
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.) D
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E18 108 127 Clutch pedal
Fully released 0V E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Proceed to EC-427, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635931

G
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
With Intelligent key system
I
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal J

E62*1
3 Ground Battery voltage
M207*2
K
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Without Intelligent key system L
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
M
Connector Terminal

E61*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
M206*2 N
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-427
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
With Intelligent key system

+ −
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E62*1
3 E18 108 Existed
M207*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Without Intelligent key system

+ −
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
*1
E61
1 E18 108 Existed
M206*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground
With Intelligent key system

+
Clutch pedal position switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal

E62*1
3 Ground Existed
M207*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Without Intelligent key system

+
Clutch pedal position switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
*1
E61
1 Ground Existed
M206*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check the clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-428
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-16, "LHD : Exploded View" (LHD models) or CL- A
18, "RHD : Exploded View" (RHD models).
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635932
EC
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. C
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
With Intelligent Key system
D
Clutch pedal position switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal E
Fully released Existed
3 4 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
F
Without Intelligent Key system

Clutch pedal position switch

+ − Condition Continuity G
Terminal
Fully released Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal H
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
J
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-17, "LHD : Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD
models) or CL-19, "RHD : Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
With Intelligent Key system K

Clutch pedal position switch

+ − Condition Continuity L
Terminal
Fully released Existed
3 4 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed M

Without Intelligent Key system

Clutch pedal position switch N

+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Existed O
1 2 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-16, "LHD : Exploded View" (LHD models) or CL-
18, "RHD : Exploded View" (RHD models).

EC-429
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
ASCD MAIN SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006548495

1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “MAIN SW” indication as per the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
MAIN SW ASCD MAIN switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

ASCD MAIN Pressed Battery voltage

E18 98 127
switch Released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-430, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548496

1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.

+
Combination switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M32 21 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector.

+ −
ECM Combination switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 98 M303 37 Existed

EC-430
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH EC

Check the ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-431, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635928
D

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

E
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
F
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Condition Continuity G
+ −
Connector
Terminals

Speed limiter Pressed Existed

36 H
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed
37
switch Released Not existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
J
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. K
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
L
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.) M
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω N
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View". P

EC-431
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006548492

1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SL MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “SL MAIN SW” indication as per the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
SL MAIN SW Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

Speed limiter Pressed Battery voltage

E18 107 127
MAIN switch Released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548493

1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.

+
Combination switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M32 21 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector.

+ −
ECM Combination switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 107 M303 36 Existed

EC-432
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH EC

Check the ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635929
D

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

E
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
F
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Condition Continuity G
+ −
Connector
Terminals

Speed limiter Pressed Existed

36 H
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed
37
switch Released Not existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
J
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. K
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
L
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.) M
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω N
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-9, "Exploded View". P

EC-433
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006599001

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. Start engine.
2. Press ASCD MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/− switch.
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-434, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006599002

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-286, "DTC Logic".
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-434
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006548498

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) FUNCTION EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press speed limiter MAIN switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (20 MPH). C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/− switch.
D
5. Perform a test drive on a flat road conditions. Check that the speedometer indicated the same value as
the set speed indicator on the information display while depressing the accelerator pedal until just before
a kickdown occurs.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635036

1.CHECK DTC G
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-286, "DTC Logic".
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-352, "DTC Logic". I
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
K
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

EC-435
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547249

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL lights up.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-436, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547250

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH METER
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-436
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006417051
EC

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel EC-405,
Low pressure fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
EC-407
I
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-140
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-400
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-445 J
FRP sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-247
High pressure fuel pump circuit 4 3 EC-410
K
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-446
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-443
L
EC-378,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-383
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-444
M
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-414
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-155
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-189 N
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-200
EC-205,
3 EC-209, O
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-212,
EC-215
EC-202, P
EC-254,
Throttle position sensor circuit
EC-326,
2 2 EC-327
EC-385,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-388,
EC-394

EC-437
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-220,
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit 6 6 6 6 5 EC-226,
EC-233
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-269
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit 4 2 3 EC-251
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 4 3 3 3 3 EC-293
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-271
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-274
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 3 3 EC-260
EC-286,
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-288,
EC-398
EC-300,
EC-302,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-304,
EC-305,
EC-306
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC-162,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
cuit EC-176
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-165,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
circuit EC-179
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EC-313
circuit
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
3 3 EC-174
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-309
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-423
Cooling fan control module circuit 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 EC-420
Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit 3 EC-194
EC-328,
EC-331,
Battery current sensor circuit 4 5 5 3
EC-334,
EC-337
Starter relay circuit 3 EC-366
Starter control relay circuit 3 EC-369
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-418

EC-438
 Fuel
Air conditioner circuit

Fuel tank

Vapor lock
(continued on next page)

Fuel piping
Warranty symptom code

Warranty symptom code

Low octane)
Valve deposit
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

5
5
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

A
A
ENGINE STALL AA

5
ENGINE STALL
2

AB
AB

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

5
5
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
4
3

AC
AC

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

5
5
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
3

AD
AD

EC-439
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

5
5
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
3

AE
AE

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

3

AF
AF

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

5
5
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3

AG
AG
SYMPTOM

SYMPTOM

IDLING VIBRATION

5
5
IDLING VIBRATION
3
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

AH
AH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

3

AJ
AJ

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

AK
AK

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

5
5
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
3

AL
AL

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

AM
AM

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

2

HA
HA

page
page

FL-23
FL-18,

EM-47

—
—
—
BRC-33
HAC-44

Reference
Reference
[MR16DDT ]

L
F

P
K
E
A

N
H
D
C

O
G

M
EC
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code A ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
A
Air Air duct EM-26
Air cleaner EM-26
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 EM-28
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-124
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-8
STR-8,
Starter circuit 3
1 STR-9
Signal plate 6 EM-104
TM-77 ,
PNP signal 4
TM-278
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-91
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-104
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-68
mecha-
Camshaft EM-79
nism
Intake valve timing control EM-68
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Exhaust valve timing control EM-68
Intake valve
3 EM-79
Exhaust valve

EC-440
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code A

AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
A F
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ EM-38,
Gasket EX-6
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-33, G
Three way catalyst EM-35,
EX-6
Lubrica- EM-40, H
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion EM-99, LU-
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 13
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
I
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-17
Thermostat 5 CO-24
Water pump CO-22 J
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-26
Cooling fan CO-20
K
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-11
ed coolant
SEC-17,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1 L
SEC-173
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-441
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR16DDT ]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000006417052

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under direct injection gasoline system, EC-48,
"DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description".

EC-442
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR16DDT ]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Description INFOID:0000000006416761
EC
This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
C
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006416762

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED D

With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST E
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.

>> INSPECTION END F

EC-443
 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR16DDT ]
IGNITION TIMING
Description INFOID:0000000006416763

This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006416764

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light to the ignition coil No.4 harness.
2. Check ignition timing.

1 : Timing indicator

>> INSPECTION END

PBIB3263E

EC-444
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR16DDT ]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006417062

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections, EC
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A). C
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D

PBIB0663E

F
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose connections chafing and deterioration.
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:
a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable G
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow H
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it. I

SEF552Y
J
5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing. K

M
SEF989X

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. N

15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) O
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. P

SEF943S

EC-445
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR16DDT ]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Inspection INFOID:0000000006417040

1.CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PCV valve.

PBIB1589E

EC-446
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MR16DDT ]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006417229
EC

REMOVAL
1. Remove fusible link bracket. Keep a service area. C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-4, "Harness Connector".
3. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM.
D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer toEC-133, "Work Procedure". E

EC-447
 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MR16DDT ]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006417230

REMOVAL
1. Remove Luggage side lower finisher LH. Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) connector.
3. Remove mounting bolts and then remove fuel pump control module (FPCM).
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC-448
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR16DDT ]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006417063
EC

Transmission Condition Specification

C
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 700 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000006417064

F
Transmission Condition Specification
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 15 ± 5° BTDC
G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 15 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
H
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006417065 I

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) J

At idle 10 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 %
K
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006417066

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

L

Output voltage at idle 1.0 – 1.2V*

1.0 – 4.0 g/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) M
2.0 – 10.0 g/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-449
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR16DE]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006752405

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006752406

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

EC-450
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR16DE]
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000006496178

A
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: EC
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will C
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- D
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-3, "Contents".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube E
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. F
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006496179

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. G

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- H
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF. I
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H J

• Do not disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to K
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this L
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. M
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data N
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it O
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A) P

PBIB2947E

EC-451
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR16DE]

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-508, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

EC-452
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR16DE]
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
EC

G
SEF348N

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. H

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. I

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
J

SEF709Y
L

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic M
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away N
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave O
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

EC-453
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR16DE]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006496180

Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter

PBIB3043E

KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter

JSBIA0410ZZ

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000006496181

Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-454
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006496182

J
JSBIA0591ZZ

1. IPDM E/R 2. Battery current sensor 3. Mass air flow sensor K

Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts (with battery temperature sensor) (with intake air temperature sensor)
Location".
4. Electric throttle control actuator 5. EVAP canister purge volume control 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve Refer to HA-14, "Component Parts L
and throttle control motor) Location".
7. Cooling fan motor 8. ECM
M

EC-455
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

JSBIA0592ZZ

1. Ignition coil No.4 2. Ignition coil No.3 3. Ignition coil No.2

(with power transistor) (with power transistor) (with power transistor)
4. Ignition coil No.1 5. PCV valve 6. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(with power transistor) valve
7. Engine oil pressure sensor 8. Engine oil temperature sensor 9. Knock sensor
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Intake camshaft position sensor 12. Exhaust camshaft position sensor
13. Exhaust valve timing control sole- 14. Fuel injector No.1 (Front) 15. Fuel injector No.1 (Rear)
noid valve
16. Fuel injector No.2 (Front) 17. Fuel injector No.2 (Rear) 18. Fuel injector No.3 (Front)
19. Fuel injector No.3 (Rear) 20. Fuel injector No.4 (Front) 21. Fuel injector No.4 (Rear)
21. Crankshaft position sensor
A. Engine front right side B. Left view of the engine C. Engine rear right side

EC-456
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

EC

H
JSBIA0593ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

I

JSBIA0594ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and 3. Brake pedal position switch
fuel pump assembly
4. Stop lamp switch 5. Clutch pedal position switch 6. Accelerator pedal position switch
7. EVAP canister 8. Fuel pump control module (FPCM)

EC-457
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
A. Under of right side second seat B. Periphery of pedals C. Under of left side fuel tank
D. Behind the luggage side lower finish-
er LH
: Vehicle front

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006496183

Component Reference
ECM EC-461, "ECM"
A/F sensor 1 EC-459, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-459, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-459, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
ASCD steering switch EC-459, "ASCD Steering Switch"
EC-460, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
Battery current sensor
sor)"
EC-460, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
Battery temperature sensor
sor)"
Brake pedal position switch EC-467, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pesal Position Switch"
Clutch pedal position switch EC-461, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
Cooling fan motor EC-461, "Cooling Fan"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-461, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-462, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-462, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-462, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
Engine oil tenperature sensor EC-462, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-463, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
Exhaust camshaft position sensor EC-460, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-463, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Fuel injector EC-463, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-464, "Fuel Pump"
Fuel pump control module (FPCM) EC-464, "Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM)"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-464, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-464, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-465, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-465, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor"
Intake camshaft position sensor EC-460, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-466, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Knock sensor EC-466, "Knock Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-466, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
PCV valve EC-469, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-467, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch EC-467, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pesal Position Switch"
Throttle control motor EC-467, "Throttle Control Motor"
Throttle control motor relay EC-467, "Throttle Control Motor Relay"
Throttle position sensor EC-468, "Throttle Position Sensor"

EC-458
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496184

A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. EC
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal C
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM D
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006496185 E

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. F
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. G
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar- H
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB

I
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
J
(1,472°F).

L
PBIB3354E

Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000006496186

M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator N

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater O
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
P
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006496189

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-477, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function.

EC-459
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006635082

OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage
variable control, refer to CHG-9, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE
VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description (Gasoline
JPBIA3262ZZ
Engine Models)".
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>

Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P

sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496190

The camshaft position sensor senses the protrusion of camshaft to

identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor senses
the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative,
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
PBIA9209J
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.

EC-460
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
A

EC

JMBIA0714GB

D
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006496191

When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch pedal position switch turns OFF and the clutch pedal position
switch signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM judges the clutch pedal conditions via the signal (ON or OFF). E

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006496192

Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor. F
Refer to EC-479, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496193
G
The crankshaft position sensor is located on the cylinder block rear
housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at end of the
crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. H
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. I
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIA9209J
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. K

JMBIA0714GB
N
ECM INFOID:0000000006496194

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal O

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIA9222J

EC-461
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006496195

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006496196

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 38
(Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and 44. SEF012P

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006635083

The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.

JSBIA0292ZZ

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006635084

The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

EC-462
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

<Reference data> A

Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
EC
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 C
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
D
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006496197

E
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
F
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

H
JSBIA0651ZZ

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006635085

I
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil J
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle. K
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position. L
JSBIA0652ZZ

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006496198

M
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and N
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains O
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

P
JSBIA0742ZZ

EC-463
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006496199

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump

*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006734942

The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging vol-
ume of the fuel pump by transmitting the FPCM control signals (Low/
Mid/High) depending on driving conditions.

NNBIB0006ZZ

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006496200

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000006496201

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EC-464
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control EC
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. C

OPERATION
D
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. E
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
F
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000006496202

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
G
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006496203 H

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM. I
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. J

PBIA9559J

L
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) M

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 N
(Intake air temperature sensor signal) and 55.

O
SEF012P

EC-465
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006496204

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006496205

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

JSBIA0284ZZ

Malfunction Indicator INFOID:0000000006496206

The Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the combination meter.

The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MI should turn off. If the MI remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-497, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator (MI)".

SAT652J

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006496207

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

EC-466
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000006635112

A
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.
It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of
the engine oil pressure system. EC
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from
ECM via CAN communication.
For details, refer to EC-485, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT C
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description".

D
PBIA8559J

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006496209

E
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. F

PBIB2657E
I

Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pesal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006496210

J
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).

Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

K

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON L
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000006496211

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. M
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000006496212 N

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends O
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
P

EC-467
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496213

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

EC-468
 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000006496208

EC

G
PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

EC-469
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496214

JSBIA0112GB

EC-470
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496215

A
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
EC
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496217

JSBIA0113GB

J
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496218

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART K

EC-471
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*4
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injection & mixture
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*1 Fuel injector
PNP signal ratio control
Transmission range switch*2
Battery Battery voltage*4
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition

Heated oxygen sensor 2*3 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

EPS control unit EPS operation signal*5

Combination meter Vehicle speed*5

A/C ON signal*5
BCM
Blower fan signal*5
*1: M/T models
*2: CVT models
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*5: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor, camshaft position sen-
sor and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (CVT models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

EC-472
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A

EC

PBIB2793E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-459, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air- E
fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
G
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation H
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature I
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
- When starting the engine
J
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally K
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is L
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
M
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in N
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
O
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-473
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496219

JSBIA0076GB

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496220

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-474
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Throttle position sensor Throttle position C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor)
*1
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
PNP signal D
Transmission range switch*2
Battery Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor Engine knocking E
Combination meter Vehicle speed*4
*1: M/T models F
*2: CVT models
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*4: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
H
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in I
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
J
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed K
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

EC-475
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496221

JSBIA0320GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496222

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
A/C compressor request
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor

Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2

A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-476
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496223

EC

JPBIA4713GB

G
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000006496224

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART H

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation I
Brake pedal position switch
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
J
Transmission range switch
(CVT models)
PNP signal
Park/neutral position switch ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator K
(M/T models)
Clutch pedal position switch
Clutch pedal operation
(M/T models)
L
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*
TCM
Output shafut revolution signal*
(CVT models)
M
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed N
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
• Operation status of ASCD is indicated in combination meter. O
• If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates the ASCD control.
Refer to EC-487, "AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function" for ASCD
operating instructions.
CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER

EC-477
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496225

JPBIA4712GB

SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000006496226

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation • Speed limiter vehicle
• Electric throttle control actuator
speed control
Clutch pedal position switch • Combination meter
Clutch pedal operation • Speed limiter operation
(M/T models) (Information display)
signal*
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line
BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM
• Speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate vehicle speed.
• Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter.
• Unlike cancel conditions for ASCD, the speed limiter is not cancelled even when the clutch pedal is
depressed. ECM detects a clutch pedal position switch signal and controls engine revolutions to maintain a
set speed when shifting gears.
• If any malfunction occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates the speed limiter control.
Refer to EC-488, "SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function" for speed limiter operating instructions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
NOTE:
Since the speed limiter is controlled by the electric throttle control actuator, vehicle speed may exceed a set
speed during downhill driving.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006496227

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-478
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. A
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496228
EC

G
JSBIA0321GB

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496229 H

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

I
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position J
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Cooling fan speed request
Cooling fan relay K
Battery Battery voltage*1 signal
↓
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan motor

A/C ON signal*2 L
BCM
Blower fan signal*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. M

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres- N
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

EC-479
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Cooling Fan Operation

JSBIA0117GB

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496230

JSBIA0114GB

EC-480
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496231

A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister purge EVAP canister purge volume D
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position E
Battery Battery voltage*1
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
F
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION G

L
PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. M
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the N
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and O
idling.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
P

EC-481
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496232

JPBIA4760GB

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496233

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Intake valve timing Intake valve timing control
control solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

MBIB1560E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera-
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL

EC-482
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006635093

EC

E
JPBIA4761GB

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006635094

F

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

G
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1 H
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Exhaust valve timing control
Exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature I
Combination meter *2
Vehicle speed
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. J
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
K

JPBIA4710GB
P
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera-
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve
timing (EVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/
open timing of the exhaust valve to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL

EC-483
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006635095

JPBIA4762GB

STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006635096

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
• BCM*3
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Starter motor drive control • IPDM E/R
Transmission range switch Gear position (Starter relay & starter control relay)

Stop lamp switch Brake pedal position

Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: With Intelligent Key system
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
When rapid deceleration occurs during engine runs or idle speed decreases due to heavy load conditions,
ECM detects a decrease in idle speed and restarts the engine to secure reliability in handleability by transmit-
ting a cranking request signal to IPDM E/R for activating the starter motor under the following conditions:
• Selector lever: P or any position other than N
• Idle switch: ON (Accelerator pedal not depressed)
• Brake switch: ON (Brake pedal depressed)
Models with no Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, mod-
els with the Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communica-
tion.
IPDM E/R detects an operating state of the starter motor relay and the starter motor control relay and trans-
mits a feed back signal to ECM via CAN Communication.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Dia-

EC-484
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
gram INFOID:0000000006709863

EC

JSBIA0704GB

D
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000006709864
E

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

F
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Engine oil pressure sensor Engine pressure Engine protection control
Combination meter
Crankshaft position sensor • Oil pressure warning lamp
Engine speed • Oil pressure warning lamp G
(POS) signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres- H
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres- I
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.

Decrease in engine oil Combination meter J

Engine speed
pressure Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON*
Detection K
1,000 rpm or more ON
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM L
NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006732874

CVT models M

JPBIA4714GB

EC-485
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
M/T models

JPBIA4763GB

NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006732875

CVT models
System Description
TCM transmits a drive mode select signal to ECM via CAN communication, according to a NORMAL mode
signal, SPORT mode signal, or ECO mode signal received from the multi display unit via CAN communication.
ECM controls torque and throttle opening angle characteristics appropriate for each mode, based on a
received drive mode select signal.
NOTE:
• Because of the multi display unit operation, the display may indicate that the mode is switching. However,
the mode may not actually switch due to CAN communication error.
• When a CAN communication error occurs between ECM and TCM, the mode switches to NORMAL mode.
M/T models
System Description
ECM controls torque and throttle opening angle characteristics appropriate for each mode, based on a NOR-
MAL mode signal, SPORT mode signal, or ECO mode signal received from the multi display unit via CAN
communication.
NOTE:
• Because of the multi display unit operation, the display may indicate that the mode is switching. However,
the mode may not actually switch due to CAN communication error.
• When a CAN communication error occurs between ECM and the multi display unit, the mode switches to
NORMAL mode.
Control By Mode

Mode Control
NORMAL mode Offers a better balance of fuel economy and traveling performance.
Allows throttle opening angle change and torque control for obtaining reality and acceleration perfor-
SPORT mode
mance appropriate to a winding run.
ECO mode Allows throttle opening angle change and torque control for assisting better fuel efficiency.

EC-486
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
OPERATION
A
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006709880 EC

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C

JPBIA4715ZZ F

1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch

4. RES / + switch 5. SET / − switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN Switch
G
7. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)
H
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
I
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 194 km/h (120 MPH)
J
SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. L
• Sets desired cruise speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system. M
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 194 km/h (120 N
MPH), press SET/− switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RES/+ switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is O
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
P
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P or R position (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
EC-487
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/− switch or RES/+ switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/− switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is
released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RES/+ switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed, vehi-
cle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following
conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 194 km/h (120 MPH)
SPEED LIMITER
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006709881

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.

JPBIA4716ZZ

1. Speed limiter indicator 2. SET indicator 3. Set speed indicator

4. CANCEL switch 5. RES / + switch 6. SET / − switch
7. Speed limiter MAIN Switch 8. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)

SET SPEED RANGE

Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

30 km/h (20 MPH) 210 km/h (130 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

EC-488
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

Item Function A
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases the set speed incrementally. EC
• Sets desired speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system. C

SET OPERATION
• Press speed limiter MAIN switch. (LIMIT indicated on the information display)
D
• By pressing the SET/− switch, the vehicle speed can be set within the range between 30 km/h and 210 km/h
(in the metric system mode) or 20 MPH and 130 MPH (in the yard/pound system mode). (SET and set speed
is indicated on the information display)
• When pressing the RES/+ switch, the set speed can be increased. E
• When pressing the SET/− switch, the set speed can be decreased.
CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter control is canceled. F
- Speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- CANCEL switch is pressed. G
• When accelerator pedal is fully depressed (Kickdown), speed limiter control is temporarily released. And
driver can be driven above set speed (Set speed indicator is blinked).
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the speed limiter operation and
informs the driver by blinking speed limiter indicator and SET indicator. H
- Malfunction for some self-diagnosis regarding ASCD system.
RESUME OPERATION
I
After the speed limiter is released by other method than the MAIN switch, the RES/+ switch allows to set the
vehicle speed again to the one that is previously set before releasing the speed limiter.
J

EC-489
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006709657

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006709658

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-490, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

EC-490
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006635101 EC

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI, D
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MI DTC 1st trip DTC E

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminated Blinking Illuminated displaying displaying displaying displaying
F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst G
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
H
to EC-522, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006635102

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

J
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not K
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the L
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip,
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. M
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-522, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. N
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-537, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma- O
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA P
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

EC-491
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006635103

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-492
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

EC

L
JMBIA1060GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-495, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern C

EC-493
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Refer to EC-495, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual-
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

JMBIA1060GB

EC-494
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-495, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B F
Refer to EC-495, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006709939
G
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. H
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. I
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving J
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
K
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of L
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. M
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. N
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern O
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
P
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

EC-495
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006635105

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

E C -4 9 6
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Example
Self-diagnosis result A
Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
EC
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
C
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
D
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. E
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above F
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1) G
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
H
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. I
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out J
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006635106

K
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator signal
to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust L
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig-
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line. M
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection.
N
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM O
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-789, "Component Function Check".
P
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Selfdi-
agnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006709941

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

EC-497
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MI can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released position learning ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-542, "Description".
Throttle valve closed position learning ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-543, "Description".
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-544, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value clear Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-546, "Description".

BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-789, "Component Function Check".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-496, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
EC-498
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MI illuminates. A
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-789, "Component Function Check".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in EC
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
C
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description D
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode E
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- F
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. G
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal. H
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is I
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode. J
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
K

PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results N

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi- O
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs

EC-499
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-500
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode. A
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. EC

CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006496239

C
FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

D
Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* E
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active Test
shifts some parameters in a specified range. F
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work Support
indications on the CONSULT-III unit. G
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
H
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data I
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
J
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
K
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING When releasing fuel pressure from
IDLING. fuel line L
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITH- When learning the idle air volume
IN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. M
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIX- When clearing mixture ratio self-
TURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFI- learning value
CIENT.
N
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing
CLSD THL POS LEARN • IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED. When learning throttle valve closed O
position
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE P

Self Diagnostic Item

Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
EC-501
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item* Description

• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
DTC RESULTS
(Refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule than short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.

EC-502
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”. EC
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
C
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed. D
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 E
HO2S2 (B1) V
is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain F
value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle G
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. H
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
I
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
J
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
K
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition- L
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system M
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal sent from EPS control
unit) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF N
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
O
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
• When the engine is stopped, a certain P
INJ PULSE-B1 msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.

EC-503
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
gle.
EXH/V TIM(B1) °CA • Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft retard angle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals).
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
• The control condition of the power generation
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control
is inactive.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn-
ing
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen-
sor) is indicated.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.

EC-504
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALT DUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sensor signal.
• The signal voltage of battery current sensor is EC
BAT CUL SEN mV
displayed.
• Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be- C
A/F ADJ-B1 — tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
D
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen-
sor) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu- E
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed. F
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF G
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC- H
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal. I
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from brake pedal
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
position switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch J
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD K
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off. L
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT set speed. M
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low, and ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input
N
signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter-
SET LAMP ON/OFF O
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• A certain constant value is displayed
while mode other than speed limiter
control being activated. P
• When the speed limiter is released by
• The preset speed limiter vehicle speed is dis-
SL TRG VHCL SPD km/h or mph other method than the main switch,
plays.
the vehicle speed indicated during the
standby mode is the one that is previ-
ously set before releasing the speed
limiter.

EC-505
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter
SL SET LAMP ON/OFF SET indicator determined by the ECM according
to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter
SL LIMIT LAMP ON/OFF LIMIT indicator determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of kickdown deter-
KICKDOWN POS ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition clutch pedal posi- • Models other than M/T models always
CLUTCH P/P SW ON/OFF
tion switch signals. display OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from speed limiter
SL MAIN SW ON/OFF
MAIN switch signals.
• The control condition of the fuel pump control
HI/MID/LOW/
FPCM module (FPCM) (determined by ECM according
OFF
to the input signals) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the battery temperature
BAT TEMP SEN V
sensor is displayed.
THRTL STK CNT B1 — Not used.
EOP SENSOR mV • The signal voltage of EOP sensor is displayed.
• The control condition of the fuel pump control
FUEL PUMP DUTY % module (FPCM) (determined by ECM according
to the input signals) is indicated.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection using see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, • Perform Idle Air Volume
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
see CHECK ITEM. Learning.
• Retard the ignition timing using CON-
SULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the en- • Harness and connectors
gine. • Compression
• A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or dies.
• Shift lever: Neutral • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a • Spark plug
time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
“OFF” CONSULT-III. • Cooling fan motor
• Engine: Return to the original trouble • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant temperature see CHECK ITEM. sensor
using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at
1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes accord- • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge volume
ing to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
control solenoid valve opening percent
using CONSULT-III.

EC-506
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idel
Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY • Change duty ratio using CONSULT-III.
• Alternator
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan- EC
• Harness and connectors
EXH V/T ASSIGN dard condition If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Exhaust valve timing control
ANGLE • Change exhaust valve timing using CON- appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
SULT-III.
C
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
• Harness and connectors
INT V/T ASSIGN dard condition If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Intake valve timing control
ANGLE • Change intake valve timing using CON- appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve D
SULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition Fuel pump speed changes or
FPCM • Fuel pump control module
• Select “LOW”, “MID” and “HI” with CON- stops. E
(FPCM)
SULT-III.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE F

SRT STATUS Mode

For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
G
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. H
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page I

A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-610, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-600, "DTC Logic"
J
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-621, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-615, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-629, "DTC Logic" K

EC-507
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006496241

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
*Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and
other ignition timing related sensors.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-558, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-558, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-558, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1)
are met. 1.0 V
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at LEAN ←→ RICH
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever:1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

• Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF

EC-508
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec EC
• Selector lever position: P or N
INJ PULSE-B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load C
• Engine: After warming up 7°BTDC (CVT)
Idle
• Selector lever position: P or N 10°BTDC (M/T)
IGN TIMING (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) D
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45°BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
• Selector lever position: P or N E
CAL/LD VALUE (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
F
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g/s
• Selector lever position: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s G
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
• Selector lever position: P or N H
PURG VOL C/V (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 0% - 50%
• No load
I
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
• Selector lever position: P or N
INT/V TIM (B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA
Quickly J
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
• Selector lever position: P or N
EXH/V TIM (B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
K
When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA
Quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2% L
• Selector lever position: P or N
INT/V SOL (B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 90%
Quickly M
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON N
(Compressor operates.)
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
O
• Except above OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature is 98°C P
OFF
(208°F) or less
• Engine: After warning up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more

EC-509
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MI has turned 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Approx 2500 - 3500 mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine running −0.330 - 0.330
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 • Brake pedal: Fully released ON
(Brake pedal posi- • Ignition switch: ON
tion switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
the 2nd time

EC-510
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed: Between
SET LAMP
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 150 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(93 MPH) EC
The preset vehicle speed is
SL TRG VHCL SPD • Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter operating
displayed

• Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter: Not operating OFF C

SL SET LAMP
• Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON Speed limiter: Operating ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed at the
SL LIMIT LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
1st time → at the 2nd time D
Accelerator pedal: Fully released OFF
KICKDOWN POS • Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed ON
E
Clutch pedal: Fully released OFF
CLUTCH P/P SW • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal: Fully depressed ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed ON F
SL MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Released OFF
• Ignition switch: OFF OFF
G
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON LOW
FPCM • Engine: Idle
MID
• Engine coolant temperature: More than 10°C (50°F)
H
• Engine: Cranking HI
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever position: P or N
Indicates the temperature I
BAT TEMP SEN (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Idle
around the battery.
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. — J
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1053 mV
• Selector lever position: P or N
EOP SENSOR (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) K
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1802 mV
• No load
• Engine: After warming up
L
• Selector lever position: P or N
FUEL PUMP DUTY (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Idle XX - XX%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load M
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

TERMINAL LAYOUT N

PBIA9221J

PHYSICAL VALUES

NOTE:

EC-511
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured
between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
JMBIA0029ZZ

Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

2.6 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(V) (B/Y) (Open) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

JMBIA0213GB

2 108 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B/Y) supply (11 - 14 V)

2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 108
A/F sensor 1 heater Output • Idle speed
(G) (B/Y)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)

JSBIA0714GB

1.8 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

4 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(P) (B/Y) (Close) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

JMBIA0215GB

[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
5 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(G) (R) heater
load
JMBIA0214GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

EC-512
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C

D
9 108 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB
Output
(L) (B/Y) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.) F

JMBIA0216GB
G
10
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
11 H
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
12 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1 (Rear)
(G) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] I
16
Fuel injector No. 3 (Rear) • Warm-up condition
(LG)
• Idle speed
20 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 (Rear)
The pulse cycle changes depending
J
(P)
on rpm at idle
24
Fuel injector No. 4 (Rear)
(L) JMBIA0221GB
108 K
Output
25 (B/Y) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 4 (Front)
(SB) (11 - 14 V)
29 L
Fuel injector No. 3 (Front)
(SB) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
30
Fuel injector No. 2 (Front) • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(SB)
M
31
Fuel injector No. 1 (Front)
(SB) JMBIA0222GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE N
15 108 [Ignition switch: OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(Y) (B/Y)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
O

EC-513
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
17 0 - 0.3 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(R)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(LG)
on rpm at idle
JMBIA0219GB
108
Output
21 (B/Y)
Ignition signal No. 4 0.2 - 0.5 V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
22 • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
Ignition signal No. 3
(BG)

JMBIA0220GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
23 108 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B/Y)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON
[Engine is running]
27 108 Fuel pump control module
Input • Warm-up condition 8 - 13.5 V
(R) (B/Y) (FPCM) check
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition 1.3 V
switch ON
28 108 Fuel pump control module
Output [When cranking engine] 4.0 V
(BR) (B/Y) (FPCM)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.7 V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
32 108 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B/Y) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
33 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(G) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-514
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped EC
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
34 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(W) (R) [Ignition switch: ON] C
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
37 40 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V E
(W) — • Idle speed
0 - 4.8 V
38 44 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(LG) (B) sensor
coolant temperature. F
0 - 4.8 V
39 68
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(GR) (BR)
temperature. G
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
— (Knock sensor shield circuit)
Sensor ground H
44
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(V)
sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
0.4 V I
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.3 V
45 52 J
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G) (W)
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.3 to 2.4 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about response to engine being in- K
4,000 rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
0 - 4.8 V
46 52 Intake air temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake L
(SB) (W) sor
air temperature.
0.75 - 4.50 V
47 60
Engine oil pressure sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(G) (W) M
oil pressure.

4.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition N
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
O
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0716GB
48 63 Exhaust camshaft position
Input
(Y) (L) sensor
4.3 V P

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA0717GB

EC-515
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
49 108
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(W) (B/Y)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
50 59
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (R)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
Sensor ground
52
— (Mass air flow sensor/Intake — — —
(W)
air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
53 108
A/F sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(W) (B/Y)
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm ratio.
Sensor ground
54
— (Engine oil temperature sen- — — —
(BG)
sor)
0 - 4.8 V
57 54 Engine oil temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (BG) sor
oil temperature.
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
58 68
(G) (BR)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* Output voltage varies with air fuel
• Idle speed ratio.
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
60 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (Engine oil pressure sensor)

4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
JMBIA2185GB
61 62
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (W)
4.0 V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA2186GB

62 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (Crankshaft position sensor)
63 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Camshaft position sensor)

EC-516
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

4.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0718GB
65 63 Intake camshaft position D
Input
(G) (BR) sensor
4.3 V

E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
JSBIA0719GB

68 Sensor ground
— — — —
(BR) (Battery current sensor) G
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/
69 108 (11 - 14 V)
Park/Neutral position signal Input T) H
(BR) (B/Y)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Shift lever: Except above position
71 68 Sensor power supply I
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (BR) (Battery current sensor)
72 36 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(B) (R) (Throttle position sensor)
J
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
K
7 - 10 V
73 108 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(Y) (B/Y) solenoid valve
• Warm-up condition L
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm quickly
M
JSBIA0720GB

74 60 Sensor power supply

— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (W) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
N
75 62 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (W) (Crankshaft position sensor)
[Engine is running] O
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 10 V P
77 108 Exhaust valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(G) (B/Y) solenoid valve
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm quickly

JSBIA0720GB

EC-517
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
78 63 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (L) (Camshaft position sensor)
81 108 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Y) (B/Y) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0V
82 108 Starter motor relay cut off
Output [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB) (B/Y) signal
• Idle speed (11 - 14 V)
83 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
84 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
[Engine is running]
85 98 • Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(P) (V) • Both A/C switch and blower fan
switch: ON (Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
• Selector lever: D 0V
• Engine speed: Below 1,500 rpm (While operating the starter mo-
87 108 Starter motor relay control NOTE: tor)
Output To decrease engine speed, refer to
(V) (B/Y) signal
the DTC detection condition B of
P1650.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
88 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(R) Output
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
91 108 • Speed limiter main switch: OFF
Speed limiter main switch Input
(L) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Speed limiter main switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
92 108 • Clutch pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Clutch pedal position switch Output
(GR) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 108
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
94 95
ASCD steering switch Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(P) (B)
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3V
Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
95 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (ASCD steering switch)

EC-518
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V EC
96 108 • ASCD main switch: OFF
ASCD main switch Input
(BR) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• ASCD main switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
Sensor ground C
98
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(V)
sor)
[Ignition switch: OFF] D
0V
99 108 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(SB) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
100 108 • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal position switch Input
(G) (B/Y) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE F
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
101 98
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (V) G
sor)
Sensor power supply
102 104
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (Y) H
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
103 104 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released I
Input
(W) (Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed J
Sensor ground
104
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 2)
K
105 108 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B/Y) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply L
106 111
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (GR)
sensor 1)
108
— ECM ground — — — M
(B/Y)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
110 111 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released N
Input
(R) (GR) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
O
Sensor ground
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(GR)
sensor 1)
P
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to
Handle Battery".
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000006496242

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

EC-519
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-789, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.

DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-520
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
A
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm D
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
F
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006496243

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. G

Priority Detected items (DTC)

H
1 • U1001 CAN communication line
• U1010 CAN communication
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor I
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) J
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply K
• P0705 Transmission range switch
• P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor L

EC-521
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
2 • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0141 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0603 ECM
• P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, so-
lenoid valves and switches
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0304 Misfire
• P0420 Three way catalyst function
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P1715 Input speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006496244

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U1000 1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × EC-569
U1001 4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-569
1001*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-570
P0014 0014 EXT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-574
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-577
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-577
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-580
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-580
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-583
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-585
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-588
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-588
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-593
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-593
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-595
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-595
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-597
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-597
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-600
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-604

EC-522
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-607 EC
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-610
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-615
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-621 C
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-629
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-635
D
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-639
P0197 0197 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-643
P0198 0198 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-643 E
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-645
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-645
F
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-648
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-648
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-648 G
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-648
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-648
H
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-654
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-654
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-656 I
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-660
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-664
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-669 J

P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A*5 — 2 × EC-672

P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 1 — EC-674 K
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-678
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*6 — 2 × EC-681
L
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-683
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 × EC-685
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-686 M
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-688
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-691
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-692
N
P1220 1220 FUEL PUMP — 1 — EC-695
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-698
O
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-699
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-700
P1551 1551 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-703 P
P1552 1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-703
P1553 1553 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-706
P1554 1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-709
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-712
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-712

EC-523
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — EC-714
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — EC-717
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — EC-723
SEC-52
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 —
SEC-192
SEC-53
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 —
SEC-193
SEC-54
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 —
SEC-194
SEC-55
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 —
SEC-195
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-198
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY2 — 2 × or — EC-725
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × EC-728
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × EC-731
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — EC-733
P1720 1720 V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) — 2 — TM-209
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-734
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-737
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-740
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-737
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-744
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-746
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-748
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-748
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-751
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-751
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-755
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-758
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-762
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
*6: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006496246

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

EC-524
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 86H 0BH
cycle
E
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
P0133 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0133 88H 04H
Lean)
F
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
01H
(Bank 1)
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to H
P014C 8DH 04H
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 I
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
P014D 8FH 84H
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
HO2S
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to J
P014D 90H 84H
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 K
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
P015A 92H 01H
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to L
P015B 93H 01H
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
P015B 94H 01H
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 M
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test N

02H P0137 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage O
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test P

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage

EC-525
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 86H 0BH
cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
P0153 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0153 88H 04H
Lean)
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
05H
(Bank 2)
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
P014E 8EH 04H
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
P014F 8FH 84H
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
HO2S
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
P014F 90H 84H
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
P015C 91H 01H
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
P015C 92H 01H
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
P015D 93H 01H
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
P015D 94H 01H
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

06H P0157 08H 0CH
(Bank 2) cycle
P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage

EC-526
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index C
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2423 83H 0CH
age D
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index E
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2424 83H 0CH
age F
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 80H 96H
rate (short term) G
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 81H 96H
rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference between H
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp I
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC J
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis) K
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC L
P0014 83H 9DH
VVT drive failure diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis) M
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC N
P0021 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 83H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
O

EC-527
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at the
P0456 82H FDH
end of monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input:P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input:P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary Air Injection System Incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect Flow Detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System Insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2445 82H 01H
Stuck Off
Second- Secondary Air Injection System High
71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
ary Air Airflow
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2444 86H 01H
Stuck On

Fuel injection system function P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
81H
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped

EC-528
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires I
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0303 8BH 24H J
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the K
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0306 8EH 24H
sixth cylinder L
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0307 8FH 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the M
P0308 90H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the O
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders

EC-529
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0301 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No. 2 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0302 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A4H No. 3 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0303 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No. 4 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0304 0CH 24H
cles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No. 5 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0305 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No. 6 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0306 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No. 7 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0307 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A9H No. 8 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0308 0CH 24H
cles

EC-530
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006496247
EC

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".
C

JCBWA1706GB

EC-531
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

JCBWA1707GB

EC-532
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

EC

JCBWA1708GB

EC-533
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

JCBWA1709GB

EC-534
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

EC

JCBWA1710GB

EC-535
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]

JCBWA1711GB

EC-536
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006496249
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA0078GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-537
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-539, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-795, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-800, "Description" and EC-
519, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-800, "Description" and EC-
519, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-521, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-547, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT-III?

EC-538
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
7.PERFORM “SPEC” IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III EC
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE D
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-559, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-795, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
G
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. H
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspec- I
tion".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. J
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-508, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART K
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. L
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.

>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. If the P
completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-554,
"SRT Set Driving Pattern".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006496250

DESCRIPTION

EC-539
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-540
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496251

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496252

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Refer to SEC-50, "BCM : Special Repair Requirement" (With intelligent key system), SEC-190, "BCM : Work
Procedure" (Without intelligent key system).
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING E
Refer to EC-542, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 3. F
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-543, "Work Procedure". G

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H

Refer to EC-544, "Work Procedure".

I
>> END

EC-541
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006496253

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496254

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-542
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496255

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496256 C

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. E

>> END
F

EC-543
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006496257

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496258

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION”
system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-542, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-543, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-542, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-543, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-544
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. A
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
EC
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds. C

PBIB0665E F

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING G

Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations.
H
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Idle Speed" and EC-807, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
I
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following J
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. L
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident. M
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-558, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: N
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
O
>> INSPECTION END

EC-545
 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006496259

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496260

1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

EC-546
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496261

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P

EC-547
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-801, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-542, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-543, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-544, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-801, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Idle Speed".

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-660, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-656, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-50, "BCM : Special Repair
Requirement" (With intelligent key system), SEC-190, "BCM : Work Procedure" (Without intelligent key
system).

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

EC-548
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-802, "Inspection". A
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Ignition Timing".
- Timing indicator (1)
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
C

MBIB1331E

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-542, "Work Procedure".
E

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-543, "Work Procedure".

G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-544, "Work Procedure". H
Is idle air volume learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4. I
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-801, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
L
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. M
For procedure, refer to EC-802, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Ignition Timing".
- Timing indicator (1)
N

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 19.
O
NO >> GO TO 16.

MBIB1331E P
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

EC-549
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]

17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-660, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-656, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-50,
"BCM : Special Repair Requirement" (With intelligent key system), SEC-190, "BCM : Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system).

>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-541, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-550
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496263

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because F15 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST (KV10118400) or (KV10120000)] (D), then con-
nect fuel pressure gauge (A).
M
To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp N

CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

EC-551
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.

5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube (3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the No.1 spool on fuel tube. PBIB2983E

• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector (1).

A : Fuel pressure gauge

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operat- JSBIA0598ZZ

ing. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.

• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-552
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006710149

OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item* D
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT-III indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133
E

Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137

Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
G
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.
H

EC-553
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]

JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006710150

CAUTION:

EC-554
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
A

EC

JSBIA0168GB

NOTE: P
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator peda-
land keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.

EC-555
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006710151

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-497, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-496, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Sys-
tem Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-496, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION :
System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-554, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)

EC-556
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows; A
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V
EC
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 4.1 V
Refer to EC-508, "Reference Value".

C
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then D
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE: E
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
F
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS G
WITH CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III H
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-497, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST. I
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action. J

EC-557
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006496264

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496265

1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-547, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Go to EC-559, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-558
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496266

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
PBIB2318E

EC-559
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

PBIB3213E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.

EC-560
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is A
out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
E
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
P
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
EC-561
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-786, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-779, "Component Inspection".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-151, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-600, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-604, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-607, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0133, refer to EC-610, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-762, "DTC Logic".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
EC-562
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. A

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
C
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-795, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity H
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc. I
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. J

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

K
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts L
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. N
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value. O
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21. P
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-563
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-588, "DTC
Logic". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-541, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

EC-564
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

>> GO TO 30. A
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that EC
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-795, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is D
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-795, "Symptom Table".

EC-565
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496267

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7
11 Ground Existed
E16 108
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E16 93 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 15 A fuse (No. 62)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.

EC-566
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
A
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
E16 105 Ground
exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
E
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F
E14 41 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. G
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> INSPECTION END

I
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. J

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal K
F7 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. N

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 32 E14 41 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1

EC-567
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK 20 A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 105 E14 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-568
 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496268

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496269
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication
U1000
signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication line (CAN communication
F
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication
U1001 signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds line is open or shorted)
or more.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-569, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496270
J
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
K

EC-569
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496274

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. Refer to
EC-583, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of
Intake valve timing control • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the
P0011 target and phase-control angle
performance camshaft
degree.
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve
timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
P or N position (CVT)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-571, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)

EC-570
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
A
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: EC
Always drive at a safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST C
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-571, "Diagnosis Procedure" D
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496275
E
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
F
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
G
YES >> Go to LU-25, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
H

I
PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-572, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. K
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). M
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-662, "Component Inspection".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
P

EC-571
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIA9557J

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496276

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

EC-572
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. A

EC

EC-573
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0014 EVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635697

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0078, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0078. Refer to EC-
585, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Exhaust camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve control solenoid valve
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 There is a gap between angle of
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of
P0014 (Exhaust valve timing control target and phase-control angle
the camshaft
performance) degree.
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust
valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
Selector lever D position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-575, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

EC-574
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 2,950 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST D
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-575, "Diagnosis Procedure" E
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635698
F
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. G
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? H
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I

J
PBIA8559J

2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

K
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-576, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View". N
4.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-662, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-78, "Exploded View". P
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)
Check the following.

EC-575
 P0014 EVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-79, "Removal
and Installation".

JSBIA0600ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-200, "Inspection", “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635699

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-576
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496277

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0031
1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is open or shorted.)
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
D
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0032 1 heater control circuit
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is shorted.)
high
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to EC-577, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496278 K

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
O

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal P
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC-577
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F7 3 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496279

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.

Terminal Resistance
3 and 4 1.98 - 2.66 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-578
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 A

Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

CAUTION:
EC
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial ser- C
vice tool).

>> INSPECTION END D

EC-579
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006682977

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater cir-
P0037 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM cuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater cir-
P0038 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM cuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-580, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006682978

1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

+
HO2S2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F30 2 Ground Battery voltage

EC-580
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 3 E7 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F

3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-581, "Component Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4. H
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
I
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner J
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006682979
L
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.

N
+ −
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Resistance
Terminal O
2 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1
1 3
P

4 ∞Ω
1 (Continuity should not exist)

4 2
3
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-581
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-582
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496280

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0075 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496281 I

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. K

IVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal L
F41 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R O

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN P
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EC-583
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

IVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F41 2 F8 73 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-584, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496282

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-584
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635700

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid
P0078 (Exhaust valve timing control sole- through exhaust valve timing control valve circuit is open or shorted.) D
noid valve circuit) solenoid valve. • Exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G

>> GO TO2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-585, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635701

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+ M
EVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
F31 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.

EC-585
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ +
EVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 1 E14 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ +
EVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 2 F8 77 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-586, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635702

1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-586
 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the A
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control C
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END D

NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View".

EC-587
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496283

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496284

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

EC-588
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. D
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 5 Ground Battery voltage
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 4 F8 52 Existed
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 3 F8 45 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-589
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496285

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
45
F8 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

EC-590
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
A
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
EC
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
E
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V F
45
F8 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
G
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
K
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
L
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
O
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
P
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
45
F8 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.3 V
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC-591
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-592
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
P0112 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-593, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496287 I

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
M

MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-593
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 1 F8 52 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-594, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496288

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.

Terminals Condition Resistance

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

EC-594
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496289

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
P0117 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496290 I

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
M

ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
F28 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-595
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F28 2 F8 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496291

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73 kΩ
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC-596
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-686, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-597, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496293

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

O
Electric throttle control actuator
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-597
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 3 F8 34 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-598, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496294

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-543, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-598
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM A
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
EC
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F8 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END F

EC-599
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496296

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
The A/F signal computed by ECM from • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0130 the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit
approx. 2.2 V. • A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -I
1. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Touch “START”.
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

ENG SPEED 1,600 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
D position (A/T models)
Selector lever
4th position (M/T models)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?

EC-600
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 3. A
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
EC
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-601, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: D
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496297
F

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

G
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed H
decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. I
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. J
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Restart engine. K
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
11. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496298

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

EC-601
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 49
F50 F8 Existed
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F50 Ground Not existed
2

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F8 Ground Not existed
53
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:

EC-602
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. A
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
EC
>> INSPECTION END

EC-603
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496299

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0131 the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low voltage
approx. 0 V. • A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Go to EC-604, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-604, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496300

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-604
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT EC

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage D
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F1
G
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
H
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
1 49
F50 F8 Existed
2 53
L
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.
M
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 N
F50 Ground Not existed
2

O
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 P
F8 Ground Not existed
53
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-605
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-606
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496301

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0132 the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit high voltage D
approx. 5 V. • A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. I
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Go to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. L

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) M
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
N
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1. O
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Go to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496302

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-607
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 49
F50 F8 Existed
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector amd ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F50 Ground Not existed
2

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F8 Ground Not existed
53
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-608
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. EC
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
C
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
E
>> INSPECTION END

EC-609
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496303

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• The response of the A/F signal • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit computed by ECM from A/F • Fuel pressure
P0133
slow response sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel injector
the specified time. • Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".

EC-610
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen. A
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-558, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
EC
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%? E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

Check the following.

• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks G
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector H
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
I

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load. K
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. L
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496304

N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
EC-611
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-635, "DTC Logic" or EC-639,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-612
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 49
F50 F8 Existed EC
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground. C

A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal D
1
F50 Ground Not existed
2
E

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal F
49
F8 Ground Not existed
53
G
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. H
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13. J

10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Check both mass air flow sensor. K
Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
M
Refer to EC-804, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. N
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace. P
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-613
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-614
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0137 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496305

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D

E
SEF259VA

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
circuit low voltage reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START I

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are L
completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). M
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O

>> GO TO 4.
P
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-615
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III screen.
Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Selector lever Suitable position
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“COND1: OUT OF CONDITION”>>GO TO 4.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 7.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition (PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR
COND1-III) until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will
take approximately 4 seconds).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 8.
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-I
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”

>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-II
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“OK” >> INSPECTION END.
“NG” >> Go to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
5. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).

>> GO TO 5.

EC-616
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

11.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK A

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-617, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
EC
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
C
NO >> Go to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496306

D
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load. F
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
G
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal H
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F8 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
(HO2S2) at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II J

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
K
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal L
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F8 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) at least once during this procedure.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
O
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector P
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F8 59
(HO2S2) gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-617
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496307

1.HECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-635, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 1 F8 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 4 F8 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-619, "Component Inspection".

EC-618
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
EC
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. C
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
D
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END F

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496308

1.INSPECTION START G

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode. J
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. L

JSBIA0082GB O
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-619
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 least once during this procedure.
F8 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-620
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0138 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496309

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A C
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
D

F
PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B G
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
H

J
JSBIA0083GB

K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0138
circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
M
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
N
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at O
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.

EC-621
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 12.
3.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III screen.
Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Selector lever Suitable position
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“COND1: OUT OF CONDITION”>>GO TO 5.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 8.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition (PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR
COND1-III) until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will
take approximately 4 seconds).

EC-622
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. A
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 9.
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 10. EC
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-I
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
C
PLETED”

>> GO TO 10. D
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-II
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which displayed on CONSULT-III screen? E
“OK” >> INSPECTION END.
“NG” >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 11. F
11.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). G
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select ENGINE using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III
4. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
5. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). H

>> GO TO 6.
I
12.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-623, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: J
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496310
L

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
Condition Voltage P
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F8 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-623
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F8 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F8 59
(HO2S2 signal) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496311

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-621, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 1 F8 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-624
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM EC
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 4 F8 50 Existed
C
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector and
ground.

D
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 4 Ground Not existed E

ECM
Ground Continuity F
Connector Terminal
F8 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
I
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 K
Refer to EC-627, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 N
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
O
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
EC-625
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-639, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 1 F8 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 4 F8 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-627, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-626
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
EC

>> INSPECTION END

15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496312

E
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
G
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. H
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. I
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III. J
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

M
JSBIA0082GB

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
O
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

EC-627
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 least once during this procedure.
F8 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-628
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0139 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut. D

E
SEF302U

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START I

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds. L
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I O
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4. P
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
EC-629
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III screen.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Shift lever Suitable position
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
“COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: COMPLETED>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-I
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)

>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-II
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-631, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).

>> GO TO 5.
11.PREFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-631, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-630
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-631, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496314

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. D

ECM
E
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F8 59 F
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. H

ECM
I
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 A change of voltage should be more than J
F8 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
L
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM M
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than N
F8 59
(HO2S2 signal) (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Go to EC-631, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496315
P

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-631
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-635, "DTC Logic" or EC-639,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 1 F8 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 4 F8 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-633, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-632
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496316

1.INSPECTION START EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. F
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
G

JSBIA0082GB

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. J
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
N
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector O
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 59 P
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
EC-633
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 least once during this procedure.
F8 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-634
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496320

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Intake air leaks F
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Incorrect fuel pressure G
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure". K
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE M
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine. N
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
EC-635
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496321

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F8 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-636
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

A/F sensor 1 A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F50 1 Ground Not existed
EC

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal C
F8 49 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure". F

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
H
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR J

With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
K
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling

L
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling

N
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-588, "DTC Logic".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR P

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT-III

EC-637
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-778, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.

PBIA9666J

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-638
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496322

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• A/F sensor 1 F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE L
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE: M
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start? N
YES >> Go to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II O
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
YES >> Go to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
EC-639
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496323

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F8 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-640
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

A/F sensor 1 A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F50 1 Ground Not existed
EC

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal C
F8 49 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure". F

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
H
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR J

With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
K
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling

L
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling

N
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-588, "DTC Logic".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR P

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT-III

EC-641
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-778, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUELINJECTOR
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-642
 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635703

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
P0197 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input)
(EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the engine
P0198 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-643, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635704

K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N

F48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-643
 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ −
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 1 F8 57 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 2 F8 54 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-644, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635705

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Engine oil temperature

sensor
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)] JMBIA0080ZZ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-644
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496324

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-686, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496325

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

O
Electric throttle control actuator
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-645
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 2 F8 33 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-646, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496326

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-543, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-646
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM A
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
EC
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F8 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END F

EC-647
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496328

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-649, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-648
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
D
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
E
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
F
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes G
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-649, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496329

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE J

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection. K
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. N
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III O
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine and let engine idle.

EC-649
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-778, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-783, "Component Function
Check".
EC-650
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

7.CHECK SPARK PLUG A

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For EC
spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
C

D
SEF156I

8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

E
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.
F
Spark should be generated.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark
Plug".
H
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-151, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-551, "Work Procedure". K

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
M
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING O

Check the following items.

For procedure, refer to EC-802, "Inspection".
P
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-547, "Work Procedure".
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-651
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sennsor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sennsor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F8 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sennsor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sennsor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F50 1 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 49 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1.
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : at idling

2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : at idling

2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-588, "DTC Logic".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-795, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.

EC-652
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

>> GO TO 18. A
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". EC

>> INSPECTION END

C

EC-653
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496330

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 • Harness or connectors
input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328
high input sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-654, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496331

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 2 F8 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-654
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

Knock sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F8 37 Existed
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace knock sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496332

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. I
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
J
Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION: K
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-655
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is open or shorted.]
is not detected by the ECM during the first
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
few seconds of engine cranking.
shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
Crankshaft position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 cir-
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
(POS) circuit cuit is shorted.)
while the engine is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
is not in the normal pattern during engine
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
running.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-656, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496334

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.

CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-656
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

C
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 1 F8 75 Existed D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit. E
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
F

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal G
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
F8
75 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
H
E101*1
E16 102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
I
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-790, "Component Function Check". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
L
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-749, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7. N
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View". O

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-657
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 2 F8 62 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 3 F8 61 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace the signal plate.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496335

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.

EC-658
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II D

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.

E
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω F
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
H

EC-659
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496336

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-686, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
• Intake camshaft position sensor
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Exhaust camshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Intake camshaft
(PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Exhaust camshaft
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starter motor
pattern during engine running.
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-660, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-660, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496337

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-660
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. A
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

CMP sensor (PHASE)

C
Ground Voltage
Camshaft Connector Terminal
Intake F21 1 D
Ground Approx. 5 V
Exhaust F22 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
Intake F21 2
F8 63 Existed
Exhaust F22 2
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. K

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity L
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Intake F21 3 65
F8 Existed
Exhaust F22 3 48
M
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
O
Refer to EC-662, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. P
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.

EC-661
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

JSBIA0599ZZ

8.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)

Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

JSBIA0600ZZ

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496338

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)

EC-662
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

EC

EC-663
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496339

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF484YB

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?

EC-664
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4. A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It EC
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN D
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
E
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
F
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-666, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-665, "Component Function Check". H
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-666, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496340

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
N
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
50 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F8 59 than 5 seconds.
(HO2S2) constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-666, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-665
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496341

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-547, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Ignition Timing"
For specification, refer to EC-807, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-547, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

Cylinder ECM

Front / Terminal Voltage

No. Connector
Rear + −
1 31
2 12
Front
3 30
4 20
F7 108 Battery voltage
1 29
2 16
Rear
3 25
4 24

EC-666
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Perform EC-778, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
EC
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. C
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure. D
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. E
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. F
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is G
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
H
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil I
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more. J
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. L

7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
N
Spark should be generated.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG P

EC-667
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-159,
"Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark
Plug".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the trouble fixed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly.

EC-668
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496342

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-669, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496343
J
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. L

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
F32 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM P

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-669
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F32 2 F7 9 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-670, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496344

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
JSBIA0653ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-670
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. A
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
EC
Air passage continuity
Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between C
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA0653ZZ

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve E

EC-671
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000006496345

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496346

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-569, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-685, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle
• Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
when vehicle is being driven.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-673, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-672
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

1,600 - 6,000 rpm (CVT) A

ENG SPEED
1,900 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
6.2 - 31.8 msec (CVT) EC
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
Shift lever Except P or N position (CVT)
Except Neutral position (M/T) C
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
D
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-673, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
E
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-673, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this F
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Go to EC-673, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496347
H
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST I
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with J
suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Go to EC-673, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496348
L

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-31, "DTC Index" (Without EPS) or M
BRC-142, "DTC Index" (With EPS).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-36, "DTC Index". O

>> INSPECTION END

P

EC-673
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0520 EOP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635712

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(EOP sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH Signal voltage from the EOP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0520 [Engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor remains at more than 4.9 V / less than (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
circuit] 0.26 V for 5 seconds or more. is open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Engine oil level abnormality
• EOP sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635713

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check engine oil level and pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".

EC-674
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
EC
1. Disconnect EOP sensor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals.
C
EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.) D
terminal
F43 3 1 5V
Inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II F

Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector and the ground.
G
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal H
F43 3 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. K

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
L

72 TP sensor 1 F29 1
74 EOP sensor F43 3
F8 M
INT CMP sensor F21
78 1
EXH CMP sensor F22

E101*1
N
E16 106 APP sensor 1 *2
4
M203
*1: LHD models or RHD with CVT models
O
*2: RHD with M/T models
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-675
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 1 F8 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7
11 Ground Existed
E16 108
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 2 F8 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Refer to EC-676, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635714

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.

EC-676
 P0520 EOP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ − A
EOP sensor Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
EC
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ C
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3 D
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END. E
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-103, "Exploded View".

EC-677
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635715

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0520 or P0075, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0520 or P0075
first. Refer to EC-674, "DTC Logic" or EC-583, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Engine oil pressure or level too low
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
Engine oil pressure is low because • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 there is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up por-
(Engine oil pressure too low)
and phase-control angle. tion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-25, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to LU-25, "Inspection".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

EC-678
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-679, "Diagnosis Procedure" A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635716
EC
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. C
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
D
YES >> Proceed to LU-25, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
E

F
PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-584, "Component Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded H
View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR I
Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-169, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-662, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following. M
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-191, O
"Exploded View".

P
JSBIA0599ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC-679
 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.

EC-680
 P0603 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0603 ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496349

ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio EC
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
C

PBIA9222J E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496350

DTC DETECTION LOGIC F

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
* ECM back-up RAM system does not function
P0603 Engine control module • ECM
properly.
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times. L
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496351
N
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
O
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-681, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-541, "Work Procedure".

EC-681
 P0603 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
>> INSPECTION END

EC-682
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0605 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496352

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-683, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-683, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4. K
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Go to EC-683, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496353

1.INSPECTION START O
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-683, "DTC Logic".
P
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-541, "Work Procedure".

EC-683
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

>> INSPECTION END

EC-684
 P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0607 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635717

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECM When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 ECM
(CAN communication bus) of CAN controller of ECM.
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-685, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635718
G
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
I
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-805, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J

EC-685
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496354

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
P0643
short for sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-686, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496355

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E101*1
4 Ground Approx. 5 V
M203*1
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.

EC-686
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor EC
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
72 TP sensor 1 F29 1
C
74 EOP sensor F43 3
F8
INT CMP sensor F21
78 1
EXH CMP sensor F22 D
*1
E101
E16 106 APP sensor 1 4
M203*1
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT E
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) G
Refer to EC-662, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
I
Refer to EC-646, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View". K

>> INSPECTION END

L
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-749, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY N

Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

O
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-687
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000006496356

When the selector lever position is P or N (CVT), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) signal is
ON.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496357

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not
Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
P0850 changed in the process of engine starting and
signal • Transmission range switch (CVT models)
driving.
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
models)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.

Shift lever position Known-good signal

N or P position (CVT)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-689, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

EC-688
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.2 (CVT) or 3.0 (M/T) - 31.8 msec
A
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Shift lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-689, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-689, "Component Function Check".
D
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-689, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496358

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK G

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
H
ECM

Connec- Terminal Condition Voltage

tor + − I
P or N (CVT)
69 Battery voltage
F8 108 Shift lever Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal) J
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Go to EC-689, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496359

L
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (CVT) OR PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH (M/T)
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector and N
ground.

Transmission range switch (CVT) / O

PNP switch (M/T) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F23 (CVT) 1 P
Ground Battery voltage
F49 (M/T) 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-689
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness connectors E105, M77 (M/T)
• IPDM E/R harness connector E15 (CVT)
• 10 A fuse (No. 5) (M/T)
• 10 A fuse (No. 56) (CVT)
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) and fuse
Is the inspection result normal?
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector
and ECM harness connector.

Transmission range switch (CVT) /

ECM
PNP switch (M/T) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 (CVT) 2
F8 69 Existed
F49 (M/T) 3
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (CVT) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T)
Refer to TM-201, "Component Inspection" (CVT) or TM-20, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH :
Component Inspection" (M/T).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-690
 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496360

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496361

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-569, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short- G
P1212 TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
L
YES >> Go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496362 M

Perform trouble diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-145, "Work Flow".
N

EC-691
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496363

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-569, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays -1, -2 and -
heat).
3)
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
• Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature (Overheat).
P1217 • Radiator hose
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator
using the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-38, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-26, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-692, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496364

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-692
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
YES >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CON-
SULT-III screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT-III H
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV
With CONSULT-III K
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT-III L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496365
O

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-III P
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-43, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (Low/High).
EC-693
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-27, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-19, "Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-22, "Inspection".)

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat.
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-596, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-35, "Troubleshooting Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-694
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006683000

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
FPCM During engine cranking, the signal voltage (FPCM circuit is open or shorted)
P1220
(Fuel pump control module) of the FPCM to the ECM is too low. (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted)
• FPCM D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 12 - 15 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that the engine coolant temperature is −10°C G
(14°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
I
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-695, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006683001 K

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground. M

+
FPCM − Voltage N
Connector Terminal
B61 10 Ground Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
2.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-695
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ −
FPCM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B61 10 E15 54 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
FPCM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B61 5 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FPCM ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 28
B61 F7 Existed
9 27
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness
connector.

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 2
B61 B40 Existed
7 4
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FPCM
Check the FPCM. Refer to EC-325, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".
EC-696
 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident .Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006683002
EC
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Check the voltage between FPCM terminals as per the following conditions. C

FPCM
Voltage
+ − Condition D
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
10 V E
switch ON
B61 7 6 More than 1 second after turning
0V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed 10 V F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-806, "Removal and Installation".

EC-697
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496366

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-698, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496367

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-698
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496369

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
E
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
I
YES >> Go to EC-699, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496370 J

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. L
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
N

PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR O

Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".
P
>> INSPECTION END

EC-699
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635719

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current
open or shorted.)
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit sensor remains within the specified
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
range/performance) range while engine is running.
open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-701, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-700
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635720

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. G

ECM Sensor
H
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
74 EOP sensor F43 3
71 Battery current sensor F52 1 I
F8
IN CMP sensor F21 1
72
EX CMP sensor F22 1
J
E101*1
E16 102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
K
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F8 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-701
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F8 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635721

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F8 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-702
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635722

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BAT CURRENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the sen-
P1551 (Battery current sensor circuit (Battery current sensor circuit is open
sor is sent to ECM.
low input) or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is D
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
E
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 F
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is G
open or shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
An excessively high voltage from the sen- open or shorted.)
P1552 (Battery current sensor circuit
high input)
sor is sent to ECM. • Battery current sensor H
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit I
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor J
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor K
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON O

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-704, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-703
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635723

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
74 EOP sensor F43 3
71 Battery current sensor F52 1
F8
IN CMP sensor F21 1
72
EX CMP sensor F22 1

E101*1
E16 102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F8 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-704
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ − A
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F52 4 F8 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR D

Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635724 F

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body H
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
I
ground.

ECM
Voltage
J
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ K
F8 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
M

EC-705
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635725

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(G sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the
open or shorted.)
P1553 (Battery current sensor perfor- sensor to ECM is higher than the amount
(Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
mance) of the maximum power generation.
open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• G sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-707, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-706
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635726

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. G

ECM Sensor
H
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
74 EOP sensor F43 3
71 Battery current sensor F52 1 I
F8
IN CMP sensor F21 1
72
EX CMP sensor F22 1
J
E101*1
E16 102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
K
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F8 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-707
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 4 F8 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635727

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F8 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-708
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635728

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir-
cuit is shorted.] D
(Power steering pressure sensor cir-
cuit is shorted.)
The output voltage of the battery current
Battery current sensor perfor- (Accelerator pedal position sensor cir-
P1554 sensor is lower than the specified value E
mance cuit is shorted.)
while the battery voltage is high enough.
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• Battery current sensor F
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-709, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this I
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Go to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006635729
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: L
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. O
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III
P
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-709
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
58 Above 2.3 V at
F8 68
(Battery current sensor signal) least once
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635730

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
74 EOP sensor F43 3
71 Battery current sensor F52 1
F8
IN CMP sensor F21 1
72
EX CMP sensor F22 1

E101*1
E16 102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-710
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ − A
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F52 3 F8 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
F52 4 F8 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
H
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".
J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635731

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable. L
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and M
ground.

ECM N
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
O
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F8 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-111, "How to Handle Battery".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-711
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635732

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature • Harness or connectors
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 sec- [Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
cuit low input) onds or more. perature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is shorted.)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 sec- shorted.)
cuit high input) onds or more. • Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
perature sensor)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-712, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635733

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-712
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
C
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 2 F26 79 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G

+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F52 3 F26 87 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View". L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006635734

M
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor. N
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

Battery current sensor O

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 3 continuity with the resistance value 100 Ω or more
P

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. Refer to PG-125, "Exploded View".

EC-713
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496372

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-683, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering switch
steering switch is out of the specified range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • ECM
is stuck ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
4. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496373

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check each item indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
switch Released OFF

EC-714
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Monitor item Condition Indication
A
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
C
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal D
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1

94 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2

E16 95 E
(ASCD steering switch signal) RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
H
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

I
Combination switch ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M302 16 E16 95 Existed J
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
M

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Combination switch ECM

O
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M302 13 E16 94 Existed
P
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC-715
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-716, "Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH) INFOID:0000000006496374

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tion.

Combination switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals
Pressed Existed
35 and 36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303
Pressed Existed
35 and 37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II
Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
M302 13 and 16
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-716
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496375

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-683, "DTC Logic". C
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. D

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name E
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) F
P1572 ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation G
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next page. I
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can J
be detected.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine (ESP switch OFF). L
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

O
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
6. Check DTC. P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:

EC-717
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
Driving location seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496376

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

100 Slightly depressed Approx. 0

E16 108 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-718
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
99 Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E16 108 Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch signal) Fully released Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.

ASCD brake switch

F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E112*1 G
1 Ground Battery voltage
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
• Harness connectors E105, M77 (LHD models or RHD models with CVT)
• Harness connectors M84, M201 (RHD models with M/T)
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse K

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ASCD brake switch ECM N

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E112*1
2 E16 100 Existed O
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"

EC-719
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
LHD models

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E118 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E102 (CVT)

RHD models

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M205 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E102 (CVT)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E105, M77, M84, M201 (RHD models with M/T)
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
LHD models

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E118 (M/T)
2 E16 99 Existed
E102 (CVT)

RHD models

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M205 (M/T)
2 E16 99 Existed
E102 (CVT)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.

EC-720
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006496377
C
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

E
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-
H
90, "Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

I
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. K
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006496378

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
M
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

N
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II P

1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-90,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

EC-721
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-722
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496379

The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-477, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496380

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-569, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-672, "DTC Logic". F
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-683, "DTC Logic".
G
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or H
shorted.)
ASCD vehicle speed The difference between the two vehicle speed • Combination meter
P1574
sensor signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. L

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Start engine (ESP switch OFF). M
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-723, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496381

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-723
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-36, "DTC Index".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-724
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
A
Description INFOID:0000000006751815

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no EC
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position. C
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to D
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635736

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-569, F
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-685,
"DTC Logic".
G
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic". H

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
I
• Harness and connectors
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM
harness connector is shorted to ground.)
A Starter relay is stuck ON. J
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM
harness connector is shorted to ground.)
• IPDM E/R
• Harness and connectors K
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM
STR MTR RELAY 2
P1650 harness is open or shorted to power.)
(Starter relay circuit)
Starter relay power supply circuit (Between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM
B L
is excessively high voltage. harness is open or shorted to power.)
(Between IPDM E/R harness connector and battery
is open.)
• IPDM E/R
M
• Harness and connectors
Starter relay circuit is excessively
C (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
low voltage
• IPDM E/R
N
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
O
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-725
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-726, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Lift up drive wheels.
7. Turn ignition switch ON.
8. Select “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
9. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
10. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
11. Select 1 - 4 cylinders in “POWER BALANCE” and cut the fuel of all cylinders.
12. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Lift up drive wheels.
7. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
8. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
9. Remove vacuum hoses from intake manifold.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-726, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635737

1.CHECK STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check the starter motor relay power supply circuit. Refer to PCS-33, "Diagnosis Procedure" (With Intelligent
Key system) or PCS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure" (Without Intelligent Key system).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With Intelligent Key system
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

EC-726
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

+ − A
IPDM E/R BCM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E13 30 M69 97 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
C
Without Intelligent Key system
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − E
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
E13 30 E16 87 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J

EC-727
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000006751816

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635739

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-569,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-685,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
A correlated error is detected for 2
(Between ECM harness connector and IPDM
seconds or more between a control
E/R harness connector is shorted to power.)
STR MTR RELAY signal transmitted from ECM and a
P1651 (Between ECM harness connector and BCM
(Starter control relay circuit) feedback signal transmitted from
harness connector is shorted to power.)
IPDM E/R via CAN communication
• IPDM E/R
line.
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 30 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635740

1.INSPECTION START
Check the starter motor operation.

EC-728
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R
EC
Check DTC with IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-14, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)".
Is the starter motor operated?
YES-1 >> With Intelligent Key system: GO TO 3. C
YES-2 >> Without Intelligent Key system: GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH BCM D
Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-36, "BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM)".
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
4.CHECK CRANKING REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
With Intelligent Key system
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
E16 82 E13 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power. J
6. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
7. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and BCM harness connector.
K
+ −
ECM BCM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E16 82 M69 64 Existed
8. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
M
With Intelligent Key system
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
N
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

O
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
E16 82 E13 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-729
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-730
 P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006751817

ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. Models with no EC
Intelligent Key System transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R. On the other hand, models with the Intel-
ligent Key System transmit a control signal to IPDM E/R by way of BCM via CAN communication.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position. C
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to D
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006635742

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-569, F
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-685,
"DTC Logic".
G
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B209F or B20A0 of IPDM E/R, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or
B20A0. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Logic" or SEC-136, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with B26F9 or B26FA of BCM, perform the trouble diagnosis for B209F or B20A0.
Refer to SEC-128, "DTC Logic" or SEC-130, "DTC Logic". H

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
I
STR MTR SYS COMM
P1652 ECM detects malfunction in starter motor drive circuit of the IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R
(Starter motor communication line)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure K
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L

>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 minutes. N
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006635743
P
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-731, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC.
Is the P1652 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-731
 P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation".
NG >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-732
 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496382

ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496383

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-656, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
E
to EC-660, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-683, "DTC Logic".
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Input speed sensor signal is different from (The CAN communication line is open or short- G
Input speed sensor the theoretical value calculated by ECM ed)
P1715
(TCM output) from output speed sensor signal and en- • Harness or connectors
gine rpm signal. (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
H
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-733, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496384
N
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "DTC Index".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
P
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-280, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-733
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496385

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
driving. • Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496386

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
LHD models

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E118 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E102 (CVT)

RHD models

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M205 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E102 (CVT)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-734
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E105, M77, M84, M201 (RHD models with M/T) A
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
D
LHD models

ECM Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
E118 (M/T)
E16 99 2 Existed
E102 (CVT)

RHD models F
ECM Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
M205 (M/T)
E16 99 2 Existed
E102 (CVT)
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-735, "Component Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly.
K
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496387
M

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models), BR-90,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
EC-735
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".

EC-736
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496388

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay D
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
H
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END M

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496389

N
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. O

ECM
Terminal Voltage P
Connector
+ −
F7 15 108 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-737
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 15 E15 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R connector E15
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 64) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
Terminal Conditions Voltage
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 108
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 2 E15 55 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

EC-738
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F1
EC
• IPDM E/R connector E15
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. E

EC-739
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496390

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer
to EC-737, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer
to EC-746, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-740, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496391

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 108
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.

EC-740
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC

ECM
Terminal Voltage C
Connector
+ −
F7 15 108 Battery voltage
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. F
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 60 F7 15 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R connector E15
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUSE L

1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 64) from IPDM E/R.

2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
N
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. O
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM P

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 55 F7 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.

EC-741
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R connector E15
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Not existed
F29 5 F7
4 Existed
1 Existed
F29 6 F7
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB2974E

12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-743, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-742
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. A
14.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".
EC

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496392 C

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

D
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

E
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR G
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

H
>> INSPECTION END

EC-743
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496395

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Not existed
F29 5 F7
4 Existed
1 Existed
F29 6 F7
4 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
EC-744
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496396

F
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. G

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

H
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View". J

>> INSPECTION END

K

EC-745
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496398

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-746, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-746, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496399

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-746
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
C

PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

E
>> INSPECTION END

EC-747
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496401

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-686, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-748, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496402

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E101*1
4 Ground Approx. 5 V
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-748
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E101*1
2 E16 111 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT D
*2: RHD models with M/T
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
E101*1
3 E16 110 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
I
*2: RHD models with M/T
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR K
Refer to EC-749, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY M
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END N

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". O

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496403
P

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-749
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E16 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-750
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496405

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 (APP sensor 2)
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496406

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E101*1 P
5 Ground Approx. 5 V
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.

EC-751
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
5 E16 102 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
F8 75 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E16 E101*1
102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-790, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1
1 E16 104 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
EC-752
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1 C
6 E16 103 Existed
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
D
*2: RHD models with M/T
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR F
Refer to EC-753, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. G
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY H
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END I

10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
J

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496407 K

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
M
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector N
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V O
E16 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

EC-753
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
>> INSPECTION END

EC-754
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496409

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-686, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector D
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-755, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496410

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
M
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator O

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-755
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 33
F29 F8 Existed
3 34
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-756, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496411

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-543, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-756
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM A
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
EC
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F8 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-163, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END F

EC-757
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496413

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-686, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
Accelerator pedal position Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to shorted.)
P2138 sensor circuit range/per- ECM compared with the signals from (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
formance APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496414

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E101*1
4 Ground Approx. 5 V
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T

EC-758
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
EC
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E101*1
5 Ground Approx. 5 V
M203*2 D
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
F
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
*1
E101
5 E16 102 Existed I
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. K
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
L
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
M
F8 75 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E16 E101*1 N
102 APP sensor 5
M203*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
O

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 6.
P
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-790, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-759
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1 1 104
*2
E16 Existed
M203 2 111
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E101*1 3 110
*2
E16 Existed
M203 6 103
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-760, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496415

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-760
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
A
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector EC
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V C
E16 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".
F
>> INSPECTION END

EC-761
 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496417

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will
not shift to LEAN side or RICH side.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side for a specified • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1)
P2A00 period. • Fuel pressure
circuit range/performance
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor • Fuel injector
1 signal shifts to the rich side for a specified period. • Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-762, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496418

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
1. Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
EC-762
 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. A
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure" or
EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
D
Water should not exit.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
G
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage H

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 8.
I
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R harness connector E14
• 20A fuse (No. 43) K
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L

8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM N

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 49
F50 F8 Existed O
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground. P

A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F50 Ground Not existed
2

EC-763
 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F8 Ground Not existed
53
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).

>> GO TO 12.
12.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-546, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-764
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496419

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
D
Monitor item Condition Indication
Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal E
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

100 Slightly depressed Approx. 0 H

E16 108 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496420 J

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. L

ASCD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
E112*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
M202*2
N
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• Harness connector E105, M77 (LHD models or RHD models with CVT)
• Harness connector M84, M201 (RHD models with M/T)
• 10A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

EC-765
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ASCD brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E112*1
2 E16 100 Existed
M202*2
*1: LHD models or RHD models with CVT
*2: RHD models with M/T
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006496421

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-90,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-88, "Exploded View".
EC-766
 ASCD INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496422

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION C

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON D
SET LAMP • When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h
(25 MPH) and 225 km/h (140 MPH) • ASCD: Not operating OFF

Is the inspection result normal? E

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-767, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496423

1.CHECK DTC
G
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-36, "DTC Index". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace. L

EC-767
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
ASCD MAIN SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496424

1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “MAIN SW” indication under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
MAIN SW ASCD MAIN switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Pressed Battery voltage
E16 96 108 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-768, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496425

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.

Combination switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M32 21 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)

EC-768
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between combination switch and fuse A

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector.
C

ECM Combination switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
E16 96 M303 37 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
F
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E105, M77 G
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-769, "Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
J
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
1. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH) INFOID:0000000006496426

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tion.

O
Combination switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals
Pressed Existed P
35 and 36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303
Pressed Existed
35 and 37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-769
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II

Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
M302 13 and 16
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,500
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-770
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496427

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “CLUTCH P/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “CLUTCH P/P SW” indication under the following conditions.
D
Monitor item Condition Indication
Fully released OFF
CLUTCH P/P SW Clutch pedal E
Fully depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

92 Fully released Approx. 0V H

E16 E16 108 Clutch pedal
(Clutch pedal position switch signal) Fully depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-771, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496428 J

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
With intelligent key L
Clutch pedal position switch
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
E62 (LHD models)
4 Ground Existed
M207 (RHD models)

Without intelligent key N

Clutch pedal position switch
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E61 (LHD models) O
2 Ground Existed
M206 (RHD models)
4. Also check harness for short to power.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
EC-771
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
With intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E62 (LHD models)
3 E16 92 Existed
M207 (RHD models)

Without intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E61 (LHD models)
1 E16 92 Existed
M206 (RHD models)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-772, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496429

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
With intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E62 (LHD models) Clutch Fully released Existed

3 and 4
M207 (RHD models) pedal Fully depressed Not existed

Without intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E61 (LHD models) Clutch Fully released Existed

1 and 2
M206 (RHD models) pedal Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.

EC-772
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
With intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch A

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E62 (LHD models) Clutch Fully released Existed

3 and 4 EC
M207 (RHD models) pedal Fully depressed Not existed

Without intelligent key

Clutch pedal position switch C

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E61 (LHD models) Clutch Fully released Existed

1 and 2 D
M206 (RHD models) pedal Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.

EC-773
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496430

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “Hi” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-43, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496431

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
With A/C

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 1
E10 E64
7 3 Existed
E11 10 E65 4

Without A/C

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 1
E10
7 E52 2 Existed
E11 10 3
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
With A/C

Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E65 2 Ground Existed

EC-774
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Without A/C

Cooling fan motor A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E52 4 Ground Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR F
Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection".
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
YES or NO
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-63, "Exploded I
View" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496432 J

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector E62.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
L
terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
M
1 4
Cooling fan mo- Low
2 3
tor
High 1 and 2 3 and 4 N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. O

EC-775
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000006496433

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to
ECM through the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496434

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496435

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-776, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Perform trouble diagnosis of rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

EC-776
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM A

Perform trouble diagnosis of headlamp system. Refer to EXL-43, "Work Flow".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
C
Perform trouble diagnosis of air conditioning system. Check type of air conditioning system HAC-10, "Informa-
tion" and refer to the follows.
• TYPE1: HAC-44, "Work Flow"
• TYPE2: HAC-135, "Work Flow" D
• TYPE3: HAC-216, "Work Flow"
• TYPE4: HAC-271, "Work Flow"
• TYPE5: HAC-322, "Work Flow" E

>> INSPECTION END

F

EC-777
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496436

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-778, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-778, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496437

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.

Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal
F37 Front
1 1
F57 Rear
F38 Front
2 1
F58 Rear
Ground Battery voltage
F39 Front
3 1
F59 Rear
F40 Front
4 1
F60 Rear
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1

EC-778
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• IPDM E/R connector E15
• 15 A fuse (No. 62) A
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

D
Fuel injector ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal Connector Terminal
F37 Front 31 E
1 2
F57 Rear 12
F38 Front 30
2 2
F58 Rear 20 F
F7 Existed
F39 Front 29
3 2
F59 Rear 16
G
F40 Front 25
4 2
F60 Rear 24
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I

4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-779, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. K
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496438

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows. O

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] P

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.

EC-779
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
FUEL PUMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496439

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed

hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> EC-780, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIA9958J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496440

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
F7 23 108 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 23 E13 31 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1
• IPDM E/R connector E13
• Harness for open or short to ground and short power

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-780
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Fuel level sensor unit

C
and fuel pump Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
D
Battery voltage should for exist 1 second af-
B40 4 Ground
ter ignition switch is turn ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK 15 A FUSE F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 60) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 15 A fuse. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuse. H
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
I
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.

J
Fuel level sensor unit and
IPDM E/R
fuel pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
E15 55 B40 4 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E105, M77
• Harness connectors B1, M18 N
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. P

Fuel level sensor unit

and fuel pump Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B40 2 Ground Existed
2. Also check harness for short to power.

EC-781
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-782, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496441

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

2 and 4 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.

EC-782
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496442

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D

With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. E
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Go to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
Terminal Voltage signal
Connector I
+ −
17
18 J
21
F7 108
K
22
JMBIA0219GB

NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Go to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496443
N
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
P
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
E16 105 108 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-566, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-783
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 61 F13 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-787, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace condenser.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

EC-784
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

Ignition coil EC
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F33 3
C
2 F34 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F35 3
4 F36 3 D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

Ignition coil
Ground Continuity G
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F33 2
2 F34 2 H
Ground Existed
3 F35 2
4 F36 2
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.

L
Ignition coil ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F33 1 17 M
2 F34 1 18
F7 Existed
3 F35 1 22
4 F36 1 21 N
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR P
Refer to EC-786, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-785
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006496444

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.

EC-786
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000006496445

A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] C

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.
E

EC-787
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496446

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Press speed limiter MAIN switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (20 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
5. Perform a test drive on a flat road conditions. Check that the speedometer indicated the same value as
the set speed indicator on the information display while depressing the accelerator pedal until just before
a kickdown occurs.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496447

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not display.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-673, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-723, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to EC-522, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-788
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496448

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-789, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496449

1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC U1001 is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-569, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-36, "DTC Index".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J

EC-789
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496450

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
101
F16 98 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-790, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496451

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-790
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 1 E16 98 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec- F
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 E16 85 Existed
H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace. M

EC-791
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496452

1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SL MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “SL MAIN SW” indication under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Speed limiter MAIN Pressed ON

SL MAIN SW
switch Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

Speed limiter Pressed Battery voltage

E16 91 108
MAIN switch Released Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496453

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.

Combination switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M32 21 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)

EC-792
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between combination switch and fuse A

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector.
C

ECM Combination switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
E16 91 M303 36 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
F
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E105, M77 G
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-769, "Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
J
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH) INFOID:0000000006496454

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tion.

O
Combination switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals
Pressed Existed P
35 and 36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303
Pressed Existed
35 and 37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-793
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II

Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
M302 13 and 16
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-794
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006496455
EC

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel EC-780, "Compo-
Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 nent Function
Check"
I
Fuel pressure regulator sys- EC-551, "Work Pro-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem cedure"
J
EC-778, "Compo-
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 nent Function
Check"
EC-481, "EVAPO- K
Evaporative emission sys- RATIVE EMISSION
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem SYSTEM : System
Description"
L
Air Positive crankcase ventila- EC-804, "Inspec-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
tion system tion"
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust- EC-547, "Work Pro- M
1 1 1 1 1
ment cedure"
EC-740, "DTC Log-
ic"
Electric throttle control actua- EC-744, "DTC Log- N
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
tor ic"
EC-746, "DTC Log-
ic"
O
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad- EC-802, "Inspec-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
tion justment tion"
EC-783, "Diagnosis P
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Procedure"
Main power supply and ground circuit EC-566, "Diagnosis
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Procedure"

EC-795
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

EC-588, "DTC Log-
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
ic"
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-595, "DTC Log-
3 3
circuit ic"
EC-600, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-604, "DTC Log-
3 ic"
EC-607, "DTC Log-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
ic"
EC-610, "DTC Log-
1 2 2 2 2 2 ic"
EC-762, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-597, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-645, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-698, "DTC Log-
Throttle position sensor circuit
ic"
EC-699, "DTC Log-
ic"
2 2 EC-755, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-748, "DTC Log-
ic"
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir- EC-751, "DTC Log-
3 2 1
cuit ic"
EC-758, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-654, "DTC Log-
Knock sensor circuit 2 3
ic"
EC-674, "DTC Log-
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 2 3
ic"
EC-656, "DTC Log-
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2
ic"
EC-660, "DTC Log-
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 2
ic"
EC-672, "DTC Log-
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
ic"

EC-796
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

EC-681, "DTC Log- F
ic"
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-683, "DTC Log-
ic" G
Intake valve timing control solenoid EC-570, "DTC Log-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ic"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid EC-574, "DTC Log- H
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ic"
EC-688, "DTC Log-
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3
ic"
I
EC-790, "Diagnosis
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4
Procedure"
EC-776, "Diagnosis J
Electrical load signal circuit 3
Procedure"
EC-725, "DTC Log-
Starter motor relay 2 circuit 3
ic"
K
EC-731, "DTC Log-
Starter motor relay circuit 3
ic"
Check A/C
L
type:HAC-10, "Infor-
mation"
• TYPE1:HAC-44,
"Work Flow" M
• TYPE2:HAC-135,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 "Work Flow"
• TYPE3:HAC-216,
"Work Flow" N
• TYPE4:HAC-271,
"Work Flow"
• TYPE5:HAC-322,
"Work Flow" O
BRC-33, "Work
Flow" (Without EPS)
ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
4 BRC-145, "Work P
trol unit)
Flow"
(With EPS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

EC-797
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-41, "Inspection"
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-32, "Inspection"
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
gasoline, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-162, "Inspection"
Air cleaner EM-162, "Inspection"
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —
EM-162, "Inspection"
electric throttle control ac-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac- EM-163, "Exploded
tuator View"
Air leakage from intake EM-163, "Exploded
manifold/Collector/Gasket View"
Crank- Battery PG-113, "Work Flow"
ing
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-12, "GASOLINE
Generator circuit ENGINE MODELS :
Work Flow"
1
Starter circuit 3 STR-14, "Work Flow"
Signal plate 6 EM-236, "Inspection"
EC-689, "Diagnosis
PNP signal 4
Procedure"
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-212, "Inspection"
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-236, "Inspection"
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

EC-798
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Valve Timing chain EM-189, "Inspection" F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-200, "Inspection"
nism
Intake valve timing control EM-189, "Inspection"
G
Exhaust valve timing con- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-189, "Inspection"
trol
Intake valve H
3 EM-212, "Inspection"
Exhaust valve
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/
haust Muffler/Gasket EM-167, "Inspection" I
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-167, "Inspection"
Three way catalyst
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/ LU-28, "Inspection" J
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-25, "Inspection"

Cooling CO-15, "RADIATOR : K
Radiator/Hose/Radiator Inspection"
filler cap CO-15, "RADIATOR
CAP : Inspection"
L
Thermostat 5 CO-25, "Inspection"
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-22, "Inspection"
Water gallery CO-27, "Inspection" M
Cooling fan CO-21, "Inspection"
Coolant level (Low)/Con- 5
CO-11, "Inspection" N
taminated coolant
SEC-47, "Work Flow"
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer (With I-Key)
1 1
System) SEC-187, "Work Flow" O
(Without I-Key)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
P

EC-799
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000006496462

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-471,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

EC-800
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR16DE]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000006496463
EC

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D
Without CONSULT-III
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
E

>> INSPECTION END

F

EC-801
 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR16DE]
IGNITION TIMING
Inspection INFOID:0000000006496464

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

JSBIA0603ZZ

1. Loop wire
A. Timing light B. Timing indicator

2. Check ignition timing.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-802
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR16DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006496465

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections, EC
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B). C
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose
connections chafing and deterioration.
E

JMBIA0443ZZ

F
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:
a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
G
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
H
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it.

I
JSBIA0080GB

5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick- J
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
K

SEF989X M

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

N
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/
Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum: O
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
P

SEF943S

EC-803
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR16DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Inspection INFOID:0000000006496466

1.CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PCV valve.

PBIB1589E

EC-804
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR16DE]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006635240
EC

REMOVAL
1. Remove fusible link bracket. Keep a service area. C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-4, "Harness Connector".
3. Remove ECM mounting nuts,and then remove ECM.
D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-541, "Work Procedure". E

EC-805
 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR16DE]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006635241

REMOVAL
1. Remove Luggage side lower finisher LH. Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) connector.
3. Remove mounting bolts and then remove fuel pump control module (FPCM).
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC-806
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR16DE]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006496467
EC

Transmission Condition Specification

C
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 650 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000006496468

F
Transmission Condition Specification
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 7 ± 5°BTDC
G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 10 ± 5°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
H
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006496469 I

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) J

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%
K
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006496470

L
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.9 – 1.3 V*
1.0 – 4.0 g/s at idle* M
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-807
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006496471

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006496472

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000006496473

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)

EC-808
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "Harness Connec- A
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
EC
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer. C
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006496474

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. D

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- E
nector, turn ignition switch OFF, wait 3 minutes and discon-
nect battery negative cable. Failure to do so may damage the
ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if igni-
tion switch is turned OFF. F
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
G

• Do not disassemble ECM.

H

MBIB1517E
K
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (A) it
securely with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the
figure. L
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (B)
M

MBIB1518E

O
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin P
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's.

SEF291H

EC-809
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent
engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of IC's, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft position sensor.
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.

SEF348N

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.

• Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

EC-810
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
• Cylinder NO.1 is at the flywheel end.
-1: Crankshaft pulley A

EC

JMBIA0432ZZ

D
ENGINE RUNNING
• No work should be carried out on the hydraulic system while engine is running.
• Remember that fuel pressure values in hydraulic circuit can reach up to 1,600 bar.
• Keep hands or face (particularly eyes) out of any high pressure leak. E
• Recall that fuel is dangerous for health.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
• Under warranty, do not remove the fuel rail pressure sensor from the rail. F
• Do not try to measure the resistance of the fuel rail pressure sensor. This test is destructive for the
internal components.
G
FUEL INJECTOR
• Fuel injectors are driven by over 100V.
• FUEL injector electronics are polarised. In case of intervention on wiring harness, do not
invertwires. It is destructive for the piezo components. H
• Do not drive the fuel injectors if their body is not connected to the battery ground (risk ofelectro-
static discharge). For instance, fuel injector body have to be in contact with cylinder.
• Piezo fuel injector connector must not be unplugged while engine is running. Risk of majordamage I
to the engine (fuel injector could stay opened).
Cleanliness INFOID:0000000006496475

J
Cleanliness
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION
K
The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with con-
tamination are:
• damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
• components jamming, L
• components losing seal integrity.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (par-
ticles a few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling. M
The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the fuel injectors.
What are the sources of contamination?
• metal or plastic chips,
• paint, N
• fibres:
- from cardboard,
- from brushes, O
- from paper,
- from clothing,
- from cloths,
• foreign bodies such as hair, P
• ambient air
• etc.
NOTE:
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection malfunction.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK

EC-811
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
NOTE:
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect:
• the accessories and timing belts,
• the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power assisted steering pump),
• the flywheel surface, to prevent any diesel from running onto the clutch friction plate.

• Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department).
The plugs are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is
not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be discarded.
• Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Stored parts will there-
fore be less subject to the risk of impurities. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.
• Use lint-free cleaning cloths. Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are not lint-free and could con-
taminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.
• Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncon-
taminated container.
• For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
• Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.
• Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system
zones). Check that no bristles remain.
• Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
• When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN CARRYING OUT ANY WORK
• As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any cir-
cumstances.
• Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.
• All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once
they have been plugged.
• Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been
opened. These items could allow contamination to enter the system.
• A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle.

EC-812
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006496476
EC

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

Top View C

JPBIA3053ZZ
L

1. Priming pump 2. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 3. Cooling fan motor

valve
4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. IPDM E/R 6. ECM M
7. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 8. Electric throttle control actuator 9. Turbocharger boost sensor
temperature sensor)
N
Bottom View

JPBIA3054ZZ

1. Thermoplunger 2. Glow relay 3. Thermoplunger control unit

EC-813
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

JPBIA3055ZZ

1. EGR volume control valve 2. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 3. Exhaust fuel injector
4. Fuel injector 5. Fuel temperature sensor 6. High pressure supply pump
7. Glow plug 8. Fuel rail pressure sensor 9. Fuel cut off valve
10. Camshaft position sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Crankshaft position sensor
13. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
:Engine front

EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

EC-814
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

EC

I
JPBIA3058ZZ

1. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 2. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 3. Exhaust fuel injector
J
4. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 5. DPF (Diesel particulate filter) 6. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2

BODY COMPARTMENT
K

P
JPBIA3057ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. Clutch pedal position switch 3. ASCD brake switch
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor

EC-815
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Component Description INFOID:0000000006496477

Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-816, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
ASCD steering switch EC-817, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Camshaft position sensor EC-817, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Clutch pedal position switch EC-817, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
Cooling fan motor EC-817, "Cooling Fan"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-817, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve EC-818, "EGR Cooler Bypass Control Solenoid Valve"
EGR volume control valve EC-825, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-818, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-819, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Exhaust fuel injector EC-819, "Exhaust Fuel Injector"
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 EC-819, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1"
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 EC-819, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 2"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-819, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 EC-819, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2"
Fuel cut off valve EC-820, "Fuel Cut OFF Valve"
EC-823, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injector
scription"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-820, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
Fuel temperature sensor EC-820, "Fuel Temperature Sensor"
Glow relay EC-820, "Glow Relay"
EC-823, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
High pressure supply pump
scription"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-820, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-820, "Mass Air Flow sensor"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-821, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Thermoplunger control unit EC-821, "Thermoplunger Control Unit"
EC-825, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System De-
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
scription"
Turbocharger boost sensor EC-821, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496478

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

EC-816
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
ASCD Main Switch INFOID:0000000006496479

A
When turning ON the ASCD MAIN switch, CRUISE is indicated on the information display and the operation
mode turns to standby mode. When the ASCD MAIN switch turns OFF, the cruise control is released.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006496480
EC

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated. C
Barometric Pessure Sensor INFOID:0000000006496481

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor D

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
E

MBIB1517E G
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496482

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft (left side) to identify a particular cyl- H
inder. The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position (CKP)
sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and I
Hall IC.
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006496483

J
Clutch switch signal is applied to the ECM through the clutch pedal position switch when the clutch pedal is
depressed.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006496484
K

Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Refer to EC-827, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation. L
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006496485

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) M
of the signal plate.The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the function of the engine revolution.

EC-817
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) INFOID:0000000006496486

PBIB3160E

Diesel particulate filter is placed after oxidation catalyst and traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust gas. Die-
sel particulate filter is a silicon carbide (SiC) gas permeable monolith in which ducts are alternately blocked.
This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter.
When the amount of particulate matter in the diesel particulate filter reaches the specified level, the particulate
matter needs to be reduced through burning to maintain the diesel particulate filter function. This reducing of
particulate matter is called Regeneration and should be performed periodically. Diesel particulate filter can be
effective for a long time through the cycle of trapping particulate matter and regeneration.
ECM INFOID:0000000006496487

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

MBIB1517E

EGR Cooler Bypass Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006496488

EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve controls vacuum signal to the EGR cooler bypass valve control
actuator. ERG amount is controlled by changing the EGR cooler bypass valve opening using the rod. EGR
cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is operated by ON/OFF signals (pulse signals) sent from ECM.
Thelonger is the ON pulse duration, the larger becomes the bypass gas volume.
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006496489

By default the valve is open when in the rest position and is actuated only when the engine is stopped; this has
a damping effect and helps to stop the engine.
EC-818
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006496490

A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies
a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature
input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance EC
of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
Exhaust Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006496491

C
The exhaust fuel injector is installed before oxidation catalyst.
During diesel particulate filter regeneration, the ECM controls the exhaust fuel injector to inject the fuel and
rises the exhaust gas temperature.
D
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006496492

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 is conected to exhaust manifold with exhasut pressure tube. Exhaust gas E
pressure sensor 1 measures the exhaust gas pressure and convers the pressure into a voltage signal.
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006496493

F
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 is connected to diesel particulate filter with exhaust pressure tube. Exhaust
gas pressure sensor 2 measures the exhaust back pressure before the filter. It converts into a voltage signal.
ECM receives the signal and estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter.
G
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006496494

The exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 is used to detect the exhaust gas temperature before turbocharger.
H
The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the exhaust
gas temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The
electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data> I

Exhaust gas temperature

Voltage* V Resistance Ω
°C (°F) J
100 (212) 4.990 371254
600 (1112) 1.328 362.6
K
700 (1292) 0.859 207.4
800 (1472) 0.581 131.4
900 (1652) 0.410 89.3 L
JMBIA1767GB

*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 64 (Exhaust
gas temperature sensor 1) and ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006496495 N

The exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is used to detect the exhaust gas temperature after oxidation catalyst.
The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the exhaust
gas temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The O
electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

<Reference data> P

Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

100 (212) 22.96 - 51.16
300 (572) 2.261 - 2.975
500 (932) 0.640 - 0.709

EC-819
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
600 (1112) 0.406 - 0.442
750 (1382) 0.230 - 0.254

Fuel Cut OFF Valve INFOID:0000000006496496

The fuel cut off valve is in front of the exhaust fuel injector line. This valve is used to cut off the exhaust fuel
injection line for the purpose of preventing fuel leakage when the injector is not being used or when a malfunc-
tion is detected in the injector.
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006496497

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The ECM controls the
fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006496498

Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump
and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
Glow Relay INFOID:0000000006496499

When ignition switch is turned ON while cooling temperature is lower than the specified value, ECM actuates
glow plug through glow relay. Because of this, combustion chamber is warmed and stabilized combustion at
starting can be obtained under low cooling temperature. The preheating time is determined according to cool-
ing temperature, inlet air temperature and battery voltage.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006496500

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
Malfunction Indicator INFOID:0000000006496501

The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MI (Red)].
Mass Air Flow sensor INFOID:0000000006496502

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air.
• Intake air temperature sensor (1)

MBIB1523E

EC-820
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006496503

A
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. EC
Speed Limiter Main Switch INFOID:0000000006496504

When turning ON the speed limiter MAIN switch, LIMIT is indicated on the information display and the opera- C
tion mode turns to standby mode. When the speed limiter MAIN switch is turns OFF, the speed limiter control
is released.
Thermoplunger Control Unit INFOID:0000000006496505 D

Thermoplunger function to increase exhaust gas temperature as requirement for regeneration process.
It′s basically four glow plugs, it demands high power to alternator and engine compensate this strong demand E
increasing engine load, when engine load is increased then exhaust gas temperature is higher. These electri-
cal glow plugs are cooled by flow water through pipe of device plungers.
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000006496506
F
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler. The sensor output
voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
G

EC-821
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496507

JSBIA0148ZZ

1. Priming pump 2. Fuel filter 3. High pressure supply pump

4. High pressure supply pump (internal 5. High pressure supply pump (volu- 6. High pressure supply pump (high
transfer pump) metric control valve) pressure pump)
7. High pressure supply pump (pres- 8. Fuel temperature sensor 9. Fuel tank
sure control valve)
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Intake air temperature sensor 12. Compressor
13. Charge air cooler 14. Turbocharger boost sensor 15. Electric throttle control actuator
16. Throttle position sensor 17. Glow relay 18. Camshaft position sensor
19. Glow plug 20. EGR volume control valve 21. EGR volume control valve control
position sensor
22. Barometric pressure sensor 23. Refrigerant pressure sensor 24. Accelerator pedal position sensor
25. Clutch pedal position switch 26. ASCD brake switch 27. ECM
28. CAN communication 29. EGR cooler 30. EGR cooler bypass control solenoid
valve
31. Crankshaft position sensor 32. Engine coolant temperature sensor 33. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
34. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 35. Thermoplunger 36. Thermoplunger control unit

EC-822
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
37. Turbine 38. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 39. Fuel rail
valve A

40. Fuel rail pressure sensor 41. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 42. DPF (Diesel particulate filter)
43. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 44. Three way catalyst 45. Exhaust fuel injector EC
46. Fuel cut off valve

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496508

C
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and furl pressure control.
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM
D
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496509

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E
The high pressure injection system is designed to deliver a precise quantity of diesel fuel to the engine at a set
moment. The Siemens VDO piezo Common Rail system used on the K9K Step 4 engine is a second genera-
tion Common Rail injection system. Fuel pressure in the rail can reach a maximum of 1,600 bar. It uses fuel F
injectors controlled by piezoelectric actuators. The fuel is pressurised by means of a high pressure pump then
sent to a rail which supplies the four fuel injectors.
• The circuit comprises two subsystems, which are distinguished by the fuel pressure level:
- the low pressure circuit comprises the tank, the diesel fuel filter, the transfer pump and the fuel injector return G
lines,
- the high-pressure circuit comprises the high-pressure (HP) pump, the rail, the fuel injectors and the high-
pressure (HP) pipes. H
Finally, there are a number of control sensors and actuators which enable the entire system to be controlled
and monitored.
• The system comprises:
- Priming bulb I
- Fuel filter
- High pressure supply pump
- Fuel rail J
- Fuel rail pressure sensor
- Fuel injector
- Fuel temperature sensor
- Engine coolant temperature sensor K
- Camshaft position sensor
- Crankshaft position sensor
- Turbocharger boost sensor L
- EGR volume control valve control position sensor
- EGR volume control valve
- Barometric pressure sensor (built in ECM)
M
- Mass air flow sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Electric throttle control actuator
N
High Pressure Supply Pump
The high pressure supply pump consists of the following components:
• Internal fuel transfer pump:
- This pump is a vane-type rotary pump. It draws in fuel from the fuel tank through a fuel filter and supplies the O
high pressure pump with fuel.
• Volumetric control valve:
- This solenoid valve regulates the flow of fuel entering the high pressure pump and enables an optimum P
quantity of fuel to be pressurised according to operating phase; this improves the output of the high pressure
supply pump and thereby the output of the engine as well.
• High pressure pump:
- This pump is a 3-piston radial pump, it generates the required pressure in the rail.
• Pressure control valve:
- This solenoid valve regulates the output pressure of the high pressure pump.
Fuel Injector (Piezo Type)

EC-823
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
CAUTION:
The fuel injector voltage is very high (much higher than that of conventional fuel injectors). This volt-
age can be as much as 150 V.
The piezo fuel injectors enable rapid, precise metering of the quantity of fuel injected, with excellent injection
process repetitivity.
The piezo actuator operates like a capacitor. To control the fuel injector, the computer sends, at the correct
time, a quantity of energy which is sufficient to enable the actuator to deform and the fuel injector to open.
During the injection period, the piezo actuator stores this energy.
At the end of the injection period, the computer recovers the energy sent at the start of the control operation.
The piezo actuator discharges and returns to its original shape. The fuel injector closes. To improve output, the
energy returned by the piezo actuator is reused, which keeps down the amount of energy that has to be sup-
plied for the next injection process.
Engine Synchronisation
One of the determining factors for fuel injection control is knowing the position of each of the pistons in their
respective cylinders at all times.
The angular position is measured by means of a magneto-inductive sensor which is excited by the teeth
machined onto the flywheel; this is known as the crankshaft position sensor. The flywheel has 60 teeth, each 6
degrees apart; 2 of these teeth are missing to form a notch.
A second sensor (Hall-effect sensor), stimulated by a tooth machined onto the camshaft, which turns at half
the engine speed, provides a signal relating to the progress of the injection cycle. Indeed, when the piston of
cylinder 1 is at top dead centre (TDC), either at the end of the compression stroke or at the end of the exhaust
stroke, the camshaft position sensor enables a distinction to be made between these two states.
By comparing the signals from these two sensors, the computer is able to provide all its systems with synchro-
nisation parameters, namely: the angular position of the flywheel, engine speed, the number of the active fuel
injector and the progress of the injection cycle.
This module also supplies the system with the rotation speed signal.
The camshaft position sensor is only used when starting the engine. As soon as the engine is running by itself
(not being cranked by the starter), the signal provided by the crankshaft position sensor is sufficient. If the
camshaft position sensor should fail while the engine is running, this will not affect the operation of the engine.
Quantity of Fuel Injected and Control of Start of Injection
• The parameters for controlling injection are, for each cylinder, the quantity to be injected and the start of
injection. These are calculated by the ECM from the following information:
- Engine speed.
- Accelerator pedal position.
- Turbocharge air pressure.
- Engine coolant temperature.
- Intake air temperature.
- Fuel temperature.
- Mass air flow.
- Pressure of fuel in the rail.
Station to Station Flow Regulation
The aim of this regulation process is to facilitate smooth engine operation by compensating for the system
variations (fuel injectors, compression rate, etc.) which affect the torque generated by each cylinder during
combustion.
The regulation process is only active at idle speed, with a warm engine and on condition that the engine speed
is sufficiently stable. An injection timing correction coefficient is assigned to each cylinder; this is "learning" all
the time the regulation process is active and remains fixed at the last value that was learned when the regula-
tion is inactive.
At each new cycle, the coefficients are initialised to 1.
Cylinder Balancing Control
This controller allows smooth behavior of running engine, reduction of noise and oscillations in the drivetrain
by compensating for system dispersions (fuel injectors, compression ratio, manufacturing tolerances of cylin-
ders or valves...) having an influence on the torque generated by each cylinder during combustion.
The controller is only activated if engine is in idle, warm and not too rough. Corrective coefficient on the injec-
tion time is associated with each cylinder that is learnt as soon as the regulation is active. Otherwise it remains
with its last memorized value.
At each new driving cycle, coefficients are initialized to 1.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL

EC-824
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000006496510

EC

JSBIA0149ZZ
M

1. Cylinder head 2. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 3. Vacuum pump

valve N
4. Turbocharger 5. Turbocharger boost control actuator
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
O
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496511

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL

The turbocharger system consists of a solenoid valve connected to the vacuum pump circuit; this enables the P
vanes to be controlled by a diaphragm so as to adjust the overpressure in the air inlet circuit.
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006496512

EGR SYSTEM

EC-825
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
EGR Valve Control
The EGR (exhaust gas recirculation) system consists of a direct current EGR volume control valve fitted with a
EGR volume control valve control position sensor. The EGR volume control valve is controlled in a closed-loop
via the EGR volume control valve control position sensor. Up to a certain rate, exhaust gas recirculation
enables nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions to be reduced significantly.
EGR Cooler
The EGR cooler reduces the volume of the EGR gas. As this volume is reduced, the quantity of EGR intro-
duced in the cylinder increases and Nox emissions can be reduced more.
Measurement of the Fresh Air Flow
The flow of fresh air entering the engine is calculated by a mass air flow sensor (ratiometric hot-wire sensor).
An intake air temperature sensor is integrated into the mass air flow sensor.
The mass air flow sensor facilitates control of the quantity of exhaust gas sent for recirculation, thus ensuring
the best possible recirculation rates. Air flow measurement allows closed-loop control via the EGR valve.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496513

JMBIA0434ZZ

1. Engine speed in rpm 2. Engine coolant temperature °C

IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496514

The ECM is responsible for regulating the idle speed as a function of the idle speed set point which it calcu-
lates.
• The idle speed set point is dependent on:
- Engine coolant temperature
- Emission control program
- Air conditioning requirement
- Gear engaged
- Electrical load
- Battery voltage
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496515

The torque structure is the system which translates the driver's request into a torque supplied by the engine. It
is required for certain functions such as the electronic stability program (ESP), the automatic gearbox or the
sequential gearbox if fitted).
Each inter-system (ESP, automatic gearbox, sequential gearbox) sends the ECM a torque request via the
CAN communication. The computer arbitrates between the inter-system torque requests and the driver's
request (comprised of the accelerator pedal or the cruise control/speed limiter function). The result of the arbi-
tration gives the torque set point.

EC-826
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
From this torque set point, the computer determines the quantity of fuel to be injected (injection duration and
number of injections) and the amount of air required (turbocharging pressure and EGR rate) so that the engine A
is able to provide the torque required in the best possible conditions (in terms of smooth running performance,
pollutantemissions, etc.).
GLOW CONTROL EC
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496516

Glow control involves controlling the glow plugs and the glow plugs "on" indicator light on the instrument panel C
(via the can communication). The glow plugs are activated by a relay box and the power is provided by the
battery.
After the ignition is switched on. Preheating is activated for a period of time. The indicator light comes on for D
the activation period which is dependent on the battery voltage, barometric pressure and engine coolant tem-
perature. When the engine coolant temperature is below a certain threshold, a postheating function enables
combustion stability, and thereby engine operation, to be improved (reduction in unburnt fuel and pollutant
emissions). E
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496517 F

K
JMBIA0177GB

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006496518 L

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

M
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) N
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
↓
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan
Cooling fan relay O
control
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
Cooling fan motor
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2 P
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

EC-827
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Cooling Fan Operation With The Engine Running
Cooling fan operate is guaranteed by a 2-speed fan assembly (LOW speed and HIGH speed).The ECM
requests the IPDM E/R to actuate them via the can communication. To provide cooling:
• Engine running
- LOW speed is actuated when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99°C (210°F) and is deactivated
when it drops below 96 °C (205°F).
- HIGH speed is actuated when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 102°C (216°F) and is deactivated
when it drops below 99°C (210°F).
• If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the threshold of 115°C (239°F), the ECM requests the IPDM E/R,
via the CAN communication, to switch off the air conditioning compressor so as to reduce the load on the
engine and attempt to limit the rise in temperature. The cut-off request is cancelled if the engine coolant tem-
perature drops below 110°C (230°F).
• If a malfunction in the engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is detected, the ECM requests that HIGH
speed operation.
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON

DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)

DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) : System Description INFOID:0000000006496519

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter based on the mileage and the
exhaust back pressure before it. ECM automatically performs regeneration when the amount of particulate
matter in diesel particulate filter reaches the specified level. When performing regeneration, ECM raise the
exhaust gas temperature to activate Oxidation Catalyst. ECM performs the followings to raise exhaust gas
temperature.
• Closing throttle valve to reduce intake air volume
• Retarding fuel injection timing
• Injecting additional fuel into combustion chamber during exhaust stroke (post injection)
• Performing EGR control
• Performing exhaust fuel injector control
• Performing thermoplunger control unit
When exhaust gas temperature reaches the specified value, oxidation catalyst is activated. The trapped par-
ticulate matter is burned through a catalytic reaction using exhaust gas heat at 650 °C.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

EC-828
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496520

EC

JSBIA0194GB F

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000006496521

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H

ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation • Electric throttle control ac-
ASCD vehicle speed control tuator I
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal operation • Combination meter
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line J

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
K
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
• Operation status of ASCD is indicated in combination meter.
• If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates the ASCD control. L
Refer to EC-832, "AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function" for ASCD
operating instructions.
CAUTION: M
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER
N

EC-829
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006496522

JSBIA0316GB

SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000006496523

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
• Speed limiter vehicle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation control • Combination meter
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal operation • Speed limiter operation signal* (Information display)

Combination meter Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM

• Speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate vehicle speed.
• Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter.
• Unlike cancel conditions for ASCD, the speed limiter is not cancelled even when the clutch pedal is
depressed. ECM detects a clutch pedal position switch signal and controls engine revolutions to maintain a
set speed when shifting gears.
• If any malfunction occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates the speed limiter control.
Refer to EC-833, "SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function" for speed limiter operating instructions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
NOTE:
Since the speed limiter is controlled by the electric throttle control actuator, vehicle speed may exceed a set
speed during downhill driving.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006496524

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-830
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. A

EC

EC-831
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
OPERATION
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006496525

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

NOTE:
Shared with speed limiter switch.

JSBIA0115ZZ

1. CRUISE indicator lamp 2. SET indicator lamp 3. CANCEL switch

4. Speed limiter MAIN switch 5. ASCD MAIN switch 6. SET / − switch
(SET / COAST)
7. RES switch 8. SET / + switch
(RESUME) (SET / ACCELERATE)
A. On the combination meter
B. On the steering wheel

SET SPEED RANGE

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

30 km/h (20 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
SET / − switch • Sets desired cruise speed.
(SET/COAST) • Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
RES switch
Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME)
SET / + switch • Sets desired cruise speed.
(SET/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.

CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, the cruise operation is canceled.
- CANCEL switch is pressed.
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- Speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time.
- Brake pedal is depressed.
- Shift lever position is changed to neutral or reverse.
- Clutch pedal is depressed.
- TCS system is operated.
- Parking brake lever is operated.
EC-832
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the cruise operation and informs
the driver by blinking CRUISE indicator lamp. A
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD system. SET indicator lamp is blinked quickly.
SPEED LIMITER
EC
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006496526

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C
NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.

JSBIA0116ZZ

G
1. Speed limiter indicator lamp 2. SET indicator lamp 3. Set speed indicator
(On the information display)
4. Speed limiter MAIN switch 5. Speed limiter MAIN switch 6. ASCD MAIN switch H
7. SET / − switch 8. RES switch 9. SET / + switch
(SET / COAST) (RESUME) (SET / ACCELERATE)
A. On the combination meter
I
B. On the steering wheel

SET SPEED RANGE

Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed. J

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

30 km/h (20 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH) K

SWITCH OPERATION
L
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
SET / − switch • Sets desired speed. M
(SET/COAST) • Decreases the set speed incrementally.
RES switch
Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME)
N
SET / + switch • Sets desired speed.
(SET/ACCELERATE) • Increases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system. O
CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter control is canceled.
- Speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.) P
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed. (Set speed is cleared.)
- CANCEL switch is pressed.
• When accelerator pedal is fully depressed (Kickdown), speed limiter control is temporarily released. And
driver can be driven above set speed (Set speed indicator is blinked).
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the speed limiter operation and
informs the driver by blinking speed limiter indicator lamp and SET indicator lamp.
- Malfunction for some self-diagnosis regarding ASCD system.

EC-833
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006496527

The ECM controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the
engine.
Four functions are involved here: The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] for the EOBD (European On
Board Diagnostics), the pre/post heating, the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction [MI (Red)].
These four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ECM
GLOW LAMP
This lamp indicates that the glow control system has been activated.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE LIGHT
This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating.
• In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
The 3-second visual check upon powering up (automatic test procedure controlled by the IPDM E/R) is per-
formed by the ECM.
In the event of a confirmed OBD malfunction by lighting of the MI, no flashing of the light must be observed fol-
lowing the lighting test.
DTCs Causing MI to Light

DTC Description Reference page

P0201 Cylinder 1 fuel injector control circuit EC-921
P0202 Cylinder 2 fuel injector control circuit EC-921
P0203 Cylinder 3 fuel injector control circuit EC-921
P0204 Cylinder 4 fuel injector control circuit EC-921
P0409 EGR Volume control valve control position sensor circuit EC-942

ENGINE WARNING LIGHT

In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MI (Red)].
HOW TO ERASE DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND 2ND TRIP DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased)
MI OPERATION CHART
Some malfunction must switch on MI to warn driver, that his engine emissions exceed OBD thresholds (Euro 3
x 2.5).
The rule is to switch on MI after 3 consecutive driving cycles (engine start + engine stop + power latch) with a
present OBD malfunction.
To switch off the MI (without CONSULT-III), vehicle has to drive 3 consecutive cycles without present OBD
malfunction.
Ignition switch OFF → ON transition, MI remains switched on in pre-drive check mode until engine start. If MI
does not switch off whereas engine is running, there is at least one present OBD malfunction.

EC-834
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

EC

H
JMBIA0431GB

1. Present malfunction 2. Driving cycle counter 3. Warm up cycle counter

4. Memorised malfunction 5. MI state I
NOTE: Driving cycle and warm up cycle are both detected in the same cycle.

CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006496528 J

FUNCTION
K
Diagnostic test mode Function
Ecu Identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.* L
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test M
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
N
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE O
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to EC-855, "DTC Index".
P
DATA MONITOR MODE

EC-835
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS

• DPF regeneration status is displayed.
STAT1:Waiting state
STAT2:Heating state
STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/
STATIC REGENE STAT3:Regeneration state
STAT4/STAT5/STAT6
STAT4:Cooling state
STAT5:Successful regeneration state
STAT6:Failure state
Running/Off/STALLED/
MOTOR • Engine status is displayed.
CRANKING
• DPF regeneration status is displayed.
STAT1:Wait of status
STAT2:Success of regeneration
STAT3:Failure on threshold of minimal DPF upstream
temperature during regeneration state
STAT4:Failure on threshold of minimal temperature be-
STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/
fore turbine during regeneration State
REGENERATION STAT4/STAT5/
STAT5:Failure on threshold of maximal DPF tempera-
COM STAT6STAT7/STAT8/
ture reached during regeneration state (thermal shock)
STAT9/STAT10
STAT6: Threshold of engine cooling temperature not
reached
STAT7:Threshold of differential pressure not reached
STAT8:Engine speed deviation
STAT9:Engine in stalled state
STAT10:Engine in stopped state
REGENE AUTHO No/Yes • External controls safety authorization flag
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR NOT DONE/DONE • Inlet throttle valve offset - first opened learning running
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR NOT DONE/DONE • Inlet throttle valve offset - first closed learning running
EX FUEL INJ SV COM Inactive/ACTIVE • Exhaust fuel injector solenoid valve command
PRHT RLY CTRL DEACT/ACTIVE • State of glow relay
PREHEATER LIGHT EXTING/ILLUMI • Glow indicator lamp status is displayed.
THERMOPLUNGER DEACT/ACTIVE • Thermoplunger No.1 status is displayed.
THERMOPLNGR 2 DEACT/ACTIVE • Thermoplunger No.2 status is displayed.
THERMOPLNGR 3 DEACT/ACTIVE • Thermoplunger No.3 status is displayed.
RE EX GS COOL Inactive/ACTIVE • EGR cooler bypass valve status is displayed.
EGR FUN PROG NOT DONE/DONE • EGR volume control valve offset - first learning running
• Camshaft/crankshaft synchronization status is dis-
CAM TDC SYNC NOT DONE/DONE
played.
C/U+AFTR IGN MISSING/PRESENT • Ignition switch status is displayed.
CLUTCH PEDAL
Inactive/ACTIVE • Clutch pedal position switch status is displayed.
SWITCH
• ASCD steering switch status is displayed.
Inactive:unpressed
INVALID:invalid voltage
Inactive/INVALID/IN-
CO.1:open circuit
CCS LMT BTN VALID/CO.1/SUSPD/MI-
SUSPD:suspend switch pressed
NUS/PLUS/RSTRT
MINUS:SET/− switch pressed
PLUS:SET/− switch pressed
RSTRT:RES switch pressed

EC-836
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
A
• ASCD and speed limiter status is displayed.
OFF:ASCD and speed limiter is no activated.
SL ON:speed limiter is activated. (active or over speed)
OFF/SL ON/SL SUS- SL SUSPENDED:speed limiter is activated. (awaiting EC
PENDED/SL INHIBITED/ or suspended)
CRS CN/SPD LMT OP CC ON/CC SUSPENDED/ SL INHIBITED:speed limiter requested and in failure
CC INHIBITED/CC SL AB- CC ON:ASCD is activated. (active)
SENT CC SUSPENDED:ASCD is activated. (awaiting or sus- C
pended)
CC INHIBITED:ASCD requested and in failure
CC SL ABSENT:ASCD and speed limiter not present
D
FIRST START DONE/NOT DONE • First start status is displayed.
CC/SL CONNECTION
• When ASCD MAIN switch is pressed, it displays actual
AFTER CC BUTTON Not detected/DETCT
ASCD operating condition detected by ECM. E
PRESSED
CC/SL CONNECTION • When speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed, it displays
AFTER SL BUTTON Not detected/DETCT actual speed limiter operating condition detected by
PRESSED ECM. F
Inactive/REGUL/LIMIT/In-
CRS C/SPD LIM • Speed limiter MAIN switch status is displayed.
coherence
• Cancellation condition of ASCD/speed limiter is dis- G
played.
STAT1:ASCD/speed limiter main switch changed
STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/
CC/SL ACT DR STAT2:Suspend button is pressed.
STAT4/STAT5
STAT3:ASCD brake switch is ON.
H
STAT4:Clutch pedal position switch is ON.
STAT5:Shift the selector lever to “N” position.
STARTER BUTTON RELES/PRESSED • Ignition switch status is displayed. I
ENGAGE REVERSE
No/Yes • Selector lever “R” position status is displayed.
GEAR
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT No/Yes • Anti ski regulation or anti yaw control in regulation. J
CRUISE CONTROL Incoherence/CORRECT • Speed/set point ratio too small.
PARKING BRAKE RELES/APPLIED • Parking brake status is displayed.
K
CRS CONT INHI INJ No/Yes • ASCD system engine control inhibition
SL INHI INJECTION No/Yes • Speed limiter system engine control inhibition
MANUAL OR ASSIST- L
RELES/APPLIED • Parking brake status is displayed.
ED PARKING BRAKE
INACT/INDETERMINATE/
INJEC PROTEC STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/ — M
STAT4
AUTOMATIC GEAR-
BOX IN DEFECT Not detected/DETCT • Transaxle in limp home mode is detected.
MODE
N

CLUTCH INFO UNAV Not detected/DETCT • Clutch information unavailable is detected.

CLUTCH INFO ABSE Not detected/DETCT • Clutch information absent is detected.
O
BRAKE INFO UNAVAI Not detected/DETCT • Brake information unavailable is detected.
BRAKE INFO AB-
Not detected/DETCT • Brake information absent is detected.
SENT P
DECELE W/O BRAKE Not detected/DETCT • Sudden braking detected without brake information
SHA DEC W/O BRAK Not detected/DETCT • Braking detected without brake information
CC INHI INJECTION Not detected/DETCT • ASCD inhibition is detected.
ACT SP INFO UNAV Not detected/DETCT • Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
DISP VEHI SP UNAV Not detected/DETCT • Displayed vehicle speed unavailable is detected.

EC-837
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
ACT SP INFO ABSE Not detected/DETCT • Real vehicle speed absence is detected.
DISP SP INFO ABSE Not detected/DETCT • Display vehicle speed absence is detected.
CHANGE SP UNIT Not detected/DETCT • Change of the displayed speed unit is detected.
SL INHI INJECTION Not detected/DETCT • Speed limiter inhibition is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED
km/h/mph • Vehicle speed is displayed.
UNIT
WIRED BRAK CONTA Inactive/ACTIVE • ASCD brake switch state is displayed.
CLUTCH CONTACT
• Authorization to connect ASCD and speed limiter op-
WIRING - START OF Inactive/ACTIVE
tions status is displayed.
TRAVEL
• State of the failures which cause irreversible ASCD
safety failure is displayed.
STAT1:Presence of ASCD force request despite the
CC OPERATING RE- ASCD deactivation
STAT1/STAT2/STAT3
LIABLY STAT2:Activation of the open brake switch without
ASCD deactivation
STAT3:Activation of the minimum travel clutch switch
without ASCD deactivation
CRANK SYNC INCORR/CORRECT • Crankshaft synchronization state is displayed.
• Counter of inconsistencies between accelerator pedal
ACC PEDAL DETECT No/Yes
and brake
TURBO REGULA- Inactive/REGUL/INTM/
• Boost regulation state is displayed.
TION DIAG MODE/PRTCT/MAX
• Authorization to connect ASCD and speed limiter op-
CC/SL CONN AUTH Inactive/ACTIVE
tions status is displayed.
LOW FUEL LEVEL IN-
OK/LOW • LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION is displayed.
FORMATION
CAMSHAFT SIGNAL Not detected/DETCT • Camshaft signal is detected.
WTR DIESEL DETEC-
Not detected/DETCT • This item is not used.
TR
MOTOR FAN REQ Inactive/ACTIVE • Cooling fan request status is displayed.
• State of the reversible failures not due to ASCD/speed
limiter which cause ASCD/speed limiter failure
STAT1:Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
STAT2:Displayed vehicle speed unavailable is detect-
CC/SL SPEED SIG- STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/
ed.
NAL MONITORING STAT4/STAT5/STAT6
STAT3:Real vehicle speed absence is detected.
STAT4:Display vehicle speed absence is detected.
STAT5:Change of the displayed speed unit is detected.
STAT6:Speed limiter inhibition is detected.
• State of the reversible failures not due to ASCD which
cause ASCD failure
STAT1:Clutch information unavailable is detected.
STAT2:Clutch information absence is detected.
STAT1/STAT2/STAT3/ STAT3:Brake information unavailable is detected.
CRUISE CONTROL
STAT4/STAT5/STAT6/ STAT4:Brake information absence is detected.
INFO MONITORING
STAT7/STAT8 STAT5:Braking detected without brake information
STAT6:Sudden braking detected without brake infor-
mation
STAT7:Transaxle in limp home mode is detected.
STAT8:ASCD inhibition is detected.

EC-838
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
A
• Current gear engaged
DECLTC:Declutched at rest
1:1st gear
2:2nd gear EC
DECLTC/1/2/3/4/5/6/
GEARBOX RATIO 3:3rd gear
RVRS
4:4th gear
5:5th gear
6:6th gear C
RVRS:Reverse
• The status of a brake switch signal received via CAN
BRAKING DETECT- communication is displayed. D
MISSING/PRESENT/
ED MULTIPLEX SIG- MISSING:not pressed
INTM
NAL PRESENT:pressed
INTM:confirmed pressed
MANUAL GEARBOX E
Not detected/DETCT • Selector lever “N” position status is displayed.
LEVER IN NEUTRAL
NRML/STAT1/STAT2/ • REQUIREMENT VALUE OF COMBUSTION MODE is
COMBU MODE SET
STAT3/STAT4 displayed. F
NORMAL/STAT1/STAT2/ • REQUIREMENT VALUE OF COMBUSTION MODE is
COMBUSTION MODE
STAT3/STAT4 displayed.
A/C COMMAND Not detected/DETCT • Air conditioning request status is displayed. G
A/C AUTHOR. NOT DONE/DONE • Air conditioning request status is displayed.
FAN LO REQ INJEC ACTIVE/Inactive —
H
FAN HI REQ INJEC ACTIVE/Inactive —
FAN LO REQ ACTIVE/Inactive —
FAN HI REQ ACTIVE/Inactive — I
FAN LO REQ GEAR ACTIVE/Inactive —
FAN HI REQ GEAR ACTIVE/Inactive —
J
FAN LO FINAL REQ ACTIVE/Inactive —
FAN HI FINAL REQ ACTIVE/Inactive —
• The intake air temperature (determined by the signal K
INLET AIR TEMPER-
°C or °F voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is dis-
ATURE
played.
• The turbocharger boost pressure (determined by the
L
ROUGH TURB PRES mbar signal voltage of the turbocharger boost sensor) is dis-
played.
• The turbocharger boost pressure (determined by the
BOOST PRESSURE mbar signal voltage of the turbocharger boost sensor) is dis- M
played.
• The exhaust gas temperature (determined by the signal
TEMP upstream tur-
°C or °F voltage of the exhaust gas temperature sensor 1) is dis- N
bine
played.
• The atmospheric pressure (determined by the signal
ATOMOS PRESS mbar voltage of the atmospheric pressure sensor) is dis-
O
played.
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the
WATER TEMP °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sen-
sor) is displayed. P
COMP SUP VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
• Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sen-
ENGINE SPEED rpm
sor is displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed-
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
ENG TORQUE Nm • Engine torque is displayed.

EC-839
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
DPF PROG LEV • Diesel particle filter progress level of the after sales re-
%
REGE generation is displayed.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM accord-
MEASURE AIR FLOW kg/h
ingto the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
• The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage
RAIL PRESSURE bar
of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
• The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage
RAIL PRES SET bar
of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
• The exhaust gas temperature (determined by the signal
UPS PRTCL FLTR
°C or °F voltage of the exhaust gas temperature sensor 2) is dis-
TMP
played.
Fuel flow S/V current mA • Fuel flow cut off valve current is displayed.
LAST OFF/V CLOSE % —
IN FLAP ABSO POSI % —
FIRST OFF/V OPEN % —
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE % —
LAST OFF/V OPEN % —
REGENERATION • Indicates the number of DPF regeneration failures
—
FAIL since the last success.
AFTER REPLAC DPF Km • The kilometer after the DPF replacing is displayed.
TIM LST REGE h • Time since last DPF regeneration is displayed.
FLOW GAS IN DPF m3/h • Flow of gas inside the DPF is displayed.
DPF INJEC RC COM % —
DURA LAST REGENE min • Duration of last regeneration is displayed.
• DPF upstream temperature reference value is dis-
DPF TEMP REF VAL °C or °F
played.
POST INJEC FLOW 1 mg/cp • Post injection quantity is displayed.
SOOT IN P/FLT g • Soot mass in the DPF is displayed.
EX SYSTEM FLW g/s —
• The exhaust gas pressure (determined by the signal
NULL DTC mbar voltage of the exhaust gas pressure sensor 2) is dis-
played.
ROU DPF RELA
mbar —
PRES
PART.FILTER UP-
STREAM TEMP SEN- V • Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 voltage is displayed.
SOR VOLTAGE
• Km since last successful regeneration is displayed.
LAST SUCCE REGE Km The kilometer after the DPF last successful regenera-
tion is displayed.
EGR valve first offset % —
Last egr valve offset % —
POSI EGR V CLOSE % —
• The exhaust gas pressure (determined by the signal
PRESS UPST TURB mbar voltage of the exhaust gas pressure sensor 1) is dis-
played.
• Fuel temperature is displayed.
FUEL TEMP °C or °F The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage
of the fuel temperature sensor) is displayed.
R/PRS REG CRR mA —

EC-840
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
A
RAIL PRESSURE V • Fuel rail pressure sensor voltage is displayed.
FU FW CR CYL1 — —
FU FW CR CYL2 — — EC
FU FW CR CYL3 — —
FU FW CR CYL4 — —
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) voltage is C
PL PTNMR T1 V V
displayed.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 2) voltage is
PL PTNMR T2 V V
displayed. D
ACCEL/PDL POS % • Accelerator pedal position is displayed.
PARAMETRE PRIVE
— — E
1
PARAMETRE PRIVE
— —
2
• The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage F
GAL/PRS LOP D bar
of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor volt-
EGR POSI VOL V
age is displayed. G
DPF PRESS SEN
V • Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 voltage is displayed.
VOL
RV/LV BUTTON H
V • ASCD steering switch voltage is displayed.
VOLTAGE
DURATION OF RE-
SUME BUTTON s • Duration of resume button press is displayed. I
PRESS
DURATION OF +
s • Duration of SET/+ button press is displayed.
BUTTON PRESS J
DURATION OF - BUT-
s • Duration of SET/- button press is displayed.
TON PRESS
DURATION OF SUS- K
PEND BUTTON s • Duration of suspend button press is displayed.
PRESS
NUMBER OF AB-
L
NORMAL CC/SL — —
TRANSITIONS
Cruise control setting km/h • ASCD control setting is displayed.
M
FUEL FLOW mg/cp • Total fuel flow is displayed.
MILEAGE Km • The kilometer is displayed.
Related DTC:refer to N
SEN 1 FEED V V • Sensors power supply voltage is displayed. EC-974, "DTC Log-
ic".
Related DTC:refer to
SEN 2 FEED V V • Sensors power supply voltage is displayed. EC-975, "DTC Log-
O
ic".
Related DTC:refer to
SEN SUPPLY N-3 P
V • Sensors power supply voltage is displayed. EC-978, "DTC Log-
VOL
ic".
VEHICLE SPEED • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
km/h
DISPLAYED signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
• The boost pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
BOOST PRESSUR mbar
the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed.

EC-841
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
TURBOCHARGING
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve open is dis-
SOLENOID VALVE %
played.
OCR
IN AIR TEMP VOL V • Intake air temperature sensor voltage is displayed.
B/PRS SEN VLT V • Turbocharger boost sensor voltage is displayed.
FUEL TEMPERAT V • Fuel temperature sensor voltage is displayed.
ATMOSPHERIC P V • Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage is displayed.
GLOW PLUG CONT % • Glow plug control PWM command is displayed.
THROTTLE POSI % • Throttle position is displayed.
SET FUEL FLOW SV mA —
• EGR volume control valve opening reference is dis-
EGR/V OPN REF %
played.
• EGR volume control valve PWM command is dis-
EGR VALVE CONT %
played.
DMP V SET POS % • Throttle position is displayed.
• High pressure supply pump PWM command is dis-
GAL PRS REG/V %
played.
EST. AIR FLOW mg/cp • Estimated air flow is displayed
COOLANT TEMPE V • Coolant temperature sensor voltage is displayed.
TURB PRE SEN VOL V • Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 voltage is displayed.
TBN UPS TP SE V • Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 voltage is displayed.
ALTERNATOR LO % • Alternator load is displayed.
• The inlet air flow (determined by the signal voltage of
INLET AIR/FLW mg/cp
the mass air flow sensor) is displayed.
FAULT 1ST OCCURR Km —
NUMBER OF OC-
CURRENCES OF — —
FAULT
• High pressure supply pump (Volumetric control valve)
RAIL FLOW RE V OC %
opening is displayed.
IN/FLAP CTRL % • Inlet throttle PWM command is displayed.
CON VOL DIAG IN FL V —
DPF PRESS OFFSET mbar • Diesel particle filter pressure offset is displayed.
THRO POS SEN VOL V • Throttle position sensor voltage is displayed.
• Average period of mass air flow sensor signal is dis-
AVE PERI FLOW SIG µs
played.
• The Intake air temperature (determined by the signal
IN AIR TEMP °C or °F voltage of the Intake air temperature sensor) is dis-
played.
• Throttle position sensor power supply voltage is dis-
THRO CON SEN VOL V
played.
PREHEATING MODE % —
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve PWM
EGR COOL BYPASS %
command is displayed.
DMP V SET POS % —
• Counter of loose of crankshaft synchronization is dis-
CRAN SYN LOSS CO —
played.
EGR POSITION % • EGR volume control valve position is displayed.
FINAL INDICATED Nm —

EC-842
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
A
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor volt-
EGR/V CONT VOL mV
age is displayed.
INJECTION QUANT mg/cp • Injection quantity of injector is displayed.
EC
ERR DET MONI INJ — —
STAT ADAPT CYL 1 — —
STAT ADAPT CYL 2 — — C
STAT ADAPT CYL 3 — —
STAT ADAPT CYL 4 — —
D
TURB TEMP SET °C or °F • Exhaust gas temperature set point is displayed.
VALUE OF ROM FAIL — —
PIEZO GAP CYL 1 — — E
PIEZO GAP CYL 2 — —
PIEZO GAP CYL 3 — —
PIEZO GAP CYL 4 — — F
MEMORIZ CARRIER
— —
1
MEMORIZ PRINCI-
G
— —
PAL
RFRGERNT PRSS bar • Refrigerant pressure is displayed.
H
SUCC REGE COUNT — • Successful DPF regeneration counter is displayed.
ENG OIL DILU RATIO % • Engine oil dilution ratio is displayed.
NOTE: I
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

J
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn turbocharger boost control Turbocharger boost control sole- • Harness and connector K
TURBOCHARGING
solenoid valve ON and OFF with noid valve makes an operating • Turbocharger boost control sole-
SOLENOID VALVE
the CONSULT-III and listen to op- sound. noid valve
eration sound.
L
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn throttle control motor ON and • Harness and connector
AIR INLET FLAP Throttle valve is operated.
OFF with the CONSULT-III and • Electric throttle control actuator
confirm the operation. M
COMMANDE
— — —
PRIVEE 1
THERMOPLNGER N
— — —
3 RLY
EGR VALVE — — —
PREHEATER RLY — — —
O

THERMOPLNGR
— — —
RLY N1
P
THERMOPLNGR
— — —
RLY N2
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn EGR cooler bypass valve EGR cooler bypass valve control • Harness and connector
EGR BYPASS control solenoid valve ON and solenoid valve makes an operat- • EGR cooler bypass valve control
OFF with the CONSULT-III and ing sound. solenoid valve
listen to operation sound.

EC-843
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn exhaust fuel injector ON and Exhaust fuel injector makes an • Harness and connector
DPF INJECTOR
OFF with the CONSULT-III and operating sound. • Exhaust fuel injector
listen to operation sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
DPF INJECTOR SO- • Turn fuel cut off valve ON and Fuel cut off valve makes an oper- • Harness and connector
LENOID VALVE OFF with the CONSULT-III and ating sound. • Fuel cut off valve
listen to operation sound.
INJECTION SOL/V
— — —
OPENING PF
INJECTION SOL/V
— — —
CLOSING PF
FAULT MEMORY — — —
ENGINE ADAP-
— — —
TIVES
PRESSURE REGU-
LATION ADAP- — — —
TIVES
EGR VALVE PRO-
— — —
GRAMMING
ADAPT AFTER
RPLC CABIN FIL- — — —
TER
AIR PATH PRO-
— — —
GRAMMING
AVERAGE AIR
— — —
TEMPERATURE
DPF RELATIVE
PRESSURE SEN- — — —
SOR
EXHAUST FUEL IN-
— — —
JECTOR CIRCUIT
AIR DAMPER
VALVE PROGRAM- — — —
MING
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES
CRS CONT/SPD
— — —
LMT PRGRM
E/O CRS CONT/
— — —
SPD LMT PRGRM
ADAPT AFTER RE-
— — —
GENERATING PF
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES NO. 1
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES NO. 2
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES NO. 3
INJECTOR ADAP-
— — —
TIVES NO. 4
FUEL SPLY PREV — — —

EC-844
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
STP FUEL SPLY
— — —
PREV
CABIN FILTER RE-
— — — EC
GENERATION

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item C

WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE

• When ECM is replaced.* D
• ECM enter fail-safe mode be-
cause the amount of particulate
SERVC REGENERATION • In this mode, service regeneration is performed. matter in DPF reaches the
specified level. E
• Component Inspection for DPF
is performed.
ENTER INJECTOR When ECM or fuel injector(s) is re- F
• In this mode, fuel injector adjustment value is registered.
CODES placed.
AFTER DPF REPLACE-
• In this mode, estimated PM amount in DPF is cleared. When DPF is replaced.
MENT G
AFTER DPF REGENERA-
• In this mode, estimated PM amount in DPF is cleared. When DPF is regenerated.
TION
VIN REGISTRATION • In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM. H
SAVE DATA FOR CPU
• In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
REPLACE
WRT DATA AFTR REPLC • In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU RE- I
When ECM is replaced.*
CPU PLACE” in work support mode to ECM.
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always perform the operation
according to procedures. Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure". J

EC-845
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006496529

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSBIA0150ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (1), loosen (B) it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.

2 : ECM
A : Fasten
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

MBIB1518E

Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
1
Fuel injector No. 4
(L) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
2 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3 The pulse cycle changes de-
(G)
pending on rpm at idle.
160 JSBIA0124GB
Output
3 (B/R)
Fuel injector No. 2
(P)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
4 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(L)

JSBIA0125GB

EC-846
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
5 Fuel injector power supply
(V) No. 4 EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
6 Fuel injector power supply NOTE: C
(R) No. 3 The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
160 JSBIA0126GB

(B/R)
Output D
7 Fuel injector power supply
(O) No. 2

[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
8 Fuel injector power supply • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(P) No. 1
F
JSBIA0127GB

[Engine is running]
9 160
Throttle control motor (−) — • Warm-up condition 0V
(W) (B/R) G
• Idle speed

H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
10 160 • Idle speed
Throttle control motor (+) Output I
(SB) (B/R)
JSBIA0128GB

[Ignition switch: OFF]

J
• For a few seconds after turn- 0V
ing ignition switch OFF

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed L

13 160 EGR volume control valve JSBIA0129GB

(W) (B/R) (DC motor +)

Output M

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition N
• Depress the accelerator for
asecond and then release it.

O
JSBIA0130GB

EC-847
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle

14 13 EGR volume control valve JSBIA0131GB

Output
(B) (W) (DC motor −)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Depress the accelerator for
asecond and then release it.

JSBIA0132GB

16 19 Sensor power supply

— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (GR) (Throttle position sensor)
19 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GR) (Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
20 31
(Exhaust gas pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (B)
sor 2)
Sensor ground
23
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(B)
sor 1)
27 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
Sensor ground
31
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(B)
sor 2)
Sensor power supply
32 59
(EGR volume control valve — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B)
control position sensor)
Sensor ground
35
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(BR)
sor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 5V
• Engine speed: Idle
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0.5 - 5 V
• For approx. 20 seconds af-
37 19 Output voltage fluctuates be-
Throttle position sensor Input ter turning ignition switch
(Y) (GR) tween 0.5 V and 5 V.
OFF.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than approx. 20 sec-
0V
onds after turning ignition
switch OFF.

EC-848
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition EC
• Idle speed 4.0 V
(Less than 60 seconds idle
EGR volume control valve time)
38 59 C
(EGR volume control valve Input
(L) (B) [Engine is running]
control position sensor)
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed 3.4 V
(More than 60 seconds idle D
time)
Sensor power supply
40 35
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V E
(W) (BR)
sor)
[Engine is running]
42 23 Exhaust gas pressure sen-
Input • Warm-up condition 1.0 V
(G) (B) sor 1
• Idle speed
F

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
46 35 G
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.5 V
(GR) (BR)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates)
47
—
Sensor ground
— — —
H
(G) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
Sensor power supply
48 23
(Exhaust gas pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B) I
sor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.6 V
• Idle speed J
49 47
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(O) (G) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.0 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm K
52 47 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (G) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition 0.5 V
53 31 Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Idle speed
Input
(LG) (B) sor 2 [Engine is running] M
• Warm-up condition 0.6 V
• Engine speed: 2000rpm
[Engine is running]
N
• Warm-up condition 1.0 V
54 27 • Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input
(R) (B) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.4 V O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
56 27 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor) P
Sensor ground
59
— (EGR volume control valve — — —
(B)
control position sensor)
Sensor ground
63
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(Y)
sensor 1)

EC-849
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running] 0.410 – 4.990 V
64 63 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(G) (Y) sensor 1
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed

JMBIA2024GB
65 160 High pressure supply pump
Output
(R) (B/R) (Volumetric control valve)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA2025GB

Diesel particulate filter regen-

0V
66 160 eration mode
Fuel cutoff valve Output
(BR) (B/R) Diesel particulate filter No re-
11 – 14 V
generation mode
67 [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
(LHD: V)
(RHD: G)
160
68 Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(B/R) [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (11 - 14 V)
153
(V)
0.13 – 4.70 V
73 125 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with intake
(R) (G) sor • Warm-up condition
air temperature.
Sensor ground
75
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(GR)
sensor 2)
76 160 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B/R) (Camshaft position sensor)
0.142 – 4.951 V
77 87 Engine coolant temperature [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (B) sensor • Warm-up condition
coolant temperature.
0.17 – 4.84 V
82 95 [Engine is running]
Fuel temperature sensor Input Output voltage varies with fuel
(P) (G) • Warm-up condition
pump temperature.

Diesel particulate filter regen-

85 160 eration mode
Exhaust fuel injector Output
(O) (B/R)

JMBIA2028GB

Diesel particulate filter No re-

14 V
generation mode

EC-850
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
• Not warm-up condition 0.1 V EC
86 160 EGR cooler bypass control • Idle speed
Output
(O) (B/R) solenoid valve [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition C
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
87
— (Engine coolant temperature — — — D
(B)
sensor)

E
[Engine is running]
88 75 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition
(GR) (GR) sensor 2
• Idle speed
F

JSBIA0133GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Warm-up condition H
• Idle speed

89 160 Turbocharger boost control

Output
JSBIA0134GB
I
(R) (B/R) solenoid valve

[Ignition switch: ON] J

• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA0135GB

Diesel particulate filter regen-

0V
93 160 Thermoplunger control unit eration mode L
Output
(SB) (B/R) (Heater 1 drive) Diesel particulate filter No re-
14 V
generation mode
95 Sensor ground M
— — — —
(G) (Fuel temperature sensor)
99 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Camshaft position sensor) N

EC-851
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed

100 160 High pressure supply pump JSBIA0136GB

Output
(G) (B/R) (Pressure control valve)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA0137GB

Diesel particulate filter regen-

0V
104 160 Thermoplunger control unit eration mode
Output
(O) (B/R) (Heater PWM signal) Diesel particulate filter No re-
14 V
generation mode
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0.8 V
• For a few seconds after turn-
105 160 ing ignition switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off) Output
(BR) (B/R) [Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds af- BATTERY VOLTAGE
ter turning ignition switch (11 - 14 V)
OFF
Diesel particulate filter regen-
0V
108 160 Thermoplunger control unit eration mode
Output
(R) (B/R) (Heater 2 drive) Diesel particulate filter No re-
14 V
generation mode
[Ignition sw OFF goes to ON]
110 160 0–1V
Glow relay Output • Glow ON
(R) (B/R)
• Glow OFF 11 – 14 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
JMBIA2033GB
113 160
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B/R)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA2034GB

114 Sensor ground

— — — —
(B) (Crankshaft position sensor)

EC-852
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output

EC

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C

118 125 JSBIA0138GB

(Y) (G)
Mass air flow sensor Input D

[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

F
JSBIA0139GB

Diesel particulate filter regen-

0–1V
120 160 Thermoplunger control unit eration mode
Input G
(Y) (B/R) (Heater feedback 2) Diesel particulate filter No re-
14 V
generation mode
[Ignition sw OFF goes to ON]
122 160 0–1V H
Glow relay Input • Glow ON
(G) (B/R)
• Glow OFF 11 – 14 V
Diesel particulate filter regen- I
0–1V
123 160 Thermoplunger control unit eration mode
Input
(LG) (B/R) (Heater feedback 1) Diesel particulate filter No re-
14 V
generation mode
J
Sensor ground
125
— (Mass air flow sensor/ Intake — — —
(G)
air temperature sensor)
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
M
126 160 JSBIA0140GB
Camshaft position sensor Input
(Y) (B/R)

N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O

JSBIA0141GB

[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE P

130 160 • ASCD main switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
ASCD main switch Input
(BR) (B/R) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• ASCD main switch: OFF
131 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(P) (low) Output
132 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (high) Output

EC-853
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
136 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(W) Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Speed limiter main switch:
(11 - 14 V)
139 160 ON
Speed limiter main switch Input
(R) (B/R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Speed limiter main switch: 0V
OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal: Slightly de-
140 160 (11 - 14 V)
Clutch pedal position switch Input pressed
(GR) (B/R)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Clutch pedal: Fully released
141 160 BATTERY VOLTAGE.
Ignition switch Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(SB) (B/R) (11 – 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
5V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
2.2 V
• RESUME switch: Pressed
142 143 [Ignition switch: ON]
ASCD steering switch Input 1.1 V
(Y) (B) • SET/+: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0.5 V
• SET/−: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
143 ASCD steering switch
— — — —
(B) ground
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly de- 0V
148 160 pressed
ASCD brake switch Input
(O) (B/R)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
150 152
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (G)
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0.40 V (Fully released)
• Engine stopped 2.25 V (Fully depressed)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased
151 152 Accelerator pedal position
Input
(LG) (G) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
JSBIA0142GB

Sensor ground
152
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(G)
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
154 159
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B)
sensor 1)

EC-854
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
155
(B/R) EC
156
— ECM ground — — —
(B/R)
157
(B/R)
C
[Ignition switch: ON] 0.77 V (Fully released)
• Engine stopped 4.44 V (Fully depressed)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re- D
leased
158 159 Accelerator pedal position
Input
(W) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine stopped E
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
JSBIA0143GB
F
Sensor ground
159
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(B)
sensor 1)
160 G
— ECM ground — — —
(B/R)

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006496530

H
X: Applicable —: Not applicable

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference page I
(CONSULT-III screen item) Yellow Red
P0001 FUEL SYSTEM 3 × or – × EC-888
P0002 FUEL SYSTEM 3 × × or – EC-890 J
P0016 COHERENCE CMSFT/SN 3 – × EC-892
P0045 TURBO ACT CIRC 3 – × EC-893
K
P0087 LOW FUEL PRESS 3 – × EC-895
P0089 RAIL PRESS REGULTN 1 or 3 × × or – EC-897
P0090 FUEL SYSTEM 3 × or – × EC-899 L
P0100 AIR FLOW SEN CIRC 3 × × EC-901
P0101 AIR FLOW SEN CIRC 3 – × EC-903
M
P0110 IN-AIR TMP SEN CIR 3 × × EC-905
P0115 WATER TMP SEN 3 × × EC-907
P0120 TP SEN CIRC 3 × × EC-909 N
P012A TURBO PRES SEN CIR 1 or 3 – × EC-911
P012B TC BOOST SENSOR 1 or 3 – × EC-913
P0180 FUEL TEMP SEN CIRC 3 – × EC-915 O
P0190 RAIL/PRESS SEN CIR 3 × × EC-917
P0200 INJECTOR CTRL CIRC 3 × × EC-919
P
P0201 CYL 1 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × or – EC-921
P0202 CYL 2 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × or – EC-921
P0203 CYL 3 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × or – EC-921
P0204 CYL 4 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × or – EC-921
P0217 ENGINE OVERHEATING 1 or 3 – – EC-923
P0225 PDL POTEN CIRC TK1 3 – × EC-925

EC-855
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen item) Yellow Red
BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI-
P0226 1 or 3 – × or – EC-928
TIONS
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR
P0263 1 or 3 – – EC-931
CYLINDER No. 1
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR
P0266 1 or 3 – – EC-931
CYLINDER No. 2
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR
P0269 1 or 3 – – EC-931
CYLINDER No. 3
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR
P0272 1 or 3 – – EC-931
CYLINDER No. 4
P0335 ENGNE SPD SEN CIRC 1 × × EC-932
P0340 CAMSHAFT SEN CIRC 3 – × EC-934
P0380 PRHT UNIT CTRL CIR 3 – – EC-936
P0402 EGR SYSTEM 1 or 3 × × EC-938
P0403 EGR VLV CMD CIRC 1 or 3 – – EC-940
P0409 EGR POSITN OFFSET 3 × × EC-942
P0470 EXH GAS PRESS SEN 1 1 or 3 – × EC-944
P0471 EXH GAS PRESS SEN 1 1 or 3 – × EC-946
P047A EXH GAS PRESS SEN 2 1 or 3 × × EC-948
P047B EXH GAS PRESS SEN 2 1 or 3 × or – × EC-950
P0487 EGR COMMAND CIRC 3 × × EC-952
P0488 EGR/V POSITN CTRL 3 × × EC-954
P0504 BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 1 or 3 – × or – EC-956
P0525 CRUISE CONTROL DATA MONITORING 1 or 3 – – EC-958
P0530 REFRGRT PRESS SEN 1 – – EC-960
P0544 EXGAS T/SEN BE TBN 3 – × EC-962
P0560 CPU SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 × or – × or – EC-963
P0564 SPD LMT/CRSE CTRL FUNC 1 or 3 – – EC-965
P0574 VEHICLE SPEED CONSISTENCY 1 or 3 – – EC-966
P0575 CCS LMT BTN 1 or 3 – – EC-967
P0606 COMPUTER(C/U) 1 or 3 × × EC-968
P060A COMPUTER(C/U) 1 or 3 × × EC-969
P060B COMPUTER(C/U) 1 or 3 × × EC-970
P061A ECM 1 or 3 × or – × or – EC-971
P062B ECM 1 or 3 × or – × or – EC-972
P0638 Inlet air flap position CTRL 1 or 3 – × EC-973
P0641 SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL 3 × × EC-974
P0651 SEN SUPPLY N-2 VOL 3 × × EC-975
P0657 MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 1 or 3 – – EC-976
P0697 SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL 1 or 3 × × EC-978
CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTEN-
P0833 1 or 3 – – EC-980
CY
P1205 EXH FUEL INJECTOR 3 × × EC-982
CONSISTENT MULTIPLEX SIGNALS FOR
P1525 1 or 3 – – EC-984
CC/SL
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2 3 × × EC-985

EC-856
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference page A
(CONSULT-III screen item) Yellow Red
P1545 EGT SENSOR 2 1 or 3 – × EC-986
P160C COMP 1 or 3 × × EC-987 EC
P1632 EXH FUEL CUT/V 1 or 3 × × EC-988
P1641 ENG CLN HT1 RLY/C 1 or 3 – – EC-990
P1642 ENG CLN HT2 RLY/C 1 or 3 – – EC-991 C
P1643 ENG CL H3/4 RLY/C 1 or 3 – – EC-992
P1650 THERMOPLUNGER C/U 1 or 3 – – EC-993
D
P2002 DPF EFFIC BELOW TH 3 – × EC-995
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1 3 – × EC-996
P2100 ETC FUNCTION 1 or 3 – × EC-997 E
P2119 AIR INLET FLAP 1 or 3 – × EC-999
P2120 PDL POTEN CIRC TK2 3 – × EC-1000
F
P2226 ATMOS PRES SE CIR 3 × × EC-1002
P2263 T/C SYSTEM 3 – × EC-1003
P245A EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT 1 or 3 – × EC-1006 G
PC415 MLTPLX TRC C/CNCTN 1 or 3 – – EC-1008
*: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
H

EC-857
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006496531

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".

JCBWA1718GB

EC-858
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

EC

JCBWA1719GB

EC-859
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

JCBWA1720GB

EC-860
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

EC

JCBWA1721GB

EC-861
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

JCBWA1722GB

EC-862
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006496532
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA0634GB

Diagnostics Malfunctions

EC-863
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
• Malfunctions are declared as either present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain con-
text and have disappeared since, or whether they remain present but have not been diagnosed within the
current context).
• The present or stored status of malfunctions should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is
used following the + after ignition supply being switched on (without acting on the system components).
• For a present malfunction, apply the procedure described in the Interpretation of malfunction section.
• For a stored malfunction, note the malfunctions displayed and apply the instructions in the Notes section.
• If the malfunction is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the malfunction is
present. Deal with the malfunction
• If the malfunction is not confirmed, check:
- the electrical lines which correspond to the malfunction,
- the connectors for these lines (for oxidation, bent pins, etc),
- the condition of the wires (insulation has melted or been cut, abrasions),
- the resistance of the component detected as malfunction.
Conformity Check
• The aim of the conformity check is to check data that does not produce a malfunction on the diagnostic tool
because the data is inconsistent. Therefore, this phase is used to:
- carry out malfunction finding on malfunctions that do not have a malfunction display, and which may corre-
spond to a customer complaint.
- check that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a malfunction recurring after repairs.
• This section gives the malfunction finding procedures for statuses and parameters and the conditions for
checking them.
• If a status is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside the permitted tolerance values, consult the cor-
responding malfunction finding page.
Customer Complaints - Malfunction finding chart
If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK but the customer complaint is still present, the malfunction should be
processed by customer complaint.
NOTE:
A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the preceding page in the form of a flow
chart.
Malfunction Finding Procedure (Wiring Check)
Diagnostics malfunctions
Removing the connectors and/or handling the wirings may temporarily remove the origin of a DTC. The mea-
surements of the electrical voltages, resistance and insulation are generally correct, especially when the DTC
is not present at the time of the analysis (stored DTC).
Visual Check
Look for impacts under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment.
Perform a careful check of the protections, insulation and correct running of wirings.
Look for traces of oxidation.
Tactile Check
While manipulating the wirings, use the diagnostic tool to detect a change in DTC status from “stored” to
“present”.
Ensure that the connectors are correctly engaged.
Apply light stresses to the connectors.
Gently manipulate the wiring harness.
If a change of status occurs, try to isolate the origin of the incident.
Inspection of each component
Disconnect the connectors and check the appearance of the clips and blades and their crimping (no crimping
on the insulating part).
Check that the clips and blades are properly engaged in the receptacles.
Ensure that there is no rebounding of clips or blades at the time of connection.
Check the contact pressure of the clips using a suitable model blade.
Resistance Control
Test the continuity of the lines in their entirety, then section by section.
Try to create a short-circuit to earth, on the + 12 V or with another wire.
If a DTC is detected, repair or replace the wiring.
REMINDERS
Trouble Diagnosis:

EC-864
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
There are present DTCs and stored DTCs (which appeared in a certain context and have since disappeared
or which are still present but have not had trouble diagnosis performed on them in the current context). A
The “present” or “stored” status of DTCs must be considered when activating the diagnostic tool after power is
supplied to the ECM (without activating the system components).
Deal with present DTCs according to the procedure specified in the corresponding DTC trouble diagnosis.
EC
For stored DTCs, note the DTCs displayed and follow the instructions in the Notes section.
If the DTC is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the malfunction is present. Deal
with the DTC.
C
If the DTC is not confirmed, check:
• Electrical lines which correspond to the malfunction
• Connectors for these lines (for oxidation, bent pins, etc.)
• Resistance of the malfunction component D
• Condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear)
Conformity Check
The conformity check is designed to check the states and data monitor items which do not display any DTCs E
on the diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows:
• Diagnoses malfunctions that do not have a DTC display, and which may correspond to a customer com-
plaint. F
• Checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a DTC reappearing after repairs.
This section gives the trouble diagnosis procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking
them.
If a state is not operating normally or a data monitor value is outside permitted tolerance values, you should G
consult the corresponding trouble diagnosis page.
Customer Complaints - Trouble Diagnosis
H
If the test with the CONSULT-III is OK, but the customer complaint still present, the malfunction should be
treated by customer complaints.

A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is pro- I

vided on the previous page in the form of a flow
chart.
J
SAFETY ADVICE
• The safety instructions must be followed at all times when working on components, to avoid damage or
injury:
- make sure that the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low load, K
- use the appropriate tools,
- do not touch the xenon bulbs.
L
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006496533

DESCRIPTION
M
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is N
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order O
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. P
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.

EC-865
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-866
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496534

NOTE: EC
Only consult the tests after following the diagnostic procedure chart.
Some specific checks are grouped under the “tests” heading and are used as required in different diagnostic
charts.
C
Basic test Trouble diagnosis Reference page
EC-867, "Work Procedure
Low pressure fuel supply system check TEST 1 (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel D
Supply System Check)"
EC-868, "Work Procedure
Internal fuel transfer pump check TEST 2 (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Trans- E
fer Pump Check)"
EC-868, "Work Procedure
[TEST 3: High Pressure Sup-
High pressure supply pump (Pressure control valve) check TEST 3
ply Pump (Pressure Control
F
Valve) Check]"
EC-869, "Work Procedure
[TEST 4: High Pressure Sup- G
High pressure supply pump (Volumetric control valve) check TEST 4
ply Pump (Volumetric Control
Valve) Check]"
EC-871, "Work Procedure H
Rail high pressure regulation check TEST 5 (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure
Regulation Check)"
EC-876, "Work Procedure
I
Major leak in fuel injectors/fuel injectors open TEST 6 (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak
Check)"
EC-877, "Work Procedure
Incorrect fuel injection quantity TEST 7 (TEST 7: Fuel Injection Quan- J
tity Check)"

Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel Supply System Check) INFOID:0000000006496535
K
NOTE:
• CAUSE
- No fuel can be seen in the transparent supply pipe leading to the pump or large air bubbles can be seen L
(small air bubbles are permitted).
- engine does not start.
1.CHECK CONFORMITY M

Check the conformity and presence of the fuel (gasoline instead of diesel, contaminated fuel).
Is the inspection result normal? N
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Bleed the fuel supply system with the manual priming pump.
2.CHECK FUEL CIRCUIT O
Does the fuel circulate correctly when pumped manually?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. P
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR LEAK
Look for leaks on the unions.
Are there leaks in the hoses and unions?
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.

EC-867
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter.
Is the fuel filter correct?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with a genuine part.
5.INSPECTION END
Low pressure circuit OK.

>> INSPECTION END

Work Procedure (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check) INFOID:0000000006496536

NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- Test 1 Low pressure fuel supply system check has been carried out previously and results are satisfactory.
• CAUSE
- Fuel can be seen in the transparent supply pipe leading to the pump.
- However, fuel does not move during starting.
1.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
1. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
2. Remove fuel return pipe from the pump and block it so that it is sealed. Connect a pipe to the pump to
measure the flow of diesel.
3. To authorise a 15 second cranking engine and carry out this test it is essential to carry out the following
procedure: measure the flow of diesel.
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Perform “SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLC” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
- Perform “PRGRM REINITIALIZE” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
- Cranking engine for at least 15 seconds (starting speed 250 rpm).
- Check the flow rate of the fuel being collected in a graduated measuring cylinder (500 ml minimum).The
minimum flow rate must be 25 ml every 15 sec.
- Perform “WRT DATA AFTR REPLC CPU” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
Does the flow measure less than 25ml?
Yes >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION END
Low pressure system OK.

>> INSPECTION END

Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve)
Check] INFOID:0000000006496537

NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
• CAUSE
- Rail pressure approximately 5000 kPa (50 bar, 51 kg/cm2, 725 psi) during starting.
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-868
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and
ground. A

High pressure supply pump

(Pressure control valve) Ground Voltage EC
Connector Terminal
F60 3 Ground Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R E
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve)
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and H
ECM harness connector.

High pressure supply pump I

ECM
(Pressure control valve) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F60 4 F57 100 Existed J

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) CHECK L
Refer to EC-900, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> INSPECTION END M
No >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) N
Check] INFOID:0000000006496538

NOTE:
O
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
• CAUSE P
- Not enough or no rail pressure during starting.
- Rail reference pressure during starting, minimum 15,000 kPa (150 bar, 153 kg/cm2, 2,175 psi).
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)-I
Refer to EC-889, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
EC-869
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)-II
• Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
• Turn ignition switch ON.
• Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Check that the “FUEL FLOW S/V CU” indication when the cranking engine.
Is the excitation current between 0.6 - 1.0A?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector and
ground.

High pressure supply pump

(volumetric control valve) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F61 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between ECM and high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
and ECM harness connector.

High pressure supply pump

ECM
(volumetric control valve) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 2 F57 65 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ENGINE CONDITION
Start engine.
Is the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.

EC-870
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]

7.CHECK ENGINE CONDITION A

• Check that the oil level is correct and that the engine coolant temperature is normal operation temperature
60°C (140°F).
• Engine running at idle speed.
EC
- Select “HIGH PRES CIRCUIT LEAK TEST” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
- Engine will perform 4 acceleration cycles.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
- Check that the “RAIL PRES SET” and “RAIL PRESSURE” indication. C
2
- Does “RAIL PRESSURER” follow “RAIL PRES SET” at ± 5,000 kPa (50 bar, 51 kg/cm , 725 psi) during the
phase of the 4 acceleration cycles?
NOTE: D
If the rail pressure does not reach the set point there is an fuel injector leak that is too great or the pressure
signal is incorrect.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT F
Carry out TEST 5.

>> GO TO 11. G

9.CHECK ENGINE CONDITION

• Check that the oil level is correct. H
• Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Check that the “RAIL PRES SET” and “RAIL PRESSURE” indication.
• Does “RAIL PRESSURER” follow “RAIL PRES SET” when the cranking engine.
I
NOTE:
If the rail pressure does not reach the set point there is an fuel injector leak that is too great or the pressure
signal is incorrect.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
K
10.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Carry out TEST 6.
L
>> GO TO 11.
11.INSPECTION END
M
High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) OK.

>> INSPECTION END N

Work Procedure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check) INFOID:0000000006496539

NOTE: O
• If contaminants (swarf) can be seen in the transparent return pipe, the entire fuel injection system (fuel injec-
tors, pump, rail, high pressure pipes and all return pipes) must be replaced.
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
P
- Engine coolant temperature between 80 - 90°C (176 - 194°F).
- All the electrical load are switched off.
- Air conditioning is switched off.
- The tank is at least half-full.
- The pipe connections and unions have been checked.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
• CAUSE
- Rail pressure variations around the set point.

EC-871
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
- The rail reference pressure is not reached.
- Rough idle.
- Possibly noisy combustion.
1.CHECK AIR BUBBLES
1. Start engine
2. Are there large air bubbles in the transparent supply pipe going to the pump?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check low pressure system.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)-I
Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
Does the engine stop?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump (the high pressure supply pump [volumetric control valve]
remains open mechanically).
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)-I
1. Reconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Start engine.
4. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector.
Does the engine stop?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump (the high pressure supply pump [pressure control valve]
remains open mechanically).
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Reconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector.
2. Wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle speed.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that the “F/FLOW CORR CYL1”, “F/FLOW CORR CYL2”, “F/FLOW CORR CYL3”, “F/FLOW
CORR CYL4” indication.
Are the reference value 0.3 - 1.9?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Carry out TEST 6.

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK ENGINE CONDITION
• Check that the oil level is correct and that the engine coolant temperature is normal operation tempera-
ture.60°C (140°F)
• Engine running at idle speed.
- Select “HIGH PRES CIRCUIT LEAK TEST” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
- Engine will perform 4 acceleration cycles.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
- Check that the “RAIL PRES SET” and “RAIL PRESSURE” indication.
- Does “RAIL PRESSURE” follow “RAIL PRES SET” at during the phase of 4 acceleration cycles?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE AND FUEL TEMPERATURE
EC-872
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that the “FUEL TEMP” indication when operating at idle speed is between 60 - 80°C (140 - 176°F) A
3. Check that the “WATER TEMP” indication is between 80 - 90°C (176 - 194°F)
NOTE:
• When the fuel temperature is above 136°C (277°F), the maximum rail pressure is reduced to protect the
EC
plastic pipes.
• When the coolant temperature is above 100°C (212°F), the maximum rail pressure is reduced to protect the
engine.
Are the “FUEL TEMP” and “WATER TEMP” within the reference value range? C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check the fuel temperature sensor (Refer to EC-916, "Component Inspection") or engine coolant
temperature sensor (Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection"). D
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector and
ground. F

High pressure supply pump

(volumetric control valve) Ground Voltage G
Connector Terminal
F61 1 Ground Battery voltage
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9. I
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R J
• Harness for open or short between ECM and high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
L
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector M
and ECM harness connector.

High pressure supply pump N

ECM
(volumetric control valve) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
F61 2 F57 65 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)-II
Refer to EC-889, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.

EC-873
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and
ground.

High pressure supply pump

(Pressure control valve) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F60 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

High pressure supply pump

ECM
(Pressure control valve) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F60 4 F57 100 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)-II
Refer to EC-900, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
16.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUUPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-874
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]

Fuel rail pressure sensor A

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F72 3 Ground Approx. 5
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
17.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 2 F58 27 Existed
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. G
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
18.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 1 F58 54 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

19.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-918, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. M
20.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE-I
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle speed. N
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that the “RAIL PRESSURE” indication under the following conditions.
NOTE: O
An unusual combustion noise may be heard.

CONDITION (ENGINE SPEED) INDICATION P

At idle speed 190 - 210 bar
2,000 rpm 400 - 500 bar
3,000 rpm 500 - 700 bar
4,000 rpm 700 - 900 bar
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-875
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-294, "Removal and Installation".
3. Start engine and let it idle speed.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that the “RAIL PRESSURE” indication under the following conditions.
NOTE:
An unusual combustion noise may be heard.

CONDITION (ENGINE SPEED) INDICATION

At idle speed 190 - 210 bar
2,000 rpm 400 - 500 bar
3,000 rpm 500 - 700 bar
4,000 rpm 700 - 900 bar
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
22.INSPECTION END
High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) OK.

>> INSPECTION END

Work Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check) INFOID:0000000006496540

NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK.
• CAUSE
- Not enough or no rail pressure during starting.
- The engine does not start.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
Refer to EC-920, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight.
3. To authorise a 15 second cranking engine and carry out this test it is essential to carry out the following
procedure:
- Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Perform “SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLC” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
- Perform “PRGRM REINITIALIZE” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
- Cranking engine for at least 15 seconds (starting speed 250 rpm)
- Perform “WRT DATA AFTR REPLC CPU” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
Is the return volume at the fuel injectors more than 20 ml per fuel injector for the starting phase?

EC-876
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
NOTE:
• Do not repeat this procedure more than 3 times and wait 30 seconds between each 15 second cranking A
engine.
• Then wait 30 minutes before cranking the engine for 315 second cycles.
• Follow this instruction so that the starter does not get damaged.
EC
Does the flow measure more than 20 ml?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
No >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect return pipes. D
3. Start Engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “RAIL PRESSURE” and “RAIL PRES SET” indication. E
6. Does “RAIL PRESSURE” follow “RAIL PRES SET” during the 3 second cranking engine?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Remove the glow plugs and check for moisture.
3. If the glow plugs are wet with fuel, it is possible that the fuel injector is leaking.
Are the glow plugs wet with fuel? H
Yes >> Replace malfunction fuel injector.
No >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
5.INSPECTION END I

Fuel injector system OK.

J
>> INSPECTION END
Work Procedure (TEST 7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check) INFOID:0000000006496541

K
NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition. L
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK. M
- All the electrical loads are switched off.
- Air conditioning is switched off.
• CAUSE N
- The engine runs poorly at idle speed, possibly emits white smoke.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-920, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. P
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE AND FUEL TEMPERATURE
1. Start engine let it idle speed.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “FUEL TEMP” indication is above 60°C (140°F).
4. Check “F/FLOW CORR CYL1“, “F/FLOW CORR CYL2”, “F/FLOW CORR CYL3”, “F/FLOW CORR CYL4”
indication.

EC-877
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Are the reference value 0.3 - 1.9?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight. While the engine is idling, check the return flow rate at the fuel injector. After 5 minutes the
return volume must be between 16 - 24 ml per fuel injector.
Is there more than 24 ml or less than 16 ml of return for each fuel injector?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
No >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-878
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496542

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496543

1.PRECONDITIONING C
• Connect a CONSULT-III
• Connect a battery charger
• Electric load switch is OFF D
• Wait for the engine to cool [engine coolant temperature < 60°C (140°F) and air temperature < 50°C (122°F)].
NOTE:
While the ECM is being programmed the cooling fan motors are triggered automatically. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.SAVE ECM DATA F
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLC” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
G

>> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM H
Replace ECM.

>> GO TO 4. I

4.WRITE ECM DATA

1. Wait at least 30 seconds to turn ON the ignition switch. J
2. Perform “PRGRM REINITIALIZE” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Perform “WRT DATA AFTR REPLC CPU” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs.
K
Refer to SEC-50, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-190, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure" (Without intelligent key system).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 30 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode in ECM with CONSULT-III. L
7. Check that the “CODE PROGRAM” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 6. M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.WRITE ECM DATA
N
1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs.
Refer to SEC-50, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-190, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure" (Without intelligent key system).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 30 seconds and then turn ON. O
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode in ECM with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that the “CODE PROGRAM” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repeat above steps.
6.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
NOTE:
The start-up phase may last up to 30 seconds.

EC-879
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 30 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform “VIN REGISTRATION” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
After replace ECM, stored DTC may appear on other control unit. Clear the malfunction memory of these
control unit.

>> END

EC-880
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496544

EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EC
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve control position sensor output signal.

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496545 C

1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Perform “EGR ADAPTIVES” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 30 seconds.
4. Start engine and let it idle. E
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check that the “NEW EGR/V OFFSET” and “LAST EGR/V OFSET” indication.

0.75V < NEW EGR/V OFFSET = LAST EGR/V OFSET < 1.5V F

>> END G

EC-881
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006496546

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
• Electric throttle control actuator is removed.
• Electric throttle control actuator is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496547

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 15 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during the above 15 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 4 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

>> END

EC-882
 SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
SERVICE REGENERATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496548

Service Regeneration is performed with CONSULT-III to reduce particulate matter in diesel particulate filter. EC
Service Regeneration should be performed in the following cases.
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter reaches the
specified level.
NOTE: C
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter
reaches the specified level, check whether or not DTC is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform
the Diagnostic Procedure for the DTC. D
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter
and stores the value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is E
replaced as new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value
stored in new ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM cannot
perform regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate F
matter in diesel particulate filter zero.
• Component Inspection for diesel particulate filter is performed.
CAUTION:
To prevent engine racing, check engine oil level before running the forced service regeneration com- G
mand.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496549
H

1.START
1. Check engine oil level. I
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
5. Select “SERVC REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START” and wait for approximately 30 minutes.
NOTE:
• Do not perform any vehicle operation during service regeneration. K
7. Wait until “END” is displayed.
NOTE:
• It takes approximately 30 minutes until “END” is displayed. L
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
9. Check engine oil level.

M
>> END

EC-883
 DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) DATA CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) DATA CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006496550

Perform “DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III
when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced as new one. Based on the signal from sensors
ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter and stores the value in EEPROM as
diesel particulate filter data. When oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced as new one, there
is a difference between diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM and the actual amount of particulate matter
in diesel particulate filter, because no particulate matter is trapped in new diesel particulate filter. In this case,
ECM cannot perform regeneration control correctly. So perform “DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA
CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III to clear diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM.
CAUTION:
Never perform “DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is not replaced as new one. Diesel partic-
ulate filter may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropriate timing.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006496551

1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

>> END

EC-884
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496552
EC

1.INSPECTION START
Start engine. C
Is engine running?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM H
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
155
156
E32 141 E32 Battery voltage
157 J
160
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M77, E105
• 10A fuse (No. 2) M
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. O

ECM
Ground Continuity P
Connector Terminal
155
156
E32 Ground Existed
157
160
3. Also check harness for short to power.

EC-885
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F57 67 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery volt-
Ground age will exist for a few seconds, then drop ap-
E32 153 proximately 0 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 7.
NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 10.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F57 105 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 67
E14 44 Existed
E32 153
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-886
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

ECM IPDM E/R A

Continuity
Connector Terminal (Polarity) Connector Terminal (Polarity)
F57 105 E14 40 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. C
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE F
1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
J
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. K

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal L
155
156
E32 Ground Existed M
157
160
3. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short power in harness or connectors. O
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-887
 P0001 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0001 FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496553

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
[High pressure supply pump (volumetric
CIRCUIT
control valve) circuit is open or shorted.]
P0001 • 1.DEF: Parameter at maximum stop
• High pressure supply pump (volumetric
• 2.DEF: Parameter at minimum stop
control valve)
• 3.DEF: Above the max level
• Fuel line
NOTE:
If DTC P0001 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
Refer to EC-963, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0560) or EC-976, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0657).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496554

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector and
ground.

High pressure supply pump

(volumetric control valve) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F61 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
and ECM harness connector.

High pressure supply pump

ECM
(volumetric control valve) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 2 F57 65 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-888
 P0001 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Refer to EC-889, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
C
5.CHECK FUEL LINE
Check fuel line cleanliness.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Fuel line cleanliness.
E
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496555
G
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) terminals as follows.
I
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.5 - 15Ω
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
K

EC-889
 P0002 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0002 FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496556

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
ADAPTIVE
• 1.DEF: Parameter at maximum stop • High pressure supply pump
P0002
• 2.DEF: Parameter at minimum stop • Fuel line
• 3.DEF: Above the max level
• 4.DEF: Signal incoherence.
NOTE:
If DTC P0002 is displayed with DTC P0087, P0089, P0090 or P0190, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0087, P0089, P0090 or P0190. Refer to EC-895, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0087), EC-897, "DTC Logic" (DTC
P0089), EC-899, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0090) or EC-917, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0190).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496557

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Refer to EC-869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
5.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE REGULATION
Refer to EC-871, "Work Procedure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
6.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTORS/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Refer to EC-876, "Work Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
7.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
EC-890
 P0002 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST 7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".
Is the inspection result normal? A
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace or replace. Then GO TO 9.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTIO END.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 9.
9.CLEAR PRESSURE REGULATION D
Perform “PRES REG ADAPTIVE” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.

E
>> INSPECTION END.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496558

F
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector. G
3. Check resistance between high pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve) terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance H
1 and 2 1.5 - 15Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
J

EC-891
 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496559

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(Camshaft position sensor circuit or crankshaft
CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELA-
position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0016 TION
• Camshaft position sensor
• 1.DEF:Signal incoherence.
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496560

1.CHECK CKP SENSOR AND CMP SENSOR

Refer to EC-932, "Diagnosis Procedure" (CKP sensor) and EC-934, "Diagnosis Procedure" (CMP sensor).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-892
 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496561

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or short-
P0045 • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
ed.)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496562

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. F
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve G

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E55 2 Ground Battery voltage
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve J

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
M

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
E55 1 F57 89 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-894, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-893
 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496563

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 13.8 - 16.8 Ω [at 23°C (73°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

EC-894
 P0087 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0087 FUEL PUMP
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496564

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
• High pressure supply pump
• High pressure supply pump (Pres-
sure control valve)
• High pressure supply pump (Volu- D
metric control valve)
RAIL PRESSURE • Fuel injector
P0087
• 1.DEF: Voltage outside tolerance limits • Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Fuel line
• Harness or connector F
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC becomes present during the first 30 seconds after the engine starts. G
• In low ambient temperature conditions, diagnostic cannot make difference between a normal long engine
start and abnormal long engine start. So, DTC must be take in account only if customer complains about too
long or impossible engine start not only in cold conditions but also and especially in warm conditions. If cus- H
tomer complains only in cold conditions, root cause of the problem could elsewhere like low battery level,
bad fuel specification (too viscous fuel). This DTC could appear after fuel filter too.
• Special notes:
Starting and engine operation difficult or impossible. I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496565

J
1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP L

Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) N
Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 4. O
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) P
Refer to EC-869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE REGULATION
Refer to EC-871, "Work Procedure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

EC-895
 P0087 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTIO END.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-896
 P0089 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0089 FUEL PUMP
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496566

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
• High pressure supply pump
• High pressure supply pump (Pres-
sure control valve)
• High pressure supply pump (Volu- D
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
metric control valve)
• 1.DEF: Parameter at maximum stop
• Fuel injector
P0089 • 2.DEF: Parameter at minimum stop
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• 3.DEF: Implausible signal
• 4.DEF: Signal incoherence.
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Fuel line
• Harness or connector F
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC becomes present during the first 30 seconds after the engine starts. G
• In low ambient temperature conditions, diagnostic cannot make difference between a normal long engine
start and abnormal long engine start. So, DTC must be take in account only if customer complains about too
long or impossible engine start not only in cold conditions but also and especially in warm conditions. If cus- H
tomer complains only in cold conditions, root cause of the problem could elsewhere like low battery level,
bad fuel specification (too viscous fuel). This DTC could appear after fuel filter too.
• Special notes:
Starting and engine operation difficult or impossible. I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496567

J
1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP L

Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) N
Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 4. O
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) P
Refer to EC-869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE REGULATION
Refer to EC-871, "Work Procedure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

EC-897
 P0089 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTIO END.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-898
 P0090 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0090 FUEL PUMP
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496568

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) • Harness or connectors C
CIRCUIT [High pressure supply pump (pressure
P0090 • 1.DEF: Parameter at maximum stop control valve) circuit is open or shorted.]
• 2.DEF: Parameter at minimum stop • High pressure supply pump (pressure
• 3.DEF: Above the max level control valve) D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496569

E
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector. F
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and
ground. G

High pressure supply pump

(Pressure control valve) Ground Voltage H
Connector Terminal
F60 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1 K
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector and
ECM harness connector. N

High pressure supply pump

ECM
(Pressure control valve) Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F60 4 F57 100 Existed
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) CHECK
Refer to EC-900, "Component Inspection".

EC-899
 P0090 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Replace high pressure supply pump.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTIO END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496570

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between high pressure supply pump (pressure control valve) terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
3 and 4 1.5 - 15Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure supply pump.

EC-900
 P0100 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0100 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496571

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or
P0100 • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Mass air flow sensor
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496572

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
G
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
I
Mass air flow sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F74 3 Ground Battery voltage J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. K

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. L
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
Mass air flow sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F74 2 F57 125 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR NPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-901
 P0100 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 4 F57 118 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496573

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor

+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
4 2
F74 0.3 - 0.7 V
(Mass air flow sensor signal) (Mass air flow sensor groundl)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-902
 P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496574

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
REQUESTED AIR FLOW
P0101 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Mass air flow sensor

D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496575

1.CHECK AIR FILTER E

Check that air filter is not obstructed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> Repair or replace. F
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT
Check that intake air duct is not obstructed. G
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> Repair or replace.
H
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground. L

Mass air flow sensor

Ground Voltage M
Connector Terminal
F74 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFANCTIONING PART O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor P

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-903
 P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Mass air flow sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 F57 125 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 4 F57 118 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-904, "Component Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496576

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor

+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
4 2
F74 0.3 - 0.7 V
(Mass air flow sensor signal) (Mass air flow sensor groundl)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-904
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0110 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496577

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit is
P0110 • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
open or shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Intake air temperature sensor
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496578

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
G
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.

Mass air flow sensor I

(with intake air temperature
sensor) Ground Voltage

Connector Terminal
J
F74 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Mass air flow sensor
ECM
(with intake air temperature sensor) Continuity
N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 F57 125 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-906, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

EC-905
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496579

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Resistance (Ω)

10°C (50°F) 3,714 ± 161
20°C (68°F) 2,448 ± 95
30°C (86°F) 1,671 ± 58
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

EC-906
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0115 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496580

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors C
• 2.DEF: Signal incoherence. (Engine coolant temperature sensor cir-
P0115
• 4.DEF: Voltage too low. cuit is open or shorted.)
• 5.DEF: Voltage too high • Engine coolant temperature sensor
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496581

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and ground.

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Ground Voltage I
Connector Terminal
F31 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
M
Engine coolant temperature sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 2 F57 87 Existed N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR P
Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

EC-907
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496582

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 2 and 3 under the following condi-
tions.

Terminal Condition Resistance (Ω)

25°C (77°F) 2,252 ± 112.16
2 and 3 50°C (122°F) 810 ± 39
80°C (176°F) 283 ± 8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace Engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC-908
 P0120 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0120 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496583

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
Throttle position sensor circuit low input
P0120 (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Implausible signal
• Throttle position sensor

D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496584

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. H

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
F43 2 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- L
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM M

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 3 F58 19 Existed
N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- P
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F43 4 F58 37 Existed

EC-909
 P0120 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-910, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-910, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496585

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM ECM
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
For 20 seconds after turning ignition Output voltage fluctuates
37 19 switch OFF between 0 V and 5 V
F58 F58
(TP sensor) (Sensor ground) More than 20 seconds after turning
0.63 - 0.77 V
ignition switch OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator assembly.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006496586

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-910
 P012A TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P012A TC BOOST SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496587

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR • Harness or connectors C
P0069 • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit (Turbocharger boost sensor)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit • Turbocharger boost sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496588

D

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor connector and ground. H

Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
F71 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

Turbocharger boost sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
F71 2 F58 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
4.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 3 F58 49 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-911
 P012A TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform EGR volume control valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496589

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “BOOST PRESS” and “ATOMOS PRESS” indication.
If the value is not very close to “ATOMOS PRESS”, maximum pressure difference between “ATOMOS
PRESS” and “BOOST PRESS” with the ignition switch ON (engine stop) = ± 50 mbar?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR-II
1. Use pump (A) to apply turbocharger boost sensor (1) as shown
in the figure.
2. Apply a pressure of between 10 kPa (0.100 bar, 0.102 kg/cm2,
1.5 psi) - 13 kPa (0.130 bar, 0.133 kg/cm2, 1.9 psi) [maximum
pressure to be applied: 13 kPa (0.130 bar, 0.133 kg/cm2, 1.9
psi)].
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check “BOOST PRESS” indication with that given by the vac-
uum pump.
If there is no discrepancy?
JMBIA0433ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

EC-912
 P012B TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P012B TC BOOST SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496590

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
P012B (Turbocharger boost sensor)
• 1.DEF: Implausible signal
• Turbocharger boost sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496591

D

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor connector and ground. H

Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
F71 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

Turbocharger boost sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
F71 2 F58 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
4.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 3 F58 49 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-913
 P012B TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK TUBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EC-914, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform EGR volume control valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496592

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “BOOST PRESS” and “ATOMOS PRESS” indication.
If the value is not very close to “ATOMOS PRESS”, maximum pressure difference between “ATOMOS
PRESS” and “BOOST PRESS” with the ignition switch ON (engine stop) = ± 50 mbar?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR-II
1. Use pump (A) to apply turbocharger boost sensor (1) as shown
in the figure.
2. Apply a pressure of between 10 kPa (0.100 bar, 0.102 kg/cm2,
1.5 psi) - 13 kPa (0.130 bar, 0.133 kg/cm2, 1.9 psi) [maximum
pressure to be applied: 13 kPa (0.130 bar, 0.133 kg/cm2, 1.9
psi)].
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check “BOOST PRESS” indication with that given by the vac-
uum pump.
If there is no discrepancy?
JMBIA0433ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

EC-914
 P0180 FPT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0180 FPT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496593

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT C
• Harness or connectors
• 2.DEF: Signal incoherence.
(Fuel temperature sensor circuit is open
P0180 • 3.DEF: Voltage too low.
or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Voltage too high.
• Fuel pump temperature sensor D
• 5.DEF: Intermittent signal incoherence

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496594

E
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G
2.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor harness connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel temperature sensor connector and ground.
I
Fuel temperature sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F69 1 Ground Approx. 5V J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
3.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Fuel temperature sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F69 2 F57 95 Existed N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR P
Refer to EC-916, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

EC-915
 P0180 FPT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496595

1.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Resistance (Ω)

25°C (77°F) 2,051 ± 123
50°C (122°F) 811 ± 47
80°C (176°F) 309 ± 17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor.

EC-916
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496596

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT C
• 1.DEF: Implausible signal • Harness or connectors
• 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open
P0190
• 3.DEF: Signal outside upper limit or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Signal incoherence. • Fuel rail pressure sensor D
• 5.DEF: Microcuts detected

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496597 E

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
H
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor connector and ground.
I
Fuel rail pressure sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
F72 3 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
F72 2 F58 27 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

1. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 1 F58 54 Existed

EC-917
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-918, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496598

1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that the “RAIL PRESSURE” indication.
If the value is lower than 30 bar?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor.

EC-918
 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496599

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL (The fuel injector circuit is open or
P0200
• 1.DEF: Voltage outside tolerance limits shorted.)
• Fuel injector
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496600

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. F
4. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel injector ECM G

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F81 1 F58 8
H
2 F82 1 F58 7
Existed
3 F83 1 F58 6
4 F84 1 F58 5 I
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel injector ECM L

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F81 2 F58 4
M
2 F82 2 F58 3
Existed
3 F83 2 F58 2
4 F84 2 F58 1 N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR P
Refer to EC-920, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

EC-919
 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496601

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 150 - 250 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.

EC-920
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496602

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

NO. 1 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT C
• CO: Open Circuit
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit
P0201
• 3.DEF: Signal incoherence.
• 4.DEF: Comparison of conformity information D
• 5.DEF: Signal incorrect.
NO. 2 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
• CO: Open Circuit E
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit
P0202
• 3.DEF: Signal incoherence.
• 4.DEF: Comparison of conformity information • Harness or connectors
• 5.DEF: Signal incorrect. (The fuel injector circuit is open or F
shorted.)
NO. 3 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT • Fuel injector
• CO: Open Circuit • Injector code
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit G
P0203
• 3.DEF: Signal incoherence.
• 4.DEF: Comparison of conformity information
• 5.DEF: Signal incorrect.
H
NO. 4 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
• CO: Open Circuit
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit
P0204
• 3.DEF: Signal incoherence. I
• 4.DEF: Comparison of conformity information
• 5.DEF: Signal incorrect.
NOTE: J
If DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204 is displayed with DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272 first perform
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272. Refer to EC-931, "DTC Logic".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496603 K

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector. M

Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
1 F81 1 F58 8
2 F82 1 F58 7
Existed O
3 F83 1 F58 6
4 F84 1 F58 5
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-921
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F81 2 F58 4
2 F82 2 F58 3
Existed
3 F83 2 F58 2
4 F84 2 F58 1
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-922, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496604

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 150 - 250kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.

EC-922
 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496605

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is C
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

D
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
ed.)
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay-1, -2, -3) E
• Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature (Overheat)
P0217 • Radiator hose
1.DEF:Operation temperature too high.
• Radiator
• Radiator cap F
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496606

1.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED FUNCTION H

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure". J

2.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150 Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
L
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
M
NO >> Refer to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-62, "Inspection". N
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. O
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-62, "Inspection". P
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

5.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
EC-923
 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Check reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-65, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank cap.
6.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-74, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace thermostat.
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
8.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-14, "Engine Coolant
Mixture Ratio"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-62, "Inspection"
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-65, "Inspection" CO-65, "Inspection"

ON* 2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-62, "Inspection"

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot —
lower radiator hoses

ON*1 7 • Cooling fan motor • IPDM E/R (auto active Operating EC-1015, "Component In-
test) spection"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-62, "Inspection"
ervoir tank and idling

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-62, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler EM-359, "General Specifi- EM-321, "Inspection"
gauge cation"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder —
tons walls or piston
*1: Engine running at idle speed.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-924
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0225 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496607

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 AND ACCELERATOR • Harness or connectors C
PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P0225 • CC.1: Short circuit to +12V shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit (APP sensor 1 and 2.) D

NOTE:
• If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC-974, "DTC Logic". E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496608

F
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. H
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and ground.

J
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Ground Voltage
Sensor Connector Terminal
1 E110 (LHD models) 4 K
Ground Approx. 5V
2 M206 (RHD models) 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
N

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness P
connector.

Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E110 (LHD models) 2 159
E32 Existed
2 M206 (RHD models) 1 152

EC-925
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E110 (LHD models) 3 158
E32 Existed
2 M206 (RHD models) 6 151
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
8.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-926, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496609

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor as follows.

Sensor Terminals Resistance

1 2 and 4 1.7 ± 0.9 KΩ
2 1 and 5 2.85 ± 2.05 KΩ
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-926
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor. A

EC

EC-927
 P0226 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0226 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496610

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 AND ACCELERATOR
• Harness or connectors
PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
• 1.DEF: Jammed accelerator pedal detected.
P0226 shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Jammed accelerator pedal detected.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• 3.DEF: Incoherence between pedal track 1 and track 2
(APP sensor 1 and 2.)
• 4.DEF: Fault on gangs 1 and 2 of the pedal potentiometer.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496611

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and ground.

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Ground Voltage
Sensor Connector Terminal
1 E110 (LHD models) 4
Ground Approx. 5V
2 M206 (RHD models) 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E110 (LHD models) 2 159
E32 Existed
2 M206 (RHD models) 1 152
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-928
 P0226 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
1. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
E
Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM
Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
1 E110 (LHD models) 3 158
E32 Existed
2 M206 (RHD models) 6 151
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. H
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors M77, E105 (RHD models)
I
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
8.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-929, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor. L
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”. M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496612

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor as follows.
P
Sensor Terminals Resistance
1 2 and 4 1.7 ± 0.9 KΩ
2 1 and 5 2.85 ± 2.05 KΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-929
 P0226 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

EC-930
 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496613

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

P0263 NO. 1 cylinder fuel injector performance C
P0266 NO. 2 cylinder fuel injector performance
• Fuel injector
P0269 NO. 3 cylinder fuel injector performance
D
P0272 NO. 4 cylinder fuel injector performance
NOTE:
Check injector code when the above DTC is indicated. If the code is normal, replace injector showing an appli- E
cable code. If the code is not normal, load injector codes and initialize the injector learning.

EC-931
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496614

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Signal incoherence
• Harness or connectors
• 2.DEF: No signal
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0335 • 3.DEF: Signal interference
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• 4.DEF: Number of teeth incorrect.
• Signal plate
• 5.DEF: Plausibility.
• CO: Open circuit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496615

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 2 F57 114 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 1 F57 113 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-933, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

EC-932
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK GEAR TOOTH A

Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. EC
NO >> Replace signal plate.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496616

1.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CKP sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between CKP sensor (POS) terminals as follows. F

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 520 - 860 Ω G

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.

EC-933
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496617

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
• 6.DEF: Camshaft signal incoherence (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0340 • 7.DEF: No signal • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• 9.DEF: Signal with interference • Timing belt
• 10.DEF: Plausibility • Signal plate

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496618

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F70 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 2 F57 99 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 3 F57 126 Existed

EC-934
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) EC

Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
6.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE D
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth of CMP sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace sprocket.
7.CHECK TIMING BELT F
Refer to EM-302, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. G
NO >> Replace timing belt.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496619

1.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) J

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Measure the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. K

+ -
Condition Voltage L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition M
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle
changes depending on
N
rpm at idle.
126 JSBIA0140GB
F57 (CMP sensor E32 160
signal) O

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 P
rpm

JSBIA0141GB

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor.

EC-935
 P0380 GLOW RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0380 GLOW RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496620

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

GLOW PLUG DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION
• Harness or connectors
• CO: Open circuit
(The glow relay circuit is open or shorted.)
P0380 • CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
• Glow relay
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V
• Glow plug
• 1.DEF: Fault alerted via the control unit
NOTE:
If DTC P0380 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
Refer to EC-963, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0560) or EC-976, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0657).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496621

1.CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow relay harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between glow relay connector and ground.

Glow relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F16 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 100 A fusible link (letter B)
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK GLOW RELAY INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Glow relay ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 3 F57 122 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-936
 P0380 GLOW RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Glow relay ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 8 F57 110 Existed
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace glow relay. E
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-937
 P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496622

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL
or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496623

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION
Check that EGR volume control valve is installed properly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Install EGR volume control valve properly.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.

EGR volume control valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
14 Existed
2
13 Not existed
F88 F58
14 Not existed
6
13 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE VISUALLY
1. Remove the EGR volume control valve
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the EGR volume control valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the EGR volume control valve.
5.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-938
 P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage. A
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-939, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
C
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
E
8.REPLACE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Replace the EGR volume control valve.
2. Perform EC-881, "Work Procedure" F

>> INSPECTIO END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496624
G

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL MOTOR

H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
I
Terminals Resistance
2 and 6 2.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.REPLACE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Replace the EGR volume control valve.
2. Perform EC-881, "Work Procedure" L

>> INSPECTIO END

M

EC-939
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496625

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
P0403 • 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
or shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Operation temperature too high.
• EGR volume control valve

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496626

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve terminal harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

EGR volume control valve terminal ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 32
2 14
F88 3 F58 59 Existed
5 38
6 13
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-941, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-941, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
4.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-940
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496627

EC
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance EGR volume control valve harness connector. C

EGR volume control valve

Resistance
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
F88 2 F88 6 2.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". E
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Check continuity EGR volume control valve harness connector. F

EGR volume control valve

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 1 F88 3 Continuity should exist.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". H

EC-941
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496628

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible Cause

• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SEN- (The EGR volume control valve control position
P0409
SOR CIRCUIT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496629

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EGR volume control valve control position sensor connector and ground.

EGR volume control valve control position sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F88 1 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve control position sensor harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EGR volume control valve control posi-

ECM
tion sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 3 E58 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve control position sensor harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EC-942
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

EGR volume control valve control posi- A

ECM
tion sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 5 E58 38 Existed EC

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE F
1. Replace the EGR volume control valve.
2. Perform EC-881, "Work Procedure"
G
>> INSPECTIO END

EC-943
 P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496630

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit
(The exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0470 • 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
shorted.)
• 3.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
NOTE:
If DTC P0470 is displayed with DTC P0651 or P2263, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651 or P2263.
Refer to EC-975, "DTC Logic" (P0651), EC-1003, "DTC Logic" (P2263).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496631

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F67 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F67 1 F58 23 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-944
 P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F67 2 F58 42 Existed
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. E
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-945
 P0471 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0471 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496632

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 • Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P0471 • 1.DEF: Incorrect sensor mounting • Exhaust gas pipe (Between Exhaust gas pressure sen-
• 2.DEF: Implausible signal sor 1 and Exhaust manifold)
NOTE:
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0470 or P2226, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0470 or P2226.
Refer to EC-944, "DTC Logic" (P0470), EC-1002, "DTC Logic" (P2226).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496633

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 AND EXHAUST GAS PIPE INSTALLATION
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor and exhaust gas pipe for poor installation and damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Install exhaust gas pressure sensor and exhaust gas pipe properly.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F67 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F67 1 F58 23 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-946
 P0471 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. A

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F67 2 F58 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1.
NO >> Repair or replace.
F

EC-947
 P047A EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P047A EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496634

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 circuit
(The exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 circuit is open or
P047A • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2
NOTE:
If DTC P047A is displayed with DTC P0651, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651. Refer to EC-975,
"DTC Logic".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496635

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 2 F58 31 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-948
 P047A EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 3 F58 53 Existed
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-949
 P047B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P047B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496636

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 circuit • Harness or connectors
• 1.DEF: Signal incoherence. (The exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 circuit is open or
P047B
• 2.DEF: Signal detected outside upper or shorted.)
lower limit. • Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496637

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 2 F58 31 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 3 F58 53 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-950
 P047B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 2. C
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-951
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496638

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
or shorted.)
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
• EGR volume control valve (DC motor)
• EGR volume control valve control position
sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496639

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve terminal harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

EGR volume control valve terminal ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 32
2 14
F88 3 F58 59 Existed
5 38
6 13
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-952, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-952, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496640

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

EC-952
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance EGR volume control valve harness connector. A

EGR volume control valve

Resistance EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 2 F88 6 2.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". C
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
D
2. Check continuity EGR volume control valve harness connector.

EGR volume control valve E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 1 F88 3 Continuity should exist.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". F

EC-953
 P0488 EGR SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0488 EGR SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496641

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
EGR VOLUME CONTROL
or shorted.)
P0488 • 5.DEF: Valve locked
• EGR volume control valve (DC motor)
• 6.DEF: Valve locked
• EGR volume control valve control position
sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496642

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve terminal harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

EGR volume control valve terminal ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 32
2 14
F88 3 F58 59 Existed
5 38
6 13
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-954, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-954, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496643

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

EC-954
 P0488 EGR SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance EGR volume control valve harness connector. A

EGR volume control valve

Resistance EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 2 F88 6 2.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". C
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
D
2. Check continuity EGR volume control valve harness connector.

EGR volume control valve E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F88 1 F88 3 Continuity should exist.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-881, "Work Procedure". F

EC-955
 P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496644

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
P0504 ASCD brake switch circuit (The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD brake switch

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496645

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ACSD brake switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between ACSD brake switch harness connector and ground.

ACSD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M203 (RHD models)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112 (LHD models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ACSD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ACSD brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M203 (RHD models)
2 E32 148 Existed
E112 (LHD models)
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ACSD brake switch.

EC-956
 P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NO >> Repair or replace.
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496646

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following condition.
C

ASCD brake switch

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal D
M203 Depressed Not existed
M203
(RHD
(RHD
models)
models) 1
E112
2 ASCD brake switch E
E112 (LHD Released Existed
(LHD
models)
models)
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
G

EC-957
 P0525 ASCD SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0525 ASCD SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496647

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD brake switch circuit
P0525 (The Clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Clutch pedal position switch circuit
• ASCD brake switch
• Clutch pedal position switch

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496648

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ACSD brake switch and clutch pedal position switch harness connectors.
2. Check the voltage between ACSD brake switch and clutch pedal position switch harness connectors and
ground.

ACSD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M203 (RHD models)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112 (LHD models)

Clutch pedal position switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M208 (RHD models)
3 Ground Battery voltage
E111 (LHD models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ACSD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ACSD brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M203 (RHD models)
2 E32 148 Existed
E112 (LHD models)
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

EC-958
 P0525 ASCD SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Clutch pedal position switch A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M208 (RHD models)
4 Ground Existed EC
E111 (LHD models)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH D
Refer to EC-959, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch or clutch pedal position switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ACSD brake switch or clutch pedal position switch. G
NO >> Repair or replace.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496649
H
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following condition.

J
ASCD brake switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal
M203 Depressed Not existed K
M203
(RHD
(RHD
models)
models) 1 2 ASCD brake switch
E112 Released Existed
E112 (LHD
(LHD L
models)
models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following condition.
O
clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal
P
M208 (RHD M208 (RHD Depressed Not existed
models) models) clutch pedal position
3 4
E111 (LHD E111 (LHD switch Released Existed
models) models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.

EC-959
 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496650

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
open or shorted.)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496651

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 1 F58 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-960
 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1 A
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
C
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F58 46 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. G
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
J
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-961
 P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496652

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit
(Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0544 • 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496653

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F76 63 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas temperature sensor 1.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-962
 P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496654

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness connectors C
(ECM power supply circuit is open or
BATTERY VOLTAGE
shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Permanent low level
P0560 • Battery
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level D
• Battery terminal
• 3.DEF: Battery voltage too low
• Alternator
• IPDM E/R
NOTE: E
When IPDM E/R DTC is indicated with DTC P0560, IPDM E/R DTC must be checked first.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496655
F
1.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check battery voltage.

Voltage: Above 11 V
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Recharge the battery. I
2.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check battery terminals condition. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals. K
3.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed. L
Refer to, PG-126, "Battery" and CHG-35, "Alternator".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. N

ECM
Ground Voltage O
Connector Terminal
F57 67
Ground Battery voltage
E32 153 P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
EC-963
 P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 68 E14 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace 20A fuse.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-964
 P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496656

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ASCD steering switch circuit C
• Harness or connectors
• CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12 V
P0564 (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Values outside tolerances.
• ASCD steering switch
• 2.DEF: Signal incoherence.
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496657

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Check ASCD steering switch circuit.

F
ASCD steering switch>>Refer to EC-1011, "Component Function Check" and EC-1011, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
ASCD main switch>>Refer to EC-1009, "Component Function Check" and EC-1009, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G

EC-965
 P0574 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0574 VSS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496658

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

P0574 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL Combination meter

EC-966
 P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496659

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible Cause

• Harness or connectors C
ASCD steering switch circuit
P0575 (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DEF:Signal incoherence.
• ASCD steering switch

D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496660

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Check ASCD steering switch circuit.

ASCD steering switch>>Refer to EC-1011, "Component Function Check" and EC-1011, "Diagnosis Proce- F
dure".
ASCD main switch>>Refer to EC-1009, "Component Function Check" and EC-1009, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G

EC-967
 P0606 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0606 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496661

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ECM
P0606 ECM
• 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496662

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-968
 P060A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P060A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496663

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

COMPUTER (C/U) C
• 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
P060A ECM
• 2.DEF: Internal electronic fault
• 3.DEF: Internal electronic fault
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496664

1.INSPECTION START E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds. F
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure".
I
>> INSPECTION END

EC-969
 P060B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P060B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496665

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Engine control module (A/D processing performance)
P060B • ECM
• 1.DEF:Internal electronic fault

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496666

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-970
 P061A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P061A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496667

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ECM C
• 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
P061A • 2.DEF: Internal electronic fault ECM
• 3.DEF: Internal electronic fault
• 4.DEF: Internal electronic fault D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496668

E
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P061A displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM H

1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure".
I

>> INSPECTION END

J

EC-971
 P062B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P062B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496669

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Engine control module (Injector module error)
• 1.DEF:Internal electronic fault
• 2.DEF:Internal electronic fault
P062B • ECM
• 3.DEF:Internal electronic fault
• 4.DEF:Internal electronic fault
• 5.DEF:Internal electronic fault

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496670

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P062B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-972
 P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496671

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
Electric throttle control actuator
1.DEF:No response from the valve motor
P0638 2.DEF:Inlet flap blocked closed Electric throttle control actuator
3.DEF:Inlet flap blocked open. D
4.DEF:Closing of air inlet flap
NOTE:
If DTC P0638 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P2100, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120 or P2100. E
Refer to EC-909, "DTC Logic" (P0120), EC-997, "DTC Logic" (P2100).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496672

F
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC-910, "Component Inspection" (P0120), EC-998, "Component Inspection" (P2100).
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-973, "Special Repair Requirement". I

>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

K
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006496673
L
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
M

>> END
N

EC-973
 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496674

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor power supply circuit)
(Turbocharger boost sensor power supply circuit)
(EGR volume control valve control position sensor power
supply circuit)
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(Throttle position sensor power supply circuit)
P0641 • 1.DEF: Above the max level
(Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 power supply circuit)
• 2.DEF: Below the min level
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496675

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
64 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 F76 1
EGR volume control valve (EGR volume control valve con-
32 F88 1
F58 trol position sensor)
16 Throttle position sensor F43 2
52 Turbocharger boost sensor F71 1
154 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) M206 (RHD models) 4
E32
150 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 2) E110 (LHD models) 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-974
 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496676

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
(The APP sensor power supply circuit)
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (Refrigerant pressure sensor power supply circuit)
P0651 • 1.DEF: Above the max level (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 power supply circuit)
• 2.DEF: Below the min level • Accelerator pedal position sensor D
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496677

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS H
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor I
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F58 40 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
J
F57 88 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 F68 1
154 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) M206 (RHD models) 4
E32
150 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 2) E110 (LHD models) 5 K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
L
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”. M

>> INSPECTION END

N

EC-975
 P0657 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0657 ECM RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496678

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The ECM relay circuit is open or short-
ECM RELAY CIRCUIT
P0657 ed.)
CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
• IPDM E/R (ECM relay)
• 20A fuse (No. 43)
NOTE:
When IPDM E/R DTC is indicated with DTC P0657, IPDM E/R DTC must be checked first.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496679

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 105 E32 160 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector F57.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 105 E14 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness or connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-976
 P0657 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK 20A FUSE A

1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 20A fuse.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

D
>> INSPECTION END

EC-977
 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496680

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Sensor power supply 3 circuit • Harness or connectors
P0697 1.DEF:Above the max level (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
2.DEF:Below the min level • Fuel rail pressure sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496681

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 4 minutes.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F72 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 4 minutes.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connec-
tor and ECM harness connector.

ECM Fuel rail pressure sensor

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F58 56 F72 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-918, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel rail.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-978
 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
>> INSPECTION END
A

EC

EC-979
 P0833 CPP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0833 CPP SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496682

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
P0833 Clutch pedal position switch circuit (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Clutch pedal position switch

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496683

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

Clutch pedal position switch

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E111 (LHD)
4 Ground Existed
M208 (RHD)
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E111 (LHD)
3 E32 140 Existed
M208 (RHD)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-981, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-980
 P0833 CPP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496684

A
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.

Clutch pedal position switch C

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E111 (LHD) Fully released Existed

3 and 4 Clutch pedal D
M208 (RHD) Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
F
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
G
Clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals

E111 (LHD) Fully released Existed H

3 and 4 Clutch pedal
M208 (RHD) Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.

EC-981
 P1205 EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1205 EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496685

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL
• Harness or connectors
• CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
P1205 (The exhaust fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V
• Exhaust fuel injector
• CO: Open circuit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496686

1.CHECK EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust fuel injector harness connector and ground.

Exhaust fuel injector

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F85 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and exhaust fuel injector

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Exhaust fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F85 2 F57 85 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-983, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust fuel injector.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
EC-982
 P1205 EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496687

EC
1.CHECK EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust fuel injector harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between exhaust fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance D
1 and 2 150 - 250 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace exhaust fuel injector.

EC-983
 P1525 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR ASCD AND SPEED LIMITER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1525 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR ASCD AND SPEED LIMITER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496688

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible Cause

ASCD and speed limiter communication circuit • ASCD brake switch
P1525 DEF:The data supplied to the cruise control or • Clutch pedal position switch
speed limiter are not correct. • Combination meter

EC-984
 P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496689

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit • Harness or connectors C
• 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit is open or
P1544
• 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit shorted.)
• 3.DEF: Signal incoherence. • Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
D
NOTE:
If DTC P1544 is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115. Refer to EC-907,
"DTC Logic".
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496690

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

1. Disconnect exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
3. Check the voltage between exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2

Ground Voltage J
Connector Terminal
F68 1 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

N
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F68 2 F57 75 Existed O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas temperature sensor 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-985
 P1545 EGT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1545 EGT SENSOR 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496691

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Electric throttle control actuator
• Turbocharger
• Mass air flow sensor
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 performance
• EGR circuit
P1545 • 1.DEF:Signal outside lower limit
• Exhaust pipes
• 2.DEF:Signal outside upper limit
• Air cleaner filter
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• Vacuum pump circuit
NOTE:
If DTC P1545 is displayed with DTC P1544, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1544. Refer to EC-985,
"DTC Logic".

EC-986
 P160C ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P160C ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496692

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ECM C
P160C ECM
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496693

D

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
F
Is the DTC P160C displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
G
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-879, "Work Procedure". H

>> INSPECTION END

I

EC-987
 P1632 FUEL CUT OFF VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1632 FUEL CUT OFF VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496694

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

FUEL CUT OFF VALVE CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
• CC.0: Short circuit to earth. (The fuel injector circuit is open or
P1632
• CC.1: Short-circuit to +12V shorted.)
• CO: Open Circuit • Fuel cut off valve

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496695

1.CHECK FUEL CUT OFF VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel cut off valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel cut off valve harness connector and ground.

Fuel cut off valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F86 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and fuel cut off valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL CUT OFF VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel cut off valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel cut off valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F86 2 F57 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL CUT OFF VALVE
Refer to EC-989, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust fuel injector.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-988
 P1632 FUEL CUT OFF VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496696

EC
1.CHECK FUEL CUT OFF VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel cut off valve harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between fuel cut off valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance D
1 and 2 150 - 250 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace fuel cut off valve.

EC-989
 P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496697

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CON-
NECTION • Harness or connectors
P1641 • CO: Open circuit (Thermoplunger control unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.0: Short circuit to earth. • Thermoplunger control unit
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496698

1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger control unit harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ground.

Thermoplunger control unit

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F25 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link (letter B)
• Harness for open and short between thermoplunger control unit and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Thermoplunger control unit ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25 2 F57 93 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-990
 P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496699

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CON- C
NECTION • Harness or connectors
P1642 • CO: Open circuit (Thermoplunger control unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.0: Short circuit to earth. • Thermoplunger control unit
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496700

E
1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger control unit harness connector. F
3. Check the voltage between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ground.

Thermoplunger control unit G

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F25 Ground Battery voltage H
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link (letter B)
• Harness for open and short between thermoplunger control unit and battery
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Thermoplunger control unit ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25 8 F57 108 Existed N

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-991
 P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496701

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CON-
NECTION • Harness or connectors
P1643 • C0: Open circuit (Thermoplunger control unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.0: Short circuit to earth. • Thermoplunger control unit
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496702

1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger control unit harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ground.

Thermoplunger control unit

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F25 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link (letter B)
• Harness for open and short between thermoplunger control unit and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Thermoplunger control unit ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25 1 F57 104 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-992
 P1650 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P1650 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496703

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Fusible link C
• Harness or connectors
THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT
P1650 (Thermoplunger control unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Signal incoherence.
• Thermoplunger control unit
• Thermoplunger D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496704

E
1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger control unit harness connector. F
3. Check the voltage between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ground.

Thermoplunger control unit G

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F25 Ground Battery voltage H
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link (letter B)
• Harness for open and short between thermoplunger control unit and battery
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I L
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Thermoplunger control unit ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 104 N
2 93
F25 3 F57 120 Existed
O
7 123
8 108
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between thermoplunger control unit and ECM.
EC-993
 P1650 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect thermoplunger harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between thermoplunger control unit harness connector and thermoplunger harness
connector.

Thermoplunger control unit Thermoplunger

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
10 F202
11 F203
F201 1 Existed
12 F204
9 F205
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning Thermoplunger.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496705

1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger harness connector.
3. Check resistance between thermoplunger terminals as follows.

Terminal Resistance
1 and ground Not less than 2Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning thermoplunger.

EC-994
 P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496706

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
Diesel particulate filter efficiency below threshold
P2002 • 1.DEF: Connections • Diesel particulate filter
• 2.DEF: Clogged
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496707

1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER E

Refer to EC-995, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
G
1. Replace diesel particulate filter.
2. Perform “Diesel Particulate Filter Data Clear”. Refer to EC-884, "Work Procedure"
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496708

I
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. With engine running in neutral position, make 4 accelerations (wait at least 10 seconds between 2 accel- J
erations).
3. Put white duster on exhaust line output.
4. With engine running in neutral position, make 1 acceleration. K
5. Duster is still white.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER-II
1. Put a new white duster. M
2. With engine running in neutral position, make 10 accelerations.
3. Compare duster state with the first one (Step 1 - 5). If duster becames dark grey or black, diesel particu-
late filter is damaged. N
Is the diesel particulate filter damaged?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.REPLACE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
1. Replace diesel particulate filter.
P
2. Perform “Diesel Particulate Filter Data Clear”. Refer to EC-884, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-995
 P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496709

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or
P2080
• 1.DEF: Measured temperature too high shorted.)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496710

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F58 63 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace exhaust gas temperature sensor 1.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-996
 P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496711

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
Throttle control motor circuit • Harness or connectors
P2100 1.DEF:Signal incoherence. (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
2.DEF:Thermal protection • Electric throttle control actuator
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496712

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 4 minutes.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between the following terminals. H

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
9 Existed
1
10 Not existed J
F43 F58
9 Not existed
6
10 Existed
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTRTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Perform EC-998, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
4.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. O
2. Perform EC-998, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END P

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-997
 P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496713

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
[Engine is running]
9 • Warm-up condition 0V
• Idle speed

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
F58 E32 160
• Idle speed
10
JSBIA0128GB

[Ignition switch: OFF]

• For a few seconds after
0V
turning ignition switch
OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-998, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006496714

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-998
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496715

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

C
Electric Throttle control actuator cir-
• Harness or connectors
P2119 cuit
• Electric throttle control actuator
1.DEF:Offset implausible
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496716

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
G
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-999, "Special Repair Requirement".
H
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006496717

I
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
J

>> END
K

EC-999
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2120 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496718

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2120 • 1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
(APP sensor 2)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496719

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and ground.

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Ground Voltage
Sensor Connector Terminal
E110 (LHD models)
2 5 Ground Approx. 5V
M206 (RHD models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors E105, M77 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor.
3. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM

Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 (LHD models)
2 1 E32 152 Existed
M206 (RHD models)
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-1000
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

• Harness connectors E105, M77 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Check the continuity between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM
Continuity
Sensor Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
E110 (LHD models)
2 6 E32 151 Existed
M206 (RHD models)
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. G
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connectors E105, M77 (RHD models)
• Harness connectors M95, M202 (RHD models) H
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. I

8.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor. K
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
L

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496720
M

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor as follows.
O
Sensor Terminals Resistance
1 2 and 4 1.7 ± 0.9 KΩ
P
2 1 and 5 2.85 ± 2.05 KΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

EC-1001
 P2226 BARO SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2226 BARO SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496721

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
P2226 • 1.DEF: Above the max level • ECM
• 2.DEF: Below the min level

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496722

1.REPLACE ECM
Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1002
 P2263 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2263 TC SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496723

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors C
(Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit
is open or shorted.)
• Air inlet circuit
• Vacuum pump D
AIR INLET CIRCUIT
• Vacuum hose
P2263 • 1.DEF: Turbocharging pressure is too high.
• Turbocharger
• 2.DEF: Turbocharging pressure is too low.
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
E
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Electric throttle control actuator
• EGR circuit
• Exhaust pipe F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496724

1.CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks H
or improper connection. Refer to EC-825, "TURBOCHARGER
BOOST CONTROL : Vacuum Hose Drawing".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 2.
J

SEF109L
K
2.CHECK AIR FILTER
Check that air filter is not obstructed.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 3.
M
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT
Check that intake air duct is not obstructed.
Is the inspection result normal? N
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VACUUM PUMP O

Check vacuum pump.

Is the inspection result normal? P
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check turbocharger.
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> Repair or replace.

EC-1003
 P2263 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F89 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E89 1 F57 86 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-894, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
10.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-998, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-1004
 P2263 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
A
>> INSPECTION END

EC

EC-1005
 P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496725

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE • Harness or connectors
CIRCUIT (The EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
P245A
• 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• 3.DEF: Signal outside upper limit • EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC P245A is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
Refer to EC-963, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0560) or EC-976, "DTC Logic" (DTC P0657).
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496726

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F89 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F89 1 F57 86 Existed

EC-1006
 P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE EC

Refer to EC-1007, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496727

F
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Measure the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. G

ECM
H
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
[Engine is running] I
• Not warm-up condi-
0.1 V
tion
F57 86 E32 160 • Idle speed
[Engine is running] J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve.
L

EC-1007
 PC415 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
PC415 COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006496728

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006496729

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
PC415 • 1.DEF: Invalid source computer multiplex signals (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• 2.DEF: Invalid source computer multiplex signals. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496730

Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

EC-1008
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ASCD MAIN SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496731

1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
C
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage (V)
Connector D
Terminal Terminal
130 Pressed Battery voltage
E32 (ASCD main 160 ASCD MAIN switch
switch signal) Released Approx. 0 E

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Go to EC-1009, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496732

G
1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ground.
I
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M303 35 Ground Battery voltage
J

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• 10 A fuse (No. 2)
• Harness for open and short between combination switch (spiral cable) and ground. M

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness con- O
nector.

ECM Combination switch (spiral cable) P

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E32 142 M302 13 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC-1009
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector E105, M77
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch (spiral cable)

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1010, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496733

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the fol-
lowing condition.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal
Pressed Existed
36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303 35 M303
Pressed Existed
37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II
Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 100
M302 13 and 16
SET/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 274
RESUME switch: Pressed Approx. 910
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-1010
 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496734

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
C
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector D
Terminal Terminal
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0V
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 0.5V E
142
E32 143 SET/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1.1V
(ASCD steering switch signal)
RESUME switch: Pressed Approx. 2.2V
F
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Go to EC-1011, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496735

H
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J

2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. L

Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM

Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M302 13 E32 142 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. O
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connector E105, M77 P
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

EC-1011
 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M302 16 E32 143 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
• Harness connector E105, M77
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination switch (spiral cable)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “GROUND INSPECTION” and “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496736

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the fol-
lowing condition.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal
Pressed Existed
36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303 35 M303
Pressed Existed
37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II
Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

EC-1012
 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Combination switch (spiral cable) A

Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0
EC
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 100
M302 13 and 16
SET/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 274
RESUME switch: Pressed Approx. 910 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. D

EC-1013
 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006496737

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496738

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-1014, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496739

Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

EC-1014
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
COOLING FAN
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496740

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT D

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector. E

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
5 E75 1
E10
7 3 Existed
E76 G
E11 10 4
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
H
Cooling fan motor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E75 2 Ground Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES or NO
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR M

Refer to EC-1015, "Component Inspection".

YES or NO N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
YES or NO
P
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-63, "Exploded
View" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496741

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

EC-1015
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector E75 and E76.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
1 2
Cooling fan mo- Low
3 4
tor
High 1 and 3 2 and 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.

EC-1016
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496742

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press ASCD MAIN switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (20 MPH) C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Check that the readings of the speedometer show the same values as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1017, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496743
F

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart". G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. H
2.CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated. J
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace.
L

EC-1017
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496744

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Press speed limiter MAIN switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (20 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch.
5. Perform a test drive on a flat road conditions. Check that the speedometer indicated the same value as
the set speed indicator on the information display while depressing the accelerator pedal until just before
a kickdown occurs.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1018, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496745

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-1018
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496746

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1019, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496747

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE E

Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “GROUND INSPECTION” and “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace. J

EC-1019
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006496748

1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
Ground Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
Pressed Battery voltage
E32 139 Ground Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1020, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496749

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ground.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M303 35 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• 10 A fuse (No. 2)
• Harness for open and short between combination switch (spiral cable) and ground.

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness con-
nector.

EC-1020
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

ECM Combination switch (spiral cable) A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E32 139 M303 36 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connector E105, M77
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch (spiral cable) E

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH F

Refer to EC-1021, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006496750

J
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. K
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the fol-
lowing condition.
L
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminal
M
Pressed Existed
36 Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released Not existed
M303 35 M303
Pressed Existed N
37 ASCD MAIN switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II P
Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.

EC-1021
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 100
M302 13 and 16
SET/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 274
RESUME switch: Pressed Approx. 910
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-1022
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006496751
EC
NOTE:
Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the CONSULT-III.
C
Symptom Trouble diagnosis Reference page
EC-1024, "Diag-
No communication with the ECM CHART 1 D
nosis Procedure"
EC-1025, "Diag-
Engine does not start or starts with difficulty CHART 2
nosis Procedure"
EC-1027, "Diag- E
Starting malfunction Starting difficult with cold engine CHART 3
nosis Procedure"
EC-1029, "Diag-
Impossible to shut off engine CHART 4
nosis Procedure" F
EC-1030, "Diag-
Engine Idle speed too high CHART 5
nosis Procedure"
Idle speed malfunction
EC-1031, "Diag- G
Engine Idle speed too low or unstable CHART 6
nosis Procedure"
EC-1033, "Diag-
Engine stalling CHART 7
nosis Procedure" H
EC-1035, "Diag-
No or very little acceleration, increase in engine speed CHART 8
nosis Procedure"
EC-1038, "Diag- I
Engine bucking CHART 9
nosis Procedure"
EC-1040, "Diag-
Erratic acceleration CHART 10
nosis Procedure" J
EC-1042, "Diag-
No engine braking CHART 11
nosis Procedure"
EC-1043, "Diag- K
Behavior while driving Loss of power CHART 12
nosis Procedure"
EC-1046, "Diag-
Too much power CHART 13
nosis Procedure" L
EC-1048, "Diag-
Overspeed at idle speed or on releasing brake CHART 14
nosis Procedure"
EC-1049, "Diag- M
Excessive consumption CHART 15
nosis Procedure"
EC-1051, "Diag-
Engine knock CHART 16
nosis Procedure"
N
EC-1053, "Diag-
Engine overheating CHART 17
nosis Procedure"
EC-1054, "Diag-
Engine smokes when started CHART 18 O
nosis Procedure"
EC-1055, "Diag-
Engine emits blue smoke CHART 19
nosis Procedure"
P
EC-1057, "Diag-
Noise, odors or smoke Engine smokes when revved CHART 20
nosis Procedure"
EC-1058, "Diag-
Engine emits white smoke (especially when starting) CHART 21
nosis Procedure"
EC-1059, "Diag-
Emission control not satisfactory CHART 22
nosis Procedure"

EC-1023
 NOT COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NOT COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM
Description INFOID:0000000006496752

CHART 1: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496753

1.INSPECTION START
Ensure that CONSULT-III is not causing the malfunction by trying to establish dialogue with an ECM on
another vehicle. If the CONSULT-III is not at malfunction, and dialogue cannot be established with any other
ECM on the same vehicle, the cause could be a suspected ECM interfering on the CAN communication line.
Check the voltage of the battery and carry out the operations necessary to obtain a voltage which is to specifi-
cation (9.5 V < U battery < 17.5 V).

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND
Check the ECM earth (ground).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK DATA LINK CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
Check for the presence of 12 V on terminal 16 with ignition switch OFF, 12 V on terminal 8 with ignition switch
ON and an earth (ground) on terminals 4 and 5 of the data link connector.
Repair if necessary.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-1024
 ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496754

CHART 2: ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496755

1.CHECK FUEL C
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY
Check the battery. Refer to PG-124, "Removal and Installation". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace battery. Refer to PG-124, "Removal and Installation". F
3.CHECK STARTER MOTOR
Check the starter and starter control relay. Refer to STR-8, "STARTING SYSTEM (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) G
: System Description", STR-9, "STARTING SYSTEM (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace starter motor or starter control relay.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY
Check the ECM relay. Refer to EC-976, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (With intelligent key system),
PCS-63, "Removal and Installation" (With intelligent key system).
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT K
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. L
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
M
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. N
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace. P
8.CHECK CAMSHAFT
Check the camshaft. Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace camshaft.

EC-1025
 ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

9.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTORS/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1026
 STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496756

CHART 3: STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496757

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL C

Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
D
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Top up the oil.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL E
Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Draining", LU-34, "Refilling".
3.CHECK BATTERY G
Check the battery. Refer to PG-113, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace battery. Refer to PG-124, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK STARTER MOTOR
Check the starter motor. Refer to STR-8, "STARTING SYSTEM (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) : System Descrip- I
tion" (With intelligent key), STR-9, "STARTING SYSTEM (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) : System Descrip-
tion" (With intelligent key).
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace starter motor.
5.CHECK COMPONENT PART K

Check the following.

• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection". L
• Fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-916, "Component Inspection".
• Intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-906, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK GLOW SYSTEM N
Check the glow system. Refer to EC-936, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Repair or replace glow system. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
P
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP

EC-1027
 STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check the compression pressure.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1028
 IMPOSSIBLE TO SHUT OFF ENGINE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
IMPOSSIBLE TO SHUT OFF ENGINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496758

CHART 4: IMPOSSIBLE TO SHUT OFF ENGINE EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496759

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT C

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS E
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-1029
 ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH
Description INFOID:0000000006496760

CHART 5: ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496761

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-1030
 ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTABLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTABLE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496762

CHART 6: ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTABLE EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496763

1.CHECK FUEL C
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. F
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. H
4.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
J
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
L
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR N
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
8.CHECK EGR SYSTEM P
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
EC-1031
 ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTABLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1032
 ENGINE STALLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE STALLING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496764

CHART 7: ENGINE STALLING EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496765

1.CHECK FUEL C
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. F
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. H
4.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
J
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
L
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.CHECK EGR SYSTEM N
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
8.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER P
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION

EC-1033
 ENGINE STALLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
10.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1034
 NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496766

CHART 8: NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496767

1.CHECK FUEL C
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. F
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. H
4.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
J
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
L
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER N
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the turbocharger correct?
O
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Repair or replace.
8.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR P
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK EGR SYSTEM
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-1035
 NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
12.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

EC-1036
 NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
>> INSPECTION END
A

EC

EC-1037
 ENGINE BUCKING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE BUCKING
Description INFOID:0000000006496768

CHART 9: ENGINE BUCKING

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496769

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
Check the following component.
• “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” [Refer to BRC-24, "CONSULT-III Function". (Without ESP),
BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function". (With ESP)]
• Combination meter (Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
7.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-1038
 ENGINE BUCKING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. A
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace.
C
10.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)". D

>> GO TO 11.
E
11.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)". F

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) G
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".
H

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) I
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".
J
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT K
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".
L
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
M
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

N
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST O
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END P

EC-1039
 ERRATIC ACCELERATION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ERRATIC ACCELERATION
Description INFOID:0000000006496770

CHART 10: Erratic acceleration

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496771

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
Check the following component.
• “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” [Refer to BRC-24, "CONSULT-III Function". (Without ESP),
BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function". (With ESP)]
• Combination meter (Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
7.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

EC-1040
 ERRATIC ACCELERATION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> GO TO 9. A
9.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce- EC
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 10. C
10.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)". D

>> GO TO 11.
E
11.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)". F

>> INSPECTION END

G

EC-1041
 NO ENGINE BRAKING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
NO ENGINE BRAKING
Description INFOID:0000000006496772

CHART 11: NO ENGINE BRAKING

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496773

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1061, "Idle Speed".

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1042
 LOSS OF POWER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
LOSS OF POWER
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496774

CHART 12: LOSS OF POWER EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496775

1.CHECK FUEL C
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter. E
Is the fuel filter correct?
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with an genuine part. F
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL
Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Refilling". H
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Is the engine oil level correct?
I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Top up the oil.
J
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
L
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
7.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM N
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR P
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
EC-1043
 LOSS OF POWER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
Check the following component.
• “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” [Refer to BRC-24, "CONSULT-III Function". (Without ESP),
BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function". (With ESP)]
• Combination meter (Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace.
13.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> Repair or replace.
14.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
15.CHECK EGR SYSTEM
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace.
16.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace.
17.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
EC-1044
 LOSS OF POWER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)". A

>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE) EC

Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".
C

>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE) D
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".
E
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT F
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".
G
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN H
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".
I
>> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST J
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

K
>> INSPECTION END

EC-1045
 TOO MUCH POWER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
TOO MUCH POWER
Description INFOID:0000000006496776

CHART 13: TOO MUCH POWER

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496777

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
Check the following component.
• “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” [Refer to BRC-24, "CONSULT-III Function". (Without ESP),
BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function". (With ESP)]
• Combination meter (Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

EC-1046
 TOO MUCH POWER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> GO TO 9. A
9.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC- EC
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 10. C
10.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)". D

>> GO TO 11.
E
11.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)". F

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY G

Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)". H

>> INSPECTION END

I

EC-1047
 OVERSPEED AT IDLE SPEED OR ON RELEASING BRAKE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
OVERSPEED AT IDLE SPEED OR ON RELEASING BRAKE
Description INFOID:0000000006496778

CHART 14: OVERSPEED AT IDLE SPEED OR ON RELEASING BRAKE

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496779

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL

Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Refilling".
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Top up the oil.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
6.CHECK “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Perform trouble diagnosis on the “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”. [Refer to
BRC-24, "CONSULT-III Function". (Without ESP), BRC-131, "CONSULT-III Function". (With ESP)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-1048
 EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496780

CHART 15:EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496781

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT C

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS E
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM G
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace. L
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> Repair or replace. N
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Repair or replace.
P
8.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-867, "Work Procedure (TEST 1: Low
Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
EC-1049
 EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform the TEST 2: INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP CHECK. Refer to EC-868, "Work Procedure
(TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)".

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1050
 ENGINE KNOCK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE KNOCK
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496782

CHART 16: ENGINE KNOCK EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496783

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL C

Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Refilling".
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL E
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> Top up the oil.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system. L
6.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace. N
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
P
8.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
EC-1051
 ENGINE KNOCK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1052
 ENGINE OVERHEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE OVERHEATING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496784

CHART 17: ENGINE OVERHEATING EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496785

1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM C

Check the cooling system. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT E
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS G
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
J
No >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
Check cooling fan operation. Refer to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace. L

EC-1053
 ENGINE SMOKES WHEN STARTED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE SMOKES WHEN STARTED
Description INFOID:0000000006496786

CHART 18: ENGINE SMOKES WHEN STARTED

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496787

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL

Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Refilling".
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Top up the oil.
3.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-916, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
Check the cooling system. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1054
 ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496788

CHART 19: ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496789

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL C

Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Refilling".
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL E
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> Top up the oil.
3.CHECK FUEL G
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

>> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Repair or replace.
J
5.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
L
6.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
8.CHECK TURBOCHARGER P
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK EGR SYSTEM
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-1055
 ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
17.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-1056
 ENGINE SMOKES WHEN REVVED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE SMOKES WHEN REVVED
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496790

CHART 20: ENGINE SMOKES WHEN REVVED EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496791

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL C

Check the grade of engine oil. Refer to LU-25, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil. Refer to LU-26, "Refilling".
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL E
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> Top up the oil.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-908, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace. L

EC-1057
 ENGINE EMITS WHITE SMOKE (ESPECIALLY WHEN STARTING)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
ENGINE EMITS WHITE SMOKE (ESPECIALLY WHEN STARTING)
Description INFOID:0000000006496792

CHART 21: ENGINE EMITS WHITE SMOKE (ESPECIALLY WHEN STARTING)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496793

1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
Check the cooling system. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK GLOW SYSTEM
Check the glow system.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace glow system. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1058
 EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY
A
Description INFOID:0000000006496794

CHART 22: EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY EC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006496795

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT C

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-885, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS E
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM G
Check air intake system. Refer to EM-280, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair or replace air intake system.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Check electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EC-909, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-902, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace. L
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. Refer to EC-1003, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> Repair or replace. N
7.CHECK EGR SYSTEM
Check EGR system. Refer to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace.
P
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE)
Perform the TEST 3: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-868,
"Work Procedure [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE)
EC-1059
 EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Perform the TEST 4: HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP (VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE). Refer to EC-
869, "Work Procedure [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]".

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
Perform the TEST 5: RAIL HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK. Refer to EC-871, "Work Proce-
dure (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN
Perform the TEST 6: MAJOR LEAK IN FUEL INJECTOR/FUEL INJECTORS OPEN. Refer to EC-876, "Work
Procedure (TEST 6: Fuel Injectors Leak Check)".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY
Perform the TEST 7: INCORRECT FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure (TEST
7: Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1060
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [K9K]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006496796
EC

Condition Specification
C
No load* (in Neutral position) 800 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
E

EC-1061